FLORA OF SOUTHERN AFRICA VOLUME 5 Editor G. Germishuizen Part 1 Fascicle 1: Aloaceae (First part): Aloe by H.F. Glen and D.S. Hardy Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2016 https://archive.org/details/floraofsoutherna511 unse FLORA OF SOUTHERN AFRICA which deals with the territories of SOUTH AFRICA, LESOTHO, SWAZILAND, NAMIBIA AND BOTSWANA VOLUME 5 PART 1 FASCICLE 1: ALOACEAE (FIRST PART): ALOE by H.F. Glen and D.S. Hardy Scientific editor: G. Germishuizen Technical editor: E. du Plessis NATIONAL Botanical Pretoria 2000 Editorial Board B.J. Huntley R.B. Nordenstam W. Greuter National Botanical Institute, Cape Town, RSA Swedish Museum of Natural History, Stockholm, Sweden Botanischer Garten und Botanisches Museum Berlin- Dahlem, Berlin, Germany Cover illustration: The South African 10-cent piece in use from 1965 to 1989 had a depiction of Aloe aculeata on the reverse. Cythna Letty made the original painting from which the coin was designed. The illustration on the cover is derived (by removal of the figures of value) from a digital photograph of this coin by John Bothma, first published in Hem (1999, Hem’s handbook on South African coins & patterns , published by the author, Randburg). Reproduced by kind permission of J. Bothma. Typesetting and page layout by S.S. Brink, NBI, Pretoria Reproduction by 4 Images. P.O. Box 34059, Glenstantia, 0010 Pretoria Printed by Afriscot Printers, P.O. Box 75353, 0042 Lynnwood Ridge © published by and obtainable from the National Botanical Institute, Private Bag X101, Pretoria, 0001 South Africa Tel. (012) 804-3200 Fax (012) 804-32 1 1 ISBN 1-919795-49-9 CONTENTS New taxa, new combinations and new statuses published in Volume 5, Part 1 , Fascicle 1 (First part) iv Introduction v Aloaceae 1 Aloe 1 Section 1: Leptoaloe 4 Section 2: Haemanthifoliae 23 Section 3: Longistylae 25 Section 4: Aristatae 31 Section 5: Echinatae 32 Section 6: Proliferae 37 Section 7: Rhodacanthae 40 Section 8: Serrulatae 46 Section 9: Pictae 50 Section 10: Paniculatae 68 Section 1 1 : Superpositae 73 Section 12: Asperifoliae 76 Section 13: Latebracteatae 85 Section 14: Chabaudia 88 Section 15: Macrifoliae 92 Section 16: Aloe 99 Section 17: Purpurascentes 104 Section 18: Arborescentes 109 Section 19: Principales 114 Section 20: Anguialoe 115 Section 21: Ortholophae 121 Section 22: Pachythamnos 126 Section 23: Pachydendron 131 Section 24: Dracoaloe 139 Section 25: Aloidendron 143 Section 26: Kumara 145 Species insufficiently known 148 Species excluded 148 References 152 Index 161 Appendix: Plan of Flora of southern Africa A-l FSA contributions in Bothalia A-3 Flora of southern Africa : alphabetical list of published taxa A-4 NEW TAXA, NEW COMBINATIONS AND NEW STATUSES PUBLISHED IN VOLUME 5, PART 1, FASCICLE 1 (FIRST PART) Aloe dichotoma Masson var. ramosissima ( Pillans ) Glen & D.S. Hardy, comb, et stat. nov., p. 142 Aloe microstigma Salm-Dyck subsp. framesii (L.Bolus) Glen & D.S. Hardy, comb, et stat. nov., p. 107 Section Aristatae ( A. Berger ) Glen & D.S. Hardy, stat. nov., p. 31 Section Asperifoliae (A. Berger) Glen & D.S. Hardy, stat. nov., p. 76 Section Chabaudia Glen & D.S. Hardy, sect, nov., p. 88 Section Haemanthifoliae (A. Berger) Glen & D.S. Hardy, stat. nov., p. 23 Section Latebracteatae (A. Berger) Glen & D.S. Hardy, stat. nov., p. 85 Section Longistylae (A. Berger) Glen & D.S. Hardy, stat. nov., p. 25 Section Macrifoliae (Haw.) Glen & D.S. Hardy, stat. nov., p. 92 Section Ortholophae (Christian) Glen & D.S. Hardy, stat. nov., p. 121 Section Pachythamnos Glen & D.S. Hardy, sect, nov., p. 126 Section Principales (A. Berger) Glen & D.S. Hardy, stat. nov., p. 114 Section Superpositae (Pole Evans) Glen & D.S. Hardy, stat. nov., p. 73 Date of publication: May 2000. IV INTRODUCTION This part was compiled in accordance with the Guide for contributors to the Flora of southern Africa (compiled by Leistner, Ross & De Winter and available from the Editor, National Botanical Institute, Private Bag X101, Pretoria, 0001 South Africa). Some maps show the distribution of the various taxa outside the FSA region as well. The numbering of the genus is according to De Dalla Torre & Harms in their Genera siphonoga- marum (1900-1907), as adapted by Arnold & De Wet (1993, Plants of southern Africa: names and distribution). v DAVID SPENCER HARDY 24 September 1931 - 31 May 1998 ALOACEAE: Aloe ALOACEAE by H.F. Glen* and D.S. Hardy** Perennial herbs, shrubs or trees, usually with fusiform roots, rarely with bulbs. Leaves rosulate, 3- or 5-ranked or rarely distichous, succulent, linear to deltoid. Inflorescence spicate, racemose or capitate, simple or branched, apparently axillary. Flowers 6-merous, usually pedicellate, regular, bilabiate or gasteriform. Perianth cylindrical to trigonous, sometimes with a basal swelling, straight or curved, red, orange, yellow, whitish, greenish, bicoloured or tricoloured; segments in two series, free or connate. Stamens inserted at base of ovary, with included or exserted anthers. Ovary trilocular, superior; style 1, included or exserted; ovules many in each locule. Fruit a loculi- cidal capsule or rarely a berry. Seeds tetrahedral, brown or black, variously winged. Genera in this family are similar not only in their gross morphology but also in anatomy, cytol- ogy and chemistry. The family is linked to Asphodelaceae by the genus Kniphofia, which is simi- lar to Aloe in some respects but resembles core Asphodelaceae in others. A family of six genera, about 475 species; all genera except Aloe endemic to southern Africa. We regard Lomatophyllum (14 species, Madagascar and Mascarenes) as a section of Aloe. 1026000 ALOE Aloe L., Species plantarum: 319 (1753) pro parte; Baker: 302 (1896a); A. Berger: 159 (1908); Reynolds: 103 (1950); R. A. Dyer: 928 (1976). Type species: A. perfoliata L. Catevala Medik.: 67 ( 1 786) pro parte. Type species: none cited. Name rejected for Haworthia Duval. Kumara Medik.: 69, t. 4 ( 1786). Type species: K. disticha Medik., nom. illegit. Rhipidodendron Willd.: 164 (1811). Type species: none cited. Pachidendron Haw.: 35 (1821). Type species: none cited. Bowiea Haw.: 122 (1827) pro parte. Type species: B. africana Haw. Busipho Salisb.: 76 (1866). Type species: none cited. Ptyas Salisb.: 76 ( 1866) (apparently a nom. nov. for Kumara Medik.). Chamaealoe A. Berger: 130 ( 1908); Oberm.: 119 (1973). Type species: C. africana (Haw.) A. Berger. Leptaloe Stapf: t. 9300 (1933); E. Phillips: 186 (1951). Type species: L. albida Stapf. Aloinella (A. Berger) A.Lemee: 27 (1939). Type species: A. haworthioides (Baker) A.Lemee. Perennial herbs, shrubs or trees, usually with fusiform roots, rarely with bulbs. Leaves succu- lent, linear to deltoid, margins usually dentate, surfaces rarely with prickles. Inflorescence spicate, racemose or capitate, simple or branched, apparently axillary. Flowers 6-merous, usually pedicel- late, regular, slightly irregular or rarely bilabiate. Perianth cylindric to trigonous, sometimes with a basal swelling, usually straight (if curved then without a basal swelling), red, orange, yellow, whitish or rarely greenish, often bicoloured; segments in two series, free or connate. Stamens with included or exserted anthers. Ovary trilocular, superior; style 1, included or exserted; ovules many in each locule. Fruit a loculicidal capsule. Seeds tetrahedral, brown or black, variously winged. * National Botanical Institute, Private Bag X101, Pretoria. 0001 South Africa. ** Late of the National Botanical Institute, Private Bag X101, Pretoria, 0001 South Africa. ALOACEAE: Aloe la Sterile bracts on peduncles absent, or subtending only inflorescence branches, or very few: 2a Plants caulescent: 3a Inflorescence racemose: 4a Raceme horizontal to oblique, secund 21. Sect. Ortholophae (p. 121) 4b Raceme erect, symmetrical: 5a Leaves distichous 26. Sect. Kumara (p. 145) 5b Leaves spirally arranged 15. Sect. Macrifoliae (p. 92) 3b Inflorescence paniculate: 6a Stems simple, rarely several from base; racemes usually secund, or if not then dense, longer than 500 mm 21. Sect. Ortholophae (p. 121) 6b Stems branched; racemes symmetrical, lax, shorter than 500 mm: 7a Leaves biconvex in transverse section to shallowly canaliculate, less than 7 times as long as wide; flowers yellow 24. Sect. Dracoaloe (p. 139) 7b Leaves deeply canaliculate, over 7 times as long as wide; flowers pink 25. Sect. Aloidendron (p. 143) 2b Plants stemless: 8a Outer perianth segments free for half or more of their length: 9a Racemes secund 21. Sect. Ortholophae (p. 121) 9b Racemes symmetrical: 10a Anthers and style exserted more than 2 mm 12. Sect. Asperifoliae (p. 76) 10b Anthers and style included or exserted less than 2 mm 13. Sect. Latebracteatae (p. 85) 8b Outer perianth segments connate for half or more of their length: 11a Leaves aristate, with hairlike prickles arising from white tubercles 4. Sect. Aristatae (p. 31) 1 lb Leaves not aristate, lacking prickles and tubercles: 12a Leaves with spots in transverse bands; perianth inflated around ovary 9. Sect. Pictae (p. 50) 12b Leaves with longitudinal stripes, or if spotted then spots irregularly placed and perianth not inflated around ovary: 13a Perianth trigonously indented 14. Sect. Chabaudia (p. 88) 13b Perianth not indented 10. Sect. Paniculatae (p. 68) lb Sterile bracts plentiful on peduncles: 14a Anthers and styles exserted more than 2 mm: 15a Perianth segments connate in lower half: 16a Pedicels longer than 13 mm 11. Sect. Superpositae (p. 73) 16b Pedicels shorter than 13 mm: 17a Plants caulescent, erect 23. Sect. Pachydendron (p. 131) 17b Plants stemless or stems decumbent: 1 8a Leaves rough; plants indigenous to Northern Cape, Namibia and Angola 12. Sect. Asperifoliae (p. 76) 18b Leaves smooth; plants indigenous to KwaZulu-Natal, Northern Province, Mpu- malanga and Zimbabwe 22. Sect. Pachythamnos (p. 126) 15b Perianth segments free to base: 19a Pedicels up to 12 mm long: 20a Plants caulescent: 21a Perianth tubular; flowers pedicellate 19. Sect. Principals (p. 114) 21b Perianth campanulate; flowers sessile to subsessile 20. Sect. Anguialoe (p. 115) ALOACEAE: Aloe 3 20b Plants stemless: 22a Perianth campanulate 20. Sect. Anguialoe (p. 115) 22b Perianth tubular: 23a Leaves without scattered surface prickles and shorter than 150 mm 6. Sect. Proliferae (p. 37) 23b Leaves with scattered surface prickles, or if without prickles then longer than 150 mm 3. Sect. Longistylae (p. 25) 19b Pedicels 12 mm long or longer: 24a Perianth shorter than 15 mm 3. Sect. Longistylae (p. 25; A. chlorantha ) 24b Perianth longer than 15 mm: 25a Leaves spotted or with longitudinal stripes 17. Sect. Purpurascentes (p. 104) 25b Leaves unspotted and without longitudinal stripes: 26a Plants unbranched, erect 11. Sect. Superpositae (p. 73) 26b Plants with branched stems; if unbranched, then stems pendent 18. Sect. Arborescentes (p. 109) 14b Anthers and styles included or exserted less than 2 mm: 27a Leaves linear, strap-shaped or subulate, if deltoid then plant with a bulb: 28a Leaf margins with teeth longer than 1 mm; leaves up to 5 times as wide as thick . . 5. Sect. Echinatae (p. 32) 28b Leaf margins entire or with teeth shorter than 1 mm; leaves over 5 times as wide as thick: 29a Leaves fibrous; margins entire 2. Sect. Haemanthifoliae (p. 23) 29b Leaves not fibrous; margins usually minutely dentate 1. Sect. Leptoaloe (p. 4) 27b Leaves lanceolate to deltoid (plants without bulbs): 30a Leaves spotted or with longitudinal stripes: 31a Leaves 3-ranked; margins cartilaginous 8. Sect. Serrulatae (p. 46) 31b Leaves rosulate; margins not cartilaginous: 32a Perianth constricted at mouth 17. Sect. Purpurascentes (p. 104) 32b Perianth not constricted at mouth 7. Sect. Rhodacanthae (p. 40) 30b Leaves without lines and spots: 33a Inflorescence shorter than 500 mm, corymbose 16. Sect. Aloe (p. 99) 33b Inflorescence longer than 500 mm, racemose: 34a Stems solitary, erect 11. Sect. Superpositae (p. 73) 34b Stems branched, if solitary then pendent 18. Sect. Arborescentes (p. 109) A genus of some 350 species, occurring in Africa, Madagascar, Arabia, the Canary Islands and the Comoro Islands, with one species. Aloe vera (L.) Burm.f., naturalised in the Caribbean and in South America. In southern Africa as treated here, there are 119 indigenous species. Most if not all of the nonsouthern African species have been cultivated from time to time in southern Africa. Some, such as A. camperi Schweinf., are not only very common in cultivation but are occasional- ly found in disturbed places as garden escapes. Aloe may be distinguished from Kniphofia by its succulent leaves, and apparently axillary, often branched inflorescences. Most species of Aloe can be separated from Haworthia by habit; all can be separated by the symmetry of the flower. Many species of Aloe are caulescent, but all species of Haworthia are stemless, and most species of Aloe are larger than all species of Haworthia. In Aloe the flowers are (almost) regular with three-fold symmetry, or irregular with a single plane of symmetry. In Haworthia the flowers are bilabiate, with one, two or four planes of symmetry. Aloe is distinguished from Gasteria by the flowers. The flowers of Gasteria are very ventricose with 4 ALOACEAE: Aloe upturned mouths; in Aloe the flowers are usually not ventricose, and do not have swellings as marked as in Gasteria or upturned mouths in ventricose flowers. These two genera are further dis- tinguished by leaf colour (almost always pale green or glaucous in Aloe\ those of Gasteria are dark green to almost black), leaf tubercles (absent in Aloe , present in Gasteria) and flower colour. No species of Aloe has the tricoloured flowers that are common in Gasteria , and the particular shade of pink that is characteristic of flowers of Gasteria is unknown in Aloe. The minor genus Astroloba differs from Aloe in its habit (no Aloe has 5-ranked leaves on elongate stems) and bilabiate flow- ers. The flower characters that separate Aloe and Haworthia also separate Aloe and Chortolirion, but the latter genus has a distinctly bulbous rootstock not found in Haworthia. Note: the keys presented here do not take hybrids into account and should not be expected to work with material of hybrid origin. 1. Section Leptoaloe Section Leptoaloe A.Berger in Das Pflanzenreich 33: 164 (1908); Reynolds: 120 (1950). Type species: A. ecklonis Salm-Dyck. Section Graminialoe Reynolds: 104 (1947a); Reynolds: 110 ( 1950). Type species: A. myriacantha (Haw.) Roem. & Schult. Plants stemless or rarely caulescent; roots usually fusiform, rarely bulbous. Leaves linear to del- toid, sometimes deciduous, less succulent than those of other sections of the genus, distichous to rosulate, margins usually dentate, rarely entire. Inflorescence a simple, rarely branched, capitate to elongate raceme; peduncle with many sterile bracts. Flowers red, pink, salmon or yellow; perianth regular or zygomorphic. Anthers and stigmas included or shortly exserted. 1 a Bracts ovate: 2a Plants caulescent: 3a Plants erect: 4a Plants solitary; leaves distichous; flowers orange 15. A.fouriei 4b Plants in clumps; leaves rosulate; flowers yellow 10. A. dominella 3b Plants prostrate or pendent: 5a Leaves ± 7 per rosette, relatively narrow 12. A. soutpansbergensis 5b Leaves ±16 per rosette, broader 13. A. nubigena 2b Plants stemless or almost so: 6a Leaves distichous: 7a Leaves deep green; inner perianth segments dorsally adnate to outer; bracts acute . . 14. A. verecunda 7b Leaves bright green; inner perianth segments free; bracts acuminate: 8a Raceme sublax; conical; perianth red to salmon-pink; leaves keeled; capsule grey 2 1 . A. cooperi 8b Raceme dense; capitate; perianth yellow; leaves not keeled; capsule buff 17. A. linearifolia 6b Leaves rosulate: 9a Plants in clumps: 10a Leaves up to 16 per clump; flowers whitish: 1 la Bracts ± 1 1 mm long, longer than pedicels 2. A. albida ALOACEAE: Aloe 5 lib Bracts ± 7 mm long, as long as pedicels 1 . A. saundersiae 10b Leaves 20 or more per clump; flowers yellow; bracts as long as pedicels 10 . A. dominella 9b Plants solitary; 1 2a Raceme lax; plant with a bulb 5. A. kniphofioides 12b Raceme dense or subdense; plant without a bulb: 13a Plants over 350 mm tall: 14a Bracts shorter than pedicels; perianth orange to red; plants indigenous to North- ern Province 16. A. vossii 14b Bracts as long as pedicels; perianth pink; plants indigenous to Eastern Cape and KwaZulu-Natal 20. A. micracantha 13b Plants up to 300 mm tall, often much smaller: 15a Perianth mouth upturned; bilabiate: 16a Plant over 200 mm tall; leaves canaliculate 3. A. myriacantha 16b Plant up to 100 mm tall; leaves not canaliculate 2. A. albida 15b Perianth mouth straight; symmetrical: 17a Leaves up to 175 x 3 mm; plants up to 75 mm tall LA. saundersiae 17b Leaves 220 x 4 mm or larger; plants over 200 mm tall 4. A. minima lb Bracts deltoid: 18a Plants with bulbs: 19a Leaves over 300 mm long, deltoid; plants from northern Namibia or tropical Africa 8. A. buettneri 19b Leaves up to 200 mm long, linear to lorate; plants from KwaZulu-Natal, Mpu- malanga or Northern Province: 20a Leaf margin entire; flowers yellowish green, scented 6. A. modesta 20b Leaf margin denticulate; flowers grass-green, not scented 7. A. inconspicua 18b Plants without bulbs; roots fusiform: 21a Leaves linear: 22a Raceme cylindric; flowers sessile; bracts longer than pedicels 22. A. bowiea 22b Raceme capitate; flowers distinctly pedicellate; bracts as long as pedicels: 23a Leaves glaucous; bracts acuminate 9. A. chortolirioides 23b Leaves bright green; bracts acute 10. A. dominella 21b Leaves lorate to ensiform: 24a Leaf margins entire 18. A. integra 24b Leaf margins minutely denticulate: 25a Plants erect; leaves erect to spreading; inflorescence erect, ovary green 19. A. ecklonis 25b Plants decumbent to pendent; leaves reflexed; inflorescence oblique, ovary yellow 1 1. A. thompsoniae Almost all species in this group are characteristic of grassland. The grass aloes are less succulent than other groups in the genus, and generally flower in summer (the rainy season). Some occur in heavy, wet soils but most inhabit thin, stony, well-drained soils. Species with bulbous underground organs, though separated into a group on their own by Reynolds (1966), are included here because of the similarity of their above-ground parts to those of other members of this group and because of the presence of intermediate species that link them to this group rather than to any other. Narrow- leaved species in this group are generally difficult to distinguish from the grasses among which they grow, except when flowering. All grass aloes are easily distinguished from other aloes. 6 ALOACEAE: Aloe Figure 1. — Section Leptoaloe. Aloe albida: habit, x 1. Taken from Glen & Hardy (1990a). ALOACEAE: Aloe 7 1 . Aloe saundersiae ( Reynolds ) Reynolds in Journal of South African Botany 13: 103 (1947a); Reynolds: 111 (1950); Jeppe: 128 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 1 ( 1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 288 (1996). Type: KwaZulu-Natal, Nkandhla forest, Saunders in Reynolds 1799 (PRE!). Leptaloe saundersiae Reynolds: 124 (1936a). A. minima J.M.Wood: t. 338 (1906) non Baker. Type: KwaZulu-Natal, Nkandhla, Wylie s.n. (NH !). Stemless grass aloe 50-75 mm tall, solitary or rarely in small groups; roots fusiform. Leaves 10-16 in a rosette, linear, 40-175 x 3 mm, bright green, slightly canaliculate, margins minutely dentate. Inflorescence a capitate raceme; pedun- cle 190-235 mm long; bracts ovate-acuminate, thin, scarious, 7 x 3-4 mm, ± 5-nerved. Flowers cream-coloured or pale pink, 9-12 mm long; pedicels 8-10 mm long; segments free. Anthers not exserted. Ovary ±2x1 mm, brownish; stig- ma not exserted. Fruit and seeds not seen. Flowering time February to March. Endemic to KwaZulu-Natal and well-attested from grassland on a single mountain-top in Zululand, with a few outlying specimens. Map 1. Plants of this smallest member of the genus Aloe are about half the size of those of A. alhida (no. 2) and sucker far less freely. The flowers of Map 1. — ★ Aloe saundersiae 0 A. albida A. saundersiae are even smaller than those of A. alhida and are regular, not zygomorphic. In cultivation, this species is more susceptible to the depredations of snails than any other. Lady Saunders, after whom this species is named, col- lected the type specimen in the 1930s. Vouchers: Codd 6980 (NH, PRE); Hilliard 1198 (NU); Hilliard & Burn 15485 (PRE); Reynolds 3225 (PRE); Wisura 1170 (NBG). 2. Aloe albida (Stapf) Reynolds in Journal of South African Botany 13: 101 (1947a); Reynolds: 111 (1950); Jeppe: 128 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 3 (1972); Compton: 97 (1976); Glen & D.S.Hardy: t. 2010 (1990a); B.- E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 250 (1996). Type: Mpumalanga, Barberton, Sharp s.n. (K, holo.!; PRE, photo.!). Leptaloe albida Stapf: t. 9300 (1933). A. kraussii Baker var. minor Baker: 306 (1896a). A. myr- iacantha (Haw.) Roem. & Schult. var. minor (Baker) A. Berger: 167 (1908). Type: Mpumalanga, near Barberton, Galpin 873 (K, holo.!: BOL!, GRA!. PRE!; PRE. photo.!). A. kraussii Schonland: 34 (1903) non Baker. Type: Mpumalanga. Barberton, Galpin 873 (GRA. holo.!: BOL!, K!, PRE!: PRE. photo.!). Stemless grass aloe 75-100 mm tall, solitary or in small groups; roots fusiform. Leaves 6-12 in a rosette, linear, 50-180 x 1-5 mm, bright green, slightly canaliculate above, broadly del- toid in section, margins with minute white teeth. Inflorescence a capitate raceme; peduncle 1 00— 350 mm long, with sterile bracts; bracts ovate- acuminate, ± 1 1 x 2-5 mm, 3-7-nerved. Flowers whitish, 13-18 mm long; pedicels ± 10 mm long; outer segments free, inner segments not adnate to the outer, mouth distinctly bilabiate, upturned. Anthers not or very shortly exserted. Ovary ±3.0 x 1 .5 mm, olive-green; stigma not or very short- ly exserted. Fruit ±8x4 mm, buff. Flowering time February to March. Figure 1 . Occurs in Mpumalanga and Swaziland. Aloe albida is one of the few heat-sensitive species of Aloe. Although it can be cultivated away ALOACEAE: Aloe from this area in a cool, shady place, it does not survive in cultivation even at the foot of its native mountains. Like A. sciundersiae (no. 1), this species is readily eaten by snails, but often grows vigorously enough in cultivation to make good the damage. Map 1. This species is most similar to A. saundersi- ae and A. inconspicua (no. 7). Differences between A. albida and A. sciundersiae are dis- cussed above. In A. inconspicua the flowers are green, not white, the leaves are slightly wider than in A. albida and there is a bulb-like swelling at the base of the plant, which is not the case in A. albida. Plants of A. inconspicua rarely if ever sucker, while plants of A. albida do so readily, and may form large many-headed clumps. In nature they appear to sucker less freely, and solitary plants are often found. The specific epithet albida is the Latin for 'whitish' and refers to the unusual dirty-white flowers. Vouchers: Codcl 7825 (PRE); Collins TRV9897 (PRE); Galpin 873 (BOL, GRA, K, PRE); Reynolds 4966 (PRE); Thorncroft 73 (BM, K, PRE). 3. Aloe myriacantha (Haw.) Roem. & Schult., Systema vegetabilium 7: 704 (1829); Kunth: 516 (1843); Baker: 156 (1880a); Baker: 306 (1896a); A. Berger: 166 (1908); Reynolds: 100 (1947a); Reynolds: 116 (1950); Jeppe: 129 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 7 ( 1972); West: 33 (1974); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 282 (1996). Iconotype: unpublished plate at Kew, from plant collected by Bowie and described by Haworth. Bowiea myriacantha Haw.: 122 (1827). Leptaloe myria- cantha (Haw.) Stapf: t. 9300 (1933). Stemless grass aloe 200-300 mm tall, solitary; roots fusiform. Leaves 8-12 in a rosette, linear, 220-300 x 5-10 mm, bright green, slightly canaliculate, margins with minute while teeth. Inflorescence a capitate raceme; peduncle 200-500 mm long, with sterile bracts; bracts ovate-acuminate, 10-20 x 4—5 mm, 5-many- nerved. Flowers reddish pink or rarely whitish, 12-25 mm long; pedicels 10-19 mm long; outer segments free, mouth upturned, bilabiate. Anthers not or very shortly exserted. Ovary ±4x2 mm, tapering into style; stigma not or very shortly exserted. Fruit and seed not seen. Flowering time (in southern Africa) January to May. Found in the Northern Province, Mpuma- langa, Swaziland, KwaZulu-Natal and the Eastern Cape; also in Uganda, Kenya, Rwanda, Tanzania, Malawi and Zimbabwe. A. myriacan- tha characteristically grows among rocks in short, high-altitude grassland. At the southern end of its distribution range these conditions occur at lower altitude than to the north, and so, for example in the Mkambati Nature Reserve, this species is found less than a kilometre from the sea, at an altitude of less than 100 m. After A. buettneri (no. 8), A. myriacantha is the most widespread of all aloes, with a north-to-south range of over 5 000 km. Map 2. The southern African aloe most similar to A. myriacantha is A. albida (no. 2). A. myriacan- tha is usually a much larger plant than A. albi- da, although small plants are found in 'hostile’ habitats, such as thin soil on the edge of rock outcrops. The flowers of A. myriacantha are usually pink, although they may occasionally be very pale and appear almost white. The grey- white flowers with greenish tips characteristic Map 2. — Aloe myriacantha ALOACEAE: Aloe 9 of A. albida are not found in this species. Plants of A. myriacantha very rarely form clumps, unlike those of A. albida. The specific epithet is derived from two Greek words meaning ‘10 000 thorns’. The leaf margins have many fine teeth. Vouchers: Galpin 7814 (PRE); Glass Herb. Austro- Afr.l 554 (K, SAM, UPS); Jacobsen 3324 (PRE); Reynolds 1181 (BOL, PRE); Smook 29 (MO). 4. Aloe minima Baker in Hooker’s icones plantarum 25: t. 2423 (1895); Baker: 305 (1896a); A. Berger: 166 (1908); Reynolds: 101 (1947a); Reynolds: 118 (1950); Jeppe: 127 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 9 (1972); Compton: 101 (1976); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 278 (1996). Type: KwaZulu-Natal, South Downs, M.S. Evans 409 (K, holo.!; NH!; PRE, photo.!). A. pan’iflora Baker: 785 (1901a); A. Berger: 165 (1908); Reynolds: 101 (1947a); Reynolds: 113 (1950); Jeppe: 126 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 5 (1972). Leptaloe pan’i- flora (Baker) Stapf: t. 9300 (1933). Type: KwaZulu-Natal, Pinetown, Junod 146 (Z. holo.; PRE, photo.!). L. minima (Baker) Stapf: t. 9300 (1933). L. blyderivierensis Groenew.: t. 651 (1938a). A. minima Baker var. blyderivierensis (Groenew.) Reynolds: 101 (1947a); Reynolds: 120 (1950). Type: Mpumalanga, north of Pilgrims Rest, Van der Merwe 38 (PRE!). Stemless grass aloe 200-300 mm tall, soli- tary; roots fusiform. Leaves 6-10 in a rosette, lin- ear to lorate, 220-340 x 4-6 mm, bright green, slightly canaliculate, margins minutely denticu- late. Inflorescence a capitate raceme; peduncle 220-480 mm long; bracts ovate-acuminate, ± 12 x 5 mm, ± 5-nerved. Flowers dull pink or grey- ish, 7-15 mm long; pedicels 10-20 mm long, lengthening in fruit; inner and outer segments free. Anthers not or very shortly exserted. Ovary ± 4.0 x 1 .5 mm; style not or very shortly exsert- ed. Fruit 10-15 x 5-7 mm, buff to pale grey. Flowering time February to March. Found in Mpumalanga, Swaziland, KwaZulu- Natal and the Eastern Cape. Aloe minima grows Map 3. — Aloe minima in grassland on fairly heavy soils with loose stones. In this habitat it is unlike many of the members of this section, which grow wedged between large rocks. Map 3. The differences between this species and A. saundersiae (no. 1) are analogous to those be- tween A. myriacantha (no. 3) and A. albida (no. 2). A. minima is a much larger plant than A. saundersiae , and has larger pink Bowers. Plants are solitary, and no instances of clumping have been recorded in this species. This species is much more widespread than A. saundersiae. When it was described, this was the smallest Aloe known; minima in Latin means ‘smallest’. The Zulu names for this species are isipukut- wane , isipukushane and isiputuma (Reynolds 1950). The Zulu eat the young inflorescences of this species raw, as a vegetable. Vouchers: Acocks 13291 (PRE); Codcl 6401 (PRE); Dver 5321 (BOL, NH, PRE); Reynolds 3457 (PRE); Strey 6425 (NH. PRE). 5. Aloe kniphofioides Baker in Hooker’s icones plantarum 20: t. 1939 (1890); Baker: 305 (1896a); A. Berger: 170 (1908); Reynolds: 9 (1948a); R. A. Dyer: t. 1120 (1950): Reynolds: 122 (1950); Jeppe: 118 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 11 (1972); Compton: 100 (1976); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 270 (1996). Type: 10 ALOACEAE: Aloe Eastern Cape, Mt Enkansweni, Tyson 2829 (K, holo.!; BOL!, GRA!, PRE!, SAM!; PRE, photo.!). A. marshalli J.M.Wood & M.S. Evans: 353 (1897); A. Berger: 171 (1908). Type: KwaZulu-Natal, near Glencoe, Medley Wood s.n. ( NH ! ). Stemless grass aloe 35CM-00 mm tall, soli- tary; rootstock bulbous. Leaves ± 20 in a rosette, linear to narrowly lorate, 120^480 x 5-8 mm, slightly canaliculate or shallowly D- shaped in section, margins entire or minutely dentate. Inflorescence a lax raceme; peduncle simple, 300-550 mm long, with sterile bracts; bracts ovate-acuminate, 15-22 x 5-7 mm, 7-9- nerved. Flowers scarlet, 25-40(-50) mm long, cylindric; pedicels 12-18 mm long; outer seg- ments connate for most of their length, inner segments adnate to outer, apices of all segments greenish. Anthers not or hardly exserted. Ovary 5-6 x 2-3 mm; style not or hardly exserted. Fruit ± 22 x 11 mm. Flowering time November. Found in Mpumalanga, Swaziland, KwaZulu- Natal, the eastern Free State and the Eastern Cape. A. kniphofioides is another grassland species in areas of reasonably high rainfall. It grows in rather heavy, stone-free soils. Map 4. The lax inflorescence and distinct bulb of this species distinguish it from all other south- ern African aloes. Among southern African bul- bous aloes, A. modesta (no. 6) has similar Map 4. — Aloe kniphofioides leaves but a much denser raceme of small yel- lowish green (not red), scented flowers, A. inconspicua (no. 7) is smaller in all its parts and has a short, dense raceme of green odourless flowers, and A. buettneri (no. 8) is much larger in all its parts, with broad leaves and a branched panicle of yellow flowers with basal swellings. This species is named for its resemblance to some species of Kniphofia (red-hot pokers). Vouchers: Acocks 15352 (PRE); Brownlee 235 (PRE); Codd 9392 (PRE); Compton 27216 (PRE); Reynolds 1124 (PRE). 6. Aloe modesta Reynolds in Journal of South African Botany 22: 85 (1956); Jeppe: 132 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 13 (1972); D.S. Hardy: 510 (1974); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 280 (1996); C.L.Craib & G.Condy: 4, t. 2121 (1997). Type: Mpumalanga, near Dullstroom, De Wet in Reynolds 7626 (PRE!). Stemless grass aloe 200-300 mm tall, soli- tary; rootstock bulbous. Leaves 4-8 in a rosette, lorate, 150-200 x 6-9 mm, bright green, slight- ly canaliculate, margins entire, cartilaginous. Inflorescence a capitate raceme; peduncle 250-300 mm long, with sterile bracts; flower- bearing bracts lanceolate-acuminate, 10-13 x 4-6 mm, 3-5-nerved; flowers upwardly spread- ing to horizontal, subsessile. Flowers yellowish green, scented, 10-15 mm long, cylindric to trigonous; pedicels ± 1 mm long; mouth upturned, outer segments free. Anthers exserted up to 3 mm. Ovary green, ± 4.0 x 2.5 mm; style exserted up to 5 mm. Fruit and seed not seen. Flowering time January to February. Found in the Northern Province, Mpuma- langa and KwaZulu-Natal. A. modesta grows in grassland in an area characterised by cold win- ters and high rainfall. The soils in which it occurs are reasonably heavy and sometimes shaly. Map 5. This is the only species of Aloe in Africa which regularly has scented flowers. Differ- ALOACEAE: Aloe 11 Map 5. — • Aloe modesta ★ A. inconspicua ▲ A. buettneri ences between this species and A. kniphofioides (no. 5) are dealt with under that species. With its bulbous rootstock and capitate raceme of sessile flowers, A. modesta is so distinctive that it is not likely to be confused with any species other than A. kniphofioides. The specific epithet, meaning ‘sober’, ‘mod- est’ or ‘unassuming’, refers to the inconspicu- ous appearance of this species. Vouchers: Devenish 1323 (NH, PRE); Thorn- croft 479 (NH). 7. Aloe inconspicua Plowes in Aloe 23: 32 (1986); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 266 (1996). Type: KwaZulu-Natal, near Estcourt, Plowes 7079 (PRE!). Stemless grass aloe 150-300 mm tall, soli- tary, with leaf bases forming a bulbous swel- ling; roots fleshy. Leaves 6-12 in a rosette, 100-200 x 3-5 mm, dark green, canaliculate, lower surface with pale spots near base, margins cartilaginous, minutely dentate. Inflorescence a simple, very dense raceme; peduncle ± 150 mm tall, with few sterile bracts; bracts deltoid- cirrhous, 12-20 x 3-6 mm, 5-nerved. Flowers sessile, grass-green, unscented. 10-15 mm long, throat slightly narrowed, mouth irregular; segments with white margins, free to base. Anthers exserted up to 1 mm. Ovary ± 3.0 x 1 .5 mm, bright green; style not exserted. Fruit ochre-brown. Seeds tetrahedral, black. Flower- ing time November. Endemic to thornveld in KwaZulu-Natal. Unlike other species of similar appearance, such as A. alhida (no. 2), A. inconspicua inhabits an area of dry, low-altitude, thorny, open woodland which is hot in summer, but can become very cold in winter. The plants are extremely well- camouflaged at all phases of their life cycle by the green colour of both leaves and flowers, and the fact that they are rarely if ever as tall as the grasses on the woodland floor. A. inconspicua grows in a yellow, clayey soil which is almost as hard as concrete when dry. Map 5. The form of the bulbous swelling at the leaf bases suggests that this plant is intermediate between A. albida (no. 2) and A. myriacantha (no. 3) on the one hand, and A. kniphofioides (no. 5) and A. modesta (no. 6), on the other. Differences between this species and A. knip- hofioides and A. modesta are discussed under A. kniphofioides. Differences between A. incon- spicua and the species most similar to it, A. albida , are discussed under that species. The extremely apt specific epithet of this species refers to the great difficulty of finding these well-camouflaged plants in the veld. Vouchers: Glen 1607 (PRE); Green s.n. (NU); West 1504 (NH). 8. Aloe buettneri A. Berger in Botanische Jahrbiicher 36: 60 (1905a); A. Berger: 241 (1908); Keay: 67 (1963); Reynolds: 41 (1966); Jankowitz: 51 (1973); D.S.Hardy: 523 (1974); Jankowitz: 48 (1975). Type: Togo, near Bis- marckburg, Biittner 24 (B, holo.; PRE. photo.!). A. barteri Baker: 168 (1880a) pro parte: Baker: 464 (1898a) pro parte; Hutch. & Dalziel: 345 (1936) pro parte. Type: Guinea, Nupe, Barter 1502 (K, holo.; PRE, photo.!). 12 ALOACEAE: Aloe A. paedogona A. Berger: 57 (1906a); A. Berger: 240(1908). Type: Angola, Malanga, Gossweiler 946 (BM). A. bulbicaulis Christian: t. 630 (1936a); Reynolds: 12 (1954). Type: Zambia, Misundu, Christian PRE20587 (PRE!). Stemless grass aloe 300-850 mm tall, usual- ly solitary, rarely branching into two; rootstock bulbous. Leaves up to 16 in a rosette, decidu- ous, deltoid, 350-800 x 70-120 mm, distinctly V-shaped in section, leathery, apple-green, mar- gins dentate. Inflorescences 2 or 3 consecutive- ly, each 3-5(-12)-branched, 0.4-1 m long; ra- cemes subcapitate to conical; peduncles with sterile bracts; floriferous bracts deltoid-acumi- nate, 7-15 x 5-8 mm, 5-7-nerved. Flowers greenish yellow to bright red, 28-45 mm long, obconic with a globose basal swelling; pedicels 15-25 mm long, elongating to 50 mm in fruit; outer segments free near apex, inner segments free but adnate to outer. Anthers exserted up to 2 mm. Ovary ±7x8 mm; style exserted up to 4 mm. Fruit 35 — 45 x 15-25 mm, yellow-green- brown, with few transverse ribs. Seeds pale grey, winged, ± 12 x 6 x 4.5 mm. Flowering time (in southern Africa) October to March. Found in northern Namibia; also throughout tropical Africa as far afield as Senegal, Togo and Malawi. In Namibia A. buettneri occurs in floodplains in an extremely flat area in mopane veld. In summer, the entire region is flooded for long periods. Map 5. The bulbous basal swelling of the flower resembles that in section Pictae , but there is no other point of resemblance suggesting an affin- ity between this species and that section. Points of difference include the bulbous rootstock and broad, yellow-green, sharply channelled but not keeled, unspotted leaves. However, it is the most unusual member of this section. It would not readily be confused with any other aloe, on account of the combination of characters men- tioned above. In Mali, the bulb of this species yields an arrow poison and is used as a cicatrising agent for wounds (Watt & Breyer-Brandwijk 1963). Otto Buttner, after whom this species is named, was a German botanist who flourished in the then German colonies of Kamerun (Cameroun) and Togo at the turn of the 19th to the 20th cen- tury. He was in charge of the agricultural research station at Bismarckburg in Togo. Vouchers: Fanshawe 1780 (K); Muller 11802 (PRE); Pawek 4824 (K, MO); Reynolds 9328 (PRE); Torre & Pereira 12410 (LISC). 9. Aloe chortolirioides A. Berger in Das Pflanzenreich 33; 171 (1908); Pole Evans: t. 160 (1924a); Reynolds: 124 (1950); Jeppe: 116 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 15 (1972); Compton: 98 ( 1976); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 254 (1996). Type: Mpumalanga, Barberton, Thorncroft s.n. (BOL!). A. boastii Letty: t. 553 ( 1934a); Reynolds: 102 ( 1938a). A. chortolirioides A. Berger var. boastii (Letty) Reynolds: 127 (1950); Compton: 98 (1976). Type: Swaziland, Forbes Reef, H.W. Boast PRE 16563 (PRE!). Much-branched short-stemmed grass aloe 200-300 mm tall, forming dense tufts; roots fusiform. Leaves 15-20 in a rosette, linear, 90-250 x 2-5 mm, canaliculate, dull green, mar- gins dentate. Inflorescence a simple capitate raceme; peduncle 150-250 mm long, with sterile bracts; bracts deltoid-acuminate, 13-17 x 4-5 mm, 3-5-nerved. Flowers yellow to red, 20-35 mm long, cylindric; pedicels 10-25 mm long; segments free almost to base. Anthers exserted up to 2 mm. Ovary green, 5-6 x 2-3 mm; style exserted up to 5 mm. Fruit ±14x7 mm. Both varieties of A. chortolirioides usually occur wedged between rocks in grassland in the mist belt on the escarpment of the Northern Province, Mpumalanga and Swaziland. Individual heads of a plant of this species may be confused with A. kniphofioides (no. 5). This species normally forms vast clumps with 50 or more heads of leaves, is short-stemmed and not bulb-forming, and has dense capitate racemes. Plants of A. kniphofioides are solitary, stemless and bulb-forming, with lax cylindric racemes. A. dominella (no. 10) is similar to this species, but has wider leaves and shorter flowers. ALOACEAE: Aloe 13 Two varieties are recognised: Leaves up to 250 x 5 mm 9a. var. chortolirioides Leaves up to 400 x 8 mm . . . 9b. var. woolliana 9a. var. chortolirioides. Description as for species. Found in the Northern Province, Mpuma- langa and Swaziland. A. chortolirioides var. chortolirioides flowers only after burning, but var. woolliana will flower without the aid of fire. Because var. chortolirioides needs fire to flower, it is difficult to cite a flowering season, but it has been recorded as flowering from March to September. Map 6. The specific epithet indicates a resemblance between this species and Chortolirion angol- ense (or Haworthia angolensis), a member of the Asphodelaceae. Vouchers: Compton 27804 (PRE); Galpin 490 (BOL, K, NBG, PRE, SRGH); Onderstall 899 (PRE); Reynolds 3308 (PRE); Verdoorn 2523 (PRE). Hybrid: A. chortolirioides var. chortolirioides x A. arborescens (no. 96). Voucher: Leach 502 (SRGH). 9b. var. woolliana (Pole Evans ) Glen & D.S. Hardy in South African Journal of Botany 53: 489 (1987a). A. woolliana Pole Evans: t. 557 (1934a); Reynolds: 128 (1950); Jeppe: 117 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 17 (1972). Type: Mpumalanga, Kaapsehoop, Pole Evans PRE8320 (PRE!). Plants slightly taller and more robust, up to 400 mm tall. Leaves linear-lorate, 250^100 x 4-8 mm, faintly striate. Bracts 5-7-nerved. All other characters as for species. Found in the Northern Province. Mpuma- langa and Swaziland. Map 7. The variety is more robust than the species, with larger leaves. It flowers in summer without fire stimulus. Mr Woolley, after whom this variety is named, lived in Barberton in the 1930s and col- lected the first specimen of this plant, which was passed on to Pole Evans by Thorncroft. Vouchers: Code! 8060 (PRE); Hardy 4262 (PRE); Kluge 1376 (PRE); Mogg 13940 (PRE); Reynolds 3004 (PRE). 10. Aloe dominella Reynolds in Journal of South African Botany 4: 101 (1938a); Reynolds: 129 (1950); Jeppe: 130 (1969): Bom- 14 ALOACEAE: Aloe man & D.S. Hardy: 19 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 258 (1996). Type: KwaZulu-Natal, between Estcourt and Mooi River, Reynolds 2094 (PRE!). Much-branched, short-stemmed grass aloe 300-400 mm tall, forming dense tufts; roots fusiform. Leaves ± 20 in a rosette, linear, 70-375 x 2-10 mm. D-shaped in section, mar- gins dentate. Inflorescence a simple capitate raceme; peduncle 250-350 mm long, with ster- ile bracts; bracts ovate-deltoid, ± 15 x 3^1 mm, 3-5-nerved. Flowers lemon-yellow, 13-18 mm long; pedicels 13-20 mm long; all segments free to base. Anthers exserted 2-4 mm. Ovary’ 2-4 x 1 .5-2 mm, green; style exserted up to 7 mm. Flowering time June to September. Occurring in Swaziland and KwaZulu-Natal. Like A. chortolirioides (no. 9), A. dominella occurs wedged between rocks in grassland. Flowering in this species does not seem to be as strongly linked to fire as in A. chortolirioides. Reynolds (1950) notes that in cultivation, flow- ering occurred in February (a very unusual time for field plants) in an unburnt plant and July to October (a month later than usual for field plants) in a plant that was deliberately burnt. Evidently, therefore, there is some link between fire and flowering in this species. Map 8. Map 8. — 9 Aloe dominella ★ A. thompsoniae A note attached to Acocks 10693 states that the flowers are sweet-scented. This seems to be the only record of this character in this species. The only taxon with which it is likely to be con- fused is A. chortolirioides. Differences between this species and the latter are discussed under that species. The specific epithet seems to be a corruption of the Latin word dominilla, which signifies (roughly) ‘the lady of the house’. The explana- tion of this unusual choice of name appears to be that the type specimen was collected on a farm belonging to a Miss Quested. Vouchers: Acocks 10693 (NH, PRE); De Wet PRE 37707 (BOL, NH, PRE); Trauseld 1098 (NU); Van der Merwe 2768 (PRE); West 2125 (PRE). 11. Aloe thompsoniae Groenew. in Tyd- skrif vir Wetenskap en Kuns 14: 64 (1936a) sphalm. thompsoni ; Reynolds: t. 980 (1945); Reynolds: 131 (1950); Jeppe: 1 19 (1969); Born- man & D.S. Hardy: 21 (1972); Glen & G.F.Sm.: 37 (1995); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 292 (1996). Type: Northern Province, Haenertsburg, Thompson PRE274 (PRE, lecto.!). Much-branched grass aloe 150-200 mm tall, suckering to form dense recumbent to pendent clumps; roots fusiform. Leaves 12-18 in a rosette, lorate, 90-200 x 4-15 mm, often reflexed, canaliculate, apple-green, margins dentate. Inflorescences 1-3 from a rosette, sim- ple, with subcapitate to conical racemes; pedun- cle 150-200 mm long, with sterile bracts; bracts deltoid-acute, 9-10 x 3-6 mm, 5-8-nerved. Flowers orange, 22-28 mm long; all segments free; pedicels 9-24 mm long. Anthers not exserted. Ovary 4. 0-5.0 x 1. 5-2.0 mm, lemon- yellow; style not exserted. Flowering time December to January. Occurring in the Northern Province and Mpumalanga. This is one of the few species of Aloe that requires permanent high humidity. It is found on cliffs in the mist belt on this part of the eastern escarpment. Map 8. ALOACEAE: Aloe 15 In this species and A. nubigena (no. 13), both of which are often pendent on rocks, the pedun- cle is bent, often in a U-curve, so that the raceme is always vertical. A. thompsoniae dif- fers from A. nubigena by being a smaller plant with stiffer leaves and bracts with distinct veins. In A. thompsoniae the leaves are rosulate, but in A. nubigena they are often distichous. This species has rosulate leaves and bracts with dis- tinct veins, and grows in clumps, whereas A. soutpansbergensis (no. 12) has fewer leaves, which are distichous when young, and bracts with obscure veins, and is often solitary. Aloe thompsoniae is named after its discov- erer, Mrs Thompson of Haenertsberg. Vouchers: Leach 24 (SRGH); Mogg 13939 (PRE, SRGH); Van der Merwe 26 (PRE); Van Jaarsveld 426 (PRE); Venter 1271 (PRE). 1 2. Aloe soutpansbergensis /. Verd. in The Flowering Plants of Africa 35: t. 1391 (1962); Jeppe: 120 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 27 (1972); D.S. Hardy: 515 (1974); Glen &’d.S. Hardy: 151 (1991); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 290 (1996). Type: Northern Province, Sout- pansberg, Crundall PRE29005 (PRE!). Short-stemmed grass aloe 200-300 mm tall, solitary or suckering; prostrate to pendent. Leaves ± 7, distichous at first, becoming rosu- late, lorate, 110-300 x 6-12 mm, canaliculate, margins minutely denticulate below middle. Inflorescence a subcapitate raceme; peduncle 160-240 mm long, with few sterile bracts; bracts ovate-acute, 10-17 x 5-6 mm, veins obscure. Flowers orange, 19-27 mm long, cylindric; pedicels 11-25 mm long; segments free to base. Anthers included. Ovary 3. 5-7.0 x 1. 5-2.0 mm, yellowish green; style included. Fruit ± 25 x 9 mm, buff to grey. Seeds charcoal- grey, ± 4 x 2 x 1 mm, not winged. Flowering time January to February. Endemic to the Northern Province. A. sout- pansbergensis occurs wedged between rocks in the mist belt in the highest areas of the Soutpansberg. Map 9. Map 9. — • Aloe soutpansbergensis ★ A. nubigena Differences between this species and A. thomp- soniae (no. 11) are dealt with under that species. Rosettes of A. soutpansbergensis are more often solitary than those of A. nubigena (no. 13), and contain fewer, narrower leaves. The name of this species is derived from its habitat, in the Soutpansberg. Vouchers: Galpin 14006 (PRE); Hardy 900 (PRE); Lavranos 1017 (PRE); Meeuse 10345 (PRE); Thompson PRE 37733 (PRE). 13. Aloe nubigena Groenew. in Tydskrif vir Wetenskap en Kuns 14: 136 (1936b); Pole Evans: t. 628 (1936a); Reynolds: 132 (1950); Jeppe: 120 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 23 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 284 (1996). Type: Mpumalanga, Graskop, F.Z. van der Merwe 133 (PRE!). Plants suckering, forming dense clumps 150-300 mm tall; short-stemmed, pendent. Feaves ± 16, distichous or rosulate, horizontal to reflexed, lorate-lanceolate, 160-330 x 12-20 mm, slightly canaliculate, apple-green, margins entire, ciliate or obscurely denticulate. Inflores- cence a capitate raceme; peduncle 150-300 mm long, with sterile bracts; bracts ovate-acute, 10-14 x 3-8 mm, obscurely many-nerved. Flowers orange, 17-27 mm long, cylindric; all 16 ALOACEAE: Aloe segments free, often with green apices; pedicels 14-26 mm long. Anthers exserted up to 1 mm. Ovary pale yellow, 4. 5-6.0 x 2.0 mm; style exserted up to 1 mm. Fruit ± 19 x 9 mm. Flowering time December to February. Occurring in the Northern Province and Mpumalanga. Aloe nubigena is another cliff- dweller of the eastern escarpment, and is found in the mist belt, usually facing seawards. Map 9. Differences between this species and its closest allies, A. thompsoniae (no. 11) and A. soutpansbergensis (no. 12), are discussed under those species. In addition, the leaves of A. thompsoniae are armed with distinct, if small, teeth, whereas those of A. nubigena have suben- tire margins. The specific epithet, meaning ‘cloud-born’, very aptly signifies the habitat of this aloe. Vouchers: Bos 1018 (K, PRE, STE, WAG); Cocld 9793 (PRE); Nel 217 (NBG, PRE); Reynolds 1790 (PRE); Schmitz 4503 (PRE). Hybrid: A. nubigena x A. arborescens (no. 96). Voucher: Brent NBG5 50/56 (NBG). 14. Aloe verecunda Pole Evans in Tran- sactions of the Royal Society of South Africa 5: 703 (1917); Pole Evans: t. 124 (1924b); Rey- nolds: 134 (1950); Jeppe: 123 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 25 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 294 (1996). Type: Northern Province, Wolkberg, P.J. Pienaar s.n. (PRE!). Apparently stemless grass aloe, 300^450 mm tall, in tufts, rarely solitary. Leaves 8-10, usually distichous, rarely subrosulate, lorate, 160^400 x 7-15 mm, canaliculate, dark green, margins dentate. Inflorescence a capitate raceme; peduncle 250^400 mm long, with ster- ile bracts; bracts ovate-acute, 16-21 x 4-10 mm, venation obscure. Flowers scarlet to magenta, 20-30 mm long; outer segments free; Map 10. — Aloe verecunda pedicels 20-30 mm long. Anthers exserted up to 3 mm. Ovary ± 7.0 x 2.5 mm; style exserted up to 10 mm. Fruit grey-buff, 20-25 x 8-10 mm. Seeds charcoal-grey, ±4x2x2 mm, with membranous wings. Flowering time December. Occurring in the Northern Province, Gau- teng and Mpumalanga. A. verecunda normally grows wedged between boulders on ridges of the highveld, in grassland. These places are colder than the surrounding area, but do not seem to receive much more rain. Map 10. Large plants of this species approach A. cooperi (no. 21) in appearance, but lack the keeled leaves characteristic of that species. In A. verecunda there are fewer leaves per head than in A. cooperi , and the inflorescences are small- er in all their parts. Differences between this species and A. vossii (no. 16) are dealt with under that species. The specific epithet of this species means ‘modest’ or ‘shy’. In winter the leaves wither completely, and the plant is then almost impos- sible to see. Vouchers: Codd 9882 (PRE, UPS); Galpin 1455 (BOL, PRE); Hardy 3950 (PRE); Plowes 2217 (PRE, SRGH); Reynolds 5708 (PRE, SRGH). ALOACEAE: Aloe 17 15. Aloe fouriei D.S. Hardy & Glen in The Flowering Plants of Africa 49: t. 1941 (1987); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 262 (1996). Type: Mpumalanga, Pilgrims Rest District, Fourie 3070 ( PRE!). Short-stemmed grass aloe, solitary or form- ing small clumps; stems ± 150 mm tall, with old leaf bases adhering in apical ± 100 mm. Leaves distichous, 275-350 x 10-25 mm, canaliculate, not keeled, grass-green, margins armed with teeth ± 0.4 mm long, 0.6 mm wide and 2.5 mm apart; old leaves dying back with persistent dead apices, and with white spots on abaxial surfaces. Inflorescence a subdense, capitate raceme of ± 20 flowers; peduncle ± 400 mm long, with ovate-acute sterile bracts; floriferous bracts with many nerves, ±16x8 mm. Flowers 35^10 mm long, 11-13 mm in diameter at base, 6-8 mm at mouth; all segments free to base, outer segments orange with green apices, inner segments yellow with green apices; pedicels pale green, 23-45 mm long, lengthening in fruit. Anthers included. Style included. Occurring in montane grassland of the Northern Province and Mpumalanga. Aloe fouriei favours steep slopes of southeastern aspect in grassland in dolomitic crevices. In such places, it may grow with stems erect to oblique. Map 11. Map 11. — • Aloe fouriei ★ A. vossii ▲ A. linearifolia The only other southern African species with any marked similarity to A. fouriei is A. cooperi (no. 21 ), a stemless species in which the leaves are keeled, the bracts are smaller than in our species and the pedicels are the same colour as the flower, not pale green like the upper pedun- cle as in our species. The caulescent habit and subcapitate racemes of this species serve to dis- tinguish it from other members of section Leptoaloe. The perianth segments are thick and fleshy, and so the sutures between the outer seg- ments appear as channels in the unopened buds as well as in the mature flowers. The flower is distinctly trigonous, a character unusual in this section. Voucher: Fourie 3070 (PRE); Plowes 2217 (PRE) possibly belongs here. 16. Aloe vossii Reynolds in Journal of South African Botany 2: 65 (1936b); Reynolds: 136 (1950); Jeppe: 123 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 29 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 296 (1996). Type: Northern Province, Soutpansberg, VOss in Reynolds 557 (PRE, holo.!; BOL!). Apparently stemless grass aloe 400-500 mm tall, solitary. Leaves 14—20 in a rosette, lorate, 250-500 x 7-25 mm, narrowed towards apex, margins dentate. Inflorescence a capitate raceme; peduncle 275-500 mm long, with sterile bracts; bracts ovate-acute, ± 16x7-11 mm, ± 7-nerved. Flowers orange to scarlet, 20-30 mm long; all segments free; pedicels 17-30 mm long. Anthers not or very shortly exserted. Ovary ± 6.0-7. 0 x 2.5 mm, green; style not or very shortly exsert- ed. Fruit dark grey-brown. ± 28 x 12 mm. Flowering time January to February. Endemic to the Northern Province. A. vossii grows in dense grassveld rich in forbs, in rocky places. It requires a somewhat warmer climate than A. verecunda (no. 14). Map 11. The leaves of this species are longer and more copiously spotted than those of A. vere- cunda, and are rosulate. In addition, there are 18 ALOACEAE: Aloe minor differences in the form of the leaf spots and of the flowers. Mr Harold Voss, after whom this species is named, made the first collection of it. Vouchers: Hardy 377 (PRE); Hemm 400 (J, PRE, VENDA); Leach 8465 (SRGH); Ober- meyer 1203 (PRE); Van der Merwe 299 (PRE). 17. Aloe linearifolia A. Berger in Botan- ische Jahrbiicher 57: 640 (1922); Reynolds: 169 (1941); Reynolds: t. 849 (1942); Reynolds: 139 (1950); Jeppe: 130 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 33 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 274 (1996). Type: KwaZulu-Natal, Dumisa, Rudatis 1643 (B). Stemless grass aloe 200-300 mm tall, soli- tary; main stem sometimes once- or twice- branched. Leaves 6-8, usually distichous, rarely spirally twisted, lorate, 1 60— 360(— 600) x 4— 8(— 1 0) mm, margins entire or minutely den- ticulate. Inflorescence a dense capitate raceme; peduncle 1 60— 350(— 600) mm long, with many sterile bracts; bracts ovate-acuminate, 10-15 x 4-7 mm, 5-7-nerved. Flowers greenish yellow to yellow, 11-15 mm long, mouth upturned; all segments free; pedicels 12-20 mm long. Anthers not or shortly exserted. Ovary 3. 5-4.0 x 1. 5-2.0 mm, green; style exserted to 2 mm. Fruit ± 18 x 9 mm, buff. Flowering time January to February. Found in Mpumalanga, Swaziland, KwaZulu- Natal and the Eastern Cape. Plants of this spe- cies may be commoner than they seem. As they are slightly smaller than the grasses among which they grow and the flowers are an incon- spicuous shade of yellow, they are very difficult to see in nature. Map 1 1 . The racemes of this species are similar to those of A. myricicantha (no. 3) and A. minima (no. 4), while the flowers are similar in shape, structure and colour to those of A. ecklonis (no. 19). However, the flowers in this species are much smaller than those of A. ecklonis. The leaves of this species are more conspicuously very narrowly rectangular (linear) than most. Vouchers: Codd 9525 (PRE); Gerstner 624 (PRE); Medley Wood 9254 (PRE); Obermeyer 208 (PRE); Reynolds 3980 (PRE). 18. Aloe integra Reynolds in The Flower- ing Plants of South Africa 16: t. 607 (1936c); Reynolds: 141 (1950); Jeppe: 131 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 35 (1972); Compton: 100 (1976); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 268 (1996). Type: Mpumalanga, Lydenburg District, Reynolds 1650 (PRE, holo.!; BOL!). Stemless grass aloe 350-500 mm tall, soli- tary; roots fusiform. Leaves 15-30 in a rosette, lorate, 1 00— 200(— 500) x 20-50 mm, often with a short or long dried apex adhering, slightly canaliculate, margins cartilaginous, usually entire, rarely ciliate. Inflorescence a dense, cylindric-conical to capitate raceme; peduncle 350-700 mm long (including raceme), with sterile bracts; bracts narrowly deltoid-acumi- nate, 12-25 x 4-6 mm, 5-7-nerved, purplish. Flowers lemon-yellow to canary-yellow, 13-27 mm long; segments free; pedicels 20-30 mm long, lengthening in fruit to 30-40 mm. Anthers exserted 1-3 mm. Ovary 5-7 x 2-3 mm, olive- green; style exserted 2-5 mm. Fruit 12-15 x 6-8 mm, pale grey. Flowering time October to December. Found in Mpumalanga and Swaziland. A. integra occurs in highveld grassland, usually on sandy, stony soil. Flowering seems to be stimu- lated by fire. Map 12. The racemes of this species terminate in a small tuft of purple bracts, unlike any other species in this section. In general appearance this species is closest to A. ecklonis (no. 19), and when not in flower it may be distinguished from that species by the shorter leaves, of which the margins are entire or at most only minutely denticulate. The entire (without teeth) leaf margins of this species are highlighted by the specific ALOACEAE: Aloe 19 epithet ( integra meaning ‘entire, complete, whole’). Vouchers: Reynolds 1636 (PRE); Van der Merwe 45 (PRE). 19. Aloe ecklonis Salm-Dyck , Monographia generum Aloes et Mesembryanthemi: 21, t. 2 (1849); Baker: 158 (1880a); Baker: 309 (1896a); A. Berger: 168 (1908); Pole Evans: t. 609 (1936b); Reynolds: 145 (1950); Jeppe: 121 (1969); Jacot Guillarmod: 140 (1971); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 39 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 260 (1996). Iconotype: Salm-Dyck, Monographia generum Aloes et Mesembry- anthemi: 21, t. 2 (1849). A. kraussii Baker: 159 (1880a); Baker: 306 (1896a); J.M.Wood: t. 292 (1902); A.Berger: 169 (1908); Pole Evans; t. 635 (1936c); Reynolds: 143 (1950); Jeppe: 121 (1969); Bornman & D.S.Hardy: 37 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 272 (1996), non Schonland. Type: KwaZulu- Natal. Buy of Natal, Krauss 275 (BM). A. boylei Baker: 84 (1892a); Baker: 307 (1896a); A.Berger: 170 (1908); Pole Evans: t. 634 (1936d); Reynolds: 153 (1950); Jeppe: 122 (1969); Bornman & D.S.Hardy: 45 (1972); Compton: 98 (1976); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 252 (1996). Type: KwaZulu-Natal, Tugela Valley, Allison sub Boyle s.n. (K, holo.!; PRE, photo.!). A. agrophila Reynolds: 70 (1936b). Type: Eastern Cape, Mlengana, Reynolds 1749 (PRE!). A. hlangapies Groenew.: 60 (1936c); Pole Evans: t. 710 (1938a); Reynolds: 137 (1950); Jeppe: 124 (1969); Born- man & D.S.Hardy: 31 (1972); Compton: 99 (1976); Glen, G.F.Sm. & D.S.Hardy: 98 (1995); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 264 (1996). Lectotype: Mpumalanga, Piet Retief District, Van der Merwe 102 (PRE!). A. boylei Baker subsp. major Hilliard & B.L.Burtt: 252 (1985). Type: KwaZulu-Natal, Ngome, Hilliard & Burtt 8438 (E, holo.; NU!; PRE, photo.!). Erect, stemless or short-stemmed grass aloe 0.5-1 m tall, solitary or in groups; roots fusiform. Leaves 8-20, distichous or in a rosette, lorate to ensiform, 200^1-00 x 15-90 mm, canaliculate, blue-green to emerald-green, margins cartilaginous, armed with firm minute white deltoid teeth. Inflorescence a capitate raceme; peduncle 300-560 mm long, with ster- ile bracts; bracts narrowly deltoid-acuminate, 10-20 x 3-5 mm, 3-5-nerved. Flowers lemon- yellow to red, ± 14-24 x 7 mm, mouth some- times upturned; all segments free; pedicels 16-40 mm long, lengthening in fruit. Anthers exserted 1-3 mm. Ovary 4-9 x 2-3 mm, green; style exserted 2-5 mm. Fruit 18-35 x 6-13 mm, brown or grey. Flowering time November to February. Found in the Northern Province, Mpuma- langa, Swaziland, the Free State, KwaZulu- Natal, Lesotho and the Eastern Cape. A. ecklonis usually occurs on very heavy soils which pack hard on drying. The surrounding vegetation is usually grassland, which may be dense or sparse, dry or wet, at low or high altitude. Map 13. Map 13. — Aloe ecklonis 20 ALOACEAE: Aloe This is the most variable and, after A. myria- cantlia (no. 3) and A. buettneri (no. 8), the most widely distributed species in the section. Leaves may be broad or narrow, rosulate or distichous, glaucous blue-green or grass-green, with or without spots at the base, and with large or small marginal teeth. Flowers may be yellow, pink or any shade between. All the extremes, which have been described at specific or infraspecific rank, are connected by intermediates, and by modifying cultural conditions it is possible to transform plants of one form into another. Despite this great variability, A. ecklonis resem- bles only one species, namely A. Integra (no. 18), at all closely. A. Integra has shiny leaves with distinct lines, and the remains of leaves that have died back are purple. A. ecklonis has duller leaves without lines, which die back pale brown to grey. Other characters separating these two species are discussed under A. integra. The epithet of one of the synonyms, A. hlangapies , was changed illegitimately first to A. hlangapitis (Groenewald 1936d) and then to A. hlangapensis (Groenewald 1937a). Common names recorded for this species include lekha- lana, hloho tsa makaka and maroba-lihale (seSotho), and isipnkntwane (Zulu) (Reynolds 1950). The specific epithet commemorates the collector of the type specimen, C.F. Ecklon. Ecklon was one of the first major collectors to travel extensively in southern Africa, which he did between 1823 and 1827, and again between 1829 and 1833. Gunn & Codd (1981) give fuller biographical details of Ecklon. This species is used in initiation and fertility rites in Lesotho. The Zulu eat the inflorescence as a vegetable, while the South Sotho use the plant (particularly the leaves?) as a purgative and as a charm ‘to turn enemy bullets to water’. Vouchers: Acocks 18395 (PRE); Galpin 1254 (BOL, K, PRE); Jacot Guillarmod 5345 (PRE); Prosser 1996 (PRE); Strey 6345 (NH, PRE). 20. Aloe micracantha Haw., Supplemen- tum plantarum succulentarum 105 (1819); Sims: t. 2272 (1821); Link & Otto: t. 40 (1825); Salm-Dyck: 21, t. 1 ( 1 840); Baker: 159 (1880a); Baker: 306 (1896a); A. Berger: 169 (1908); Reynolds: 147 (1950); Jeppe: 126 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 41 (1972); G.F.Sm.: 55 (1993); Glen & G.F.Sm.: 37 (1995); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 276 (1996). Neotype: Burchell 4482 ( K!). Stemless grass aloe 350-500 mm tall, soli- tary; roots fusiform. Leaves 12-18 in a rosette, lorate, 300-500 x 20^10 mm, acuminate, with irregular white spots on both surfaces through- out or only near expanded bases, margins carti- laginous, dentate. Inflorescence a capitate raceme; peduncle 250-500 mm long, with sterile bracts; bracts ovate-acuminate, 22-27 x 5-7 mm, many-nerved. Flowers salmon-pink, 26-38 mm long; all segments free; pedicels 20-35 mm long, lengthening to ± 50 mm in fruit. Anthers not or hardly exserted. Ovary ±8x3 mm, salmon-pink; style exserted 1-2 mm. Fruit ± 28 x 12 mm, grey. Seeds black, in a semitranspar- ent white membranous sac forming wings, ± 6. 0-7.0 x 4.0 x 1.5 mm including wing. Flowering time December to January. Found in KwaZulu-Natal and the Eastern Cape. This species occurs in well-drained, dry, sandy or stony places, often wedged between rocks. It is very difficult to maintain in cultiva- tion. Map 14. Characters that distinguish this species from all others in the section include the copious Map 14. — Aloe micracantha ALOACEAE: Aloe 21 spots on both sides of the leaves, extending almost to the leaf tips; the flowers, pedicels and bracts which are all the same colour; and the distribution range, which is the southwestern- most in the group. The plant figured under this name in The Flowering Plants of South Africa 3: t. Ill (1923) is not this species but rather A. ecklonis (no. 19). The specific epithet refers to the remarkably small teeth on the leaves of this species. Vouchers: L.L. Britten 1248 (GRA, PRE); I.L. Drege 67 (PRE); Fourcade 2440 (BOL, PRE); Long 279 (PRE); Reynolds 1757 (BOL, PRE). 21. Aloe cooperi Baker in The Gardeners’ Chronicle 1: 628 (1874); Baker: t. 6377 (1878a); Baker: 305 (1896a); J.M.Wood & M.S.Evans: t. 41 (1899); A. Berger: 167 (1908); Pole Evans: t. 578 (1935a); Reynolds: 150 (1950); Jeppe: 125 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 43 (1972); Compton: 99 (1976); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 256 (1996). Type: KwaZulu-Natal, no precise locality. Cooper s.n. (K!, holo.; PRE, photo.!). A. schmidtiana Regel: 97, 98, t. 970 (1879); Glen & G.F.Sm.: 38 (1995). Lecto-iconotype: Gartenflora 1879: 97, t. 970. Apparently stemless grass aloe 0.6- 1.2 m tall, solitary or in small groups. Leaves 16-20, distichous, rarely spirally twisted to rosulate in old specimens, 400-800 x 25-60 mm, distinct- ly keeled, V-shaped in section, bright green, undersurface white-spotted near base, margins cartilaginous, dentate. Inflorescence a conical, sublax raceme; peduncle 0.4-1 m long, with sterile bracts; bracts ovate-acuminate, 13-33 x 6-8 mm, many-nerved. Flowers salmon-pink to blood-red, 25-40 mm long; all segments free; pedicels 30-60 mm long, lengthening in fruit. Anthers not or hardly exserted. Ovary ±5x2 mm; style exserted 3-5 mm. Fruit 33^-0 x 12-13 mm, grey. This is the only species of Aloe which regu- larly occurs in marshy places from the Northern Province to KwaZulu-Natal. It also grows in well drained places, often among rocks on hill- sides. Aloe cooperi is distinguished from all other species of the genus in southern Africa by its distinctly keeled leaves which are V-shaped in section. Two subspecies are recognised: Leaf margins dentate throughout 21a. subsp. cooperi Leaf margins entire in upper three quar- ters, dentate below . . 21b. subsp. pulchra 21a. subsp. cooperi. Description as for the species. Flowering time January to March. Found in the Northern Province, Mpuma- langa, Swaziland and KwaZulu-Natal, includ- ing one locality on the Free State border. In northern KwaZulu-Natal, where this subspecies is sympatric with subsp. pulchra, it grows in drier places at higher altitudes than subsp. pul- chra. Map 15. The specific epithet honours Mr T. Cooper, a nurseryman of Reigate, Surrey, England, who collected in the Eastern Cape and KwaZulu- Map 15. — Aloe cooperi subsp. cooperi 22 ALOACEAE: Aloe Natal in about 1860. He discovered several new species, of which the type specimens are housed at Kew. He was the father-in-law of N.E. Brown, without whose works students of succulent plants would be infinitely poorer. Zulu common names for this species are isipukutwane and isiputumahe (Reynolds 1950). The burned leaves of this species are used in Zulu magic. The inflo- rescence is cooked and eaten as a vegetable. Vouchers: Acocks 10063 (NH, PRE); Comp- ton 29001 (PRE); Hardy 3958 (PRE); Reynolds 3447 (PRE); Strey 3665 (PRE). 21b. subsp. pulchra Glen & D.S. Hardy in The Flowering Plants of Africa 49: t. 1944 (1987b). Type: KwaZulu-Natal, Palm Ridge, Harrison 980 (PRE!). Leaves always distichous, with margins den- tate only in basal quarter, entire above; lower surface with white tubercles each bearing a hair- like process near base. Bracts clasping pedicels. Flowers slightly longer than in subsp. cooperi, 35^-5 mm long, deep to pale pink. Flowering time April to May. Other characters as in subsp. cooperi. Occurs in KwaZulu-Natal with outliers in Swaziland, in rough grassland and thorny forest margins, often in association with Erythrina latissima. Map 16. Map 16. — Aloe cooperi subsp. pulchra Plants of this subspecies are strikingly beau- tiful when in flower, and so the subspecies is named accordingly. It occurs at lower altitude, in moister places than subsp. cooperi where the two are sympatric. Vouchers: Culverwell 598 (PRE); Harrison 506 (PRE); Hitchins 32 (NPB, PRE), Let lev HI 5 (NPB, PRE); C.J. Ward 2344 (PRE). 22. Aloe bowiea Roem. & Schult.f, Systema vegetabilium 7: 704 ( 1 829); Baker: 158(1 880a); Baker: 309 (1896a); Oberm.: 119 (1973); D.S. Hardy: 518 (1974); G.F.Sm.: 10 (1983); G.F.Sm.: 80 (1990a); G.F.Sm.: 303 (1990b); G.F.Sm.: 415 (1990c); G.F.Sm.: 9 (1991); G.F.Sm. & A.E. van Wyk: 93 (1993); G.F.Sm. et al.\ 80, t. 2096 (1994); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 238 (1996). Iconotype: Duncanson, unpublished plate at K. Bowiea africarta Haw.: 299 (1824). Chamaealoe africana (Haw.) A. Berger: 120 (1908). Type as above. Stemless grass aloe 75-100 mm tall, usually in large groups. Leaves many in a rosette, linear, 70-125 x 4-15 mm, channelled, expanded at base, undersurface with white spots, margins dentate. Inflorescence a dense, cylindric raceme; peduncle 150-400 mm long, with sterile bracts; bracts narrowly deltoid-acuminate, ± 3-6 x 2 mm, 3-nerved. Flowers sessile, greenish white, 8-10 mm long, mouth expanded; all segments free. Anthers not or hardly exserted. Ovary ± 2-3 x 1 mm; style exserted 2-3 mm. Fruit not seen. Flowering time March to April. Endemic to the Eastern Cape. A. bowiea occurs in soil varying from sandy loam to heavy clay, among grasses, succulents and stones in val- ley bushveld (Smith & Van Wyk 1990). Map 17. The leaves of this species are similar in form to those of A. chortolirioides (no. 9), but differ in size from that species. Plants of this species are single-headed, whereas A. chortolirioides is characterised by vast, multiheaded clumps. The flower recalls A. saundersiae (no. 1), A. albida (no. 2) and A. inconspicua (no. 7) in its small ALOACEAE: Aloe 23 Map 17. — Aloe bowiea size and greenish white colour. It differs from all of these in that the anthers and style are exserted ± 2 mm, whereas in most members of this section, the anthers and style are included, as long as the perianth or hardly exserted. This species is named after James Bowie, its discoverer, who collected plants at the Cape from 1816-1823 and sent a living plant to Kew, where it was figured by Duncanson and described by Haworth. Smith (1983) states that some popula- tions of this species are eaten by stock. Vouchers: Hall 1612 (NBG); Hardy 2184 (PRE); Reynolds 1206 (PRE); Schonland s.n. (BOL, GRA). 2. Section Haemanthifoliae Section Haemanthifoliae (A. Berger) Glen & D.S. Hardy, stat. nov. Type species: A. haemanthifolia A. Berger & Marloth. Series Haemanthifoliae A. Berger in Das Pflanzenreich 33: 173 (1908); Reynolds: 155 (1950). Plants stemless, 400-700 mm tall, usually in groups, rarely solitary. Leaves distichous, broadly lorate, 180-210 x 42-100 mm, apices rounded, fibrous, dull green, margins entire. Inflorescence a simple capitate raceme; peduncle 300^-50 mm long, with sterile bracts; bracts lanceolate-acumi- nate, 1 1-25 x 4-7 mm, 3-7-nerved. Flowers orange-red or scarlet, 23-38 mm long, cylindric; inner and outer segments free; pedicels ± 25 mm long, extending to 40-55 mm in fruit. Anthers and style included. Ovary ±8x3 mm, tapering into style. Fruit dark grey, with transverse ribs, ± 25 x 14 mm. Seeds dark grey, with narrow wings, ± 5.0 x 4.0 x 2.5 mm. Flowering time October. 23. Aloe haemanthifolia A. Berger <£ Marloth, A. Berger in Botanische Jahrbiicher 38: 85 (1905b); A.Berger: 173 (1908); V.Higgins: 273 (1944); Reynolds: 155 (1950); Jeppe: 66 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 47 (1972); Glen & C.Craib: t. 2063 (1993); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 140 (1996). Type: Western Cape, Franschhoek Mountains, Marloth 3786 (BOL, holo.!; GRA!, PRE!). Description as for section. Figure 2. Endemic to the Western Cape. A. haemanthi- folia occurs on Table Mountain sandstone cliffs in the Cape folded mountains, in very wet places. Map 18. — Aloe haemanthifolia Figure 2. — Section Haemanthifoliae. Aloe haemanthifolia: 1, inflorescence, x 0.9; 2, habit, x 0.7. Taken from Glen & Craib (1993). ALOACEAE: Aloe 25 One population is in the spray of a waterfall. The surrounding vegetation is fynbos. In sum- mer these mountains are not warm, and in win- ter the habitat of this species is above the snow line. Map 18. This is one of two species of Aloe (the other being A. fibrosa from Kenya) to have distinct fibres in the leaves. Its large, distichous, leath- ery, linear, obtuse leaves, stemless habit and capitate racemes of flowers with long perianths and included anthers and styles distinguish this species from all others in the genus. Evidently the leaves of this species reminded Marloth and Berger of those of a Haemanthus (a well-known genus of bulbous plants). Vouchers: Compton 17507 (NBG); Ester- huysen 29668 (BOL, PRE); Leighton 1365 (BOL); Phillips 1347 (SAM); Van Jaarsveld 2719 (NBG). 3. Section Longistylae Section Longistylae (A. Berger) Glen & D.S. Hardy, stat. nov. Type species: A. longistyla Baker. Series Longistylae A. Berger in Botanische Jahrbiicher 36: 49 ( 1905a); A. Berger: 174 (1908): Reynolds: 158 (1950). Plants stemless. Leaves rosulate, lanceolate, variously dentate. Inflorescence a simple, densely flowered, cylindric to conical raceme; peduncle with many sterile bracts; pedicels short to 0 except in A. chlorantlm. Flowers red, yellow or green, with straight or upturned mouth. Anthers much exserted. Style much exserted. la Leaves with surface prickles: 2a Leaves shorter than 160 mm; surface prickles randomly arranged 24. A. longistyla 2b Leaves longer than 160 mm; surface prickles in median line 25. A. peglerae lb Leaves without surface prickles: 3a Pedicels shorter than 10 mm; flowers yellow 26. A. broomii 3b Pedicels longer than 10 mm; flowers green 27. A. chlorantha These stemless species inhabit some of the coldest parts of southern Africa. The group as a whole may be recognised by the absence of erect stems, the simple inflorescences with dense, ses- sile to shortly pedicellate tubular flowers and long-exserted anthers and styles. 24. Aloe longistyla Baker in Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Botany 18: 158 (1880a); Baker: 309 (1896a); A.Berger: 174 (1908); Pole Evans: t. 315 (1928a); Reynolds: 159 (1950); Jeppe: 35 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 49 (1972); Glen & G.L.Sm.: 38 (1995); B.-E. van Wyk & G.L.Sm.: 244 (1996). Type: Eastern Cape, Graaff-Reinet, Bolus 689 (K, lecto.!; PRE, photo.!). Plants 150-250 mm tall, in groups. Leaves 20-30, biconvex, 60-150 x 20-40 mm, glaucous blue-green, both surfaces with white prickles. margins dentate. Inflorescence a dense, capitate, conical raceme; peduncle 150-270 mm long; bracts ovate-deltoid, acuminate, 19-30 x 7-15 mm, slightly fleshy, 7-many-nerved. Flowers ses- sile or on pedicels up to 8 mm long, salmon-pink to flame-red, 35-55 mm long, mouth upturned; outer segments connate for three quarters of their length, inner segments free but dorsally adnate to outer. Anthers exserted 5-20 mm. Ovary ± 7-10 x 4 mm, green; style exserted 16-25 mm. Fruit ±50 x 30 mm, green to grey. Seeds charcoal-grey, ± 12.0 x 13.0 x 0.8 mm, including buff wing 5-6 mm wide. Flowering time July to September. 26 ALOACEAE: Aloe Figure 3. — Section Longistylae. Aloe peglerae: 1, upper portion of leaf; 2, flower. 3, median longitudinal section ot flower; 4, leaf, x 0.8; 5, inflorescence, x 0.8 ; 6. habit, much reduced. Taken from Pole Evans (1924c). ALOACEAE: Aloe 27 Map 19. — • Aloe longistyla ★ A. peglerae A A. chlorantha Endemic to the Western and Eastern Cape. This species grows on clay soils in the karoo. It may be found on bare soil, but is more often protected by small karoo bushes (species of Pentzici and similar genera). Map 19. The specimen Bolus 689 is chosen as a lec- totype rather than Drege 8640 because of its more detailed locality. Aloe longistyla has the longest styles in the genus. They may be as long as 75 mm when fully exserted. Schonland (quoted by Reynolds 1950) states that in the flowers of this species the stigmas are receptive before the pollen is shed. This would be unusu- al, as in most species of Aloe pollen is shed in the early morning, stigmas reaching maximum sensitivity about or shortly after noon on the same day. The stemless clumped habit, stout unbranched peduncles and long, upturned flow- ers distinguish this species from all others in the genus. The specific epithet draws attention to the long styles, which are a characteristic feature of the flowers of this species. Vouchers: Dyer 4024 (PRE, SAM. UPS); MacOwan 2230B (BM); Marloth 5134 (PRE); Reynolds 5490 (BOL, NH. PRE); Rogers 30230 (K). 25. Aloe peglerae Schonland in Records of the Albany Museum 1: 120(1904); A. Berger: 174 (1908); Pole Evans: t. 149 (1924c); Reynolds: 160 (1950); Jeppe: 5 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 5 1 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 150 (1996). Type: North-West, Rustenburg, Pegler 921 (BOL, holo.!; GRA!, PRE!, SAM!). Plants solitary, 350-450 mm tall. Leaves ± 30, arcuate-incurved, 175-250 x 50-70 mm, greyish, undersurface with a median line of prickles near apex, margins dentate. Inflores- cence a dense, cylindric raceme; peduncle 300^100 mm long; bracts ovate-acuminate, 12-16 x 6-7 mm, 3-7-nerved. Flowers magen- ta-red in bud, greenish cream when open, 25-30 mm long, cylindric, mouth very slightly upturned; all segments free. Anthers exserted 7-25 mm, purple. Ovary + 6x3 mm, green; style exserted 15-20 mm, pale brown. Fruit not seen. Flowering time July to August. Figure 3. Endemic to North-West and Gauteng. Aloe peglerae formerly occurred in large numbers on stone pavements on the Witwatersrand, but has largely been exterminated by urban develop- ment and collectors. Where it still occurs, it is found in places with almost no soil; most of such little soil as there is, is humus formed by the decay of old leaves of this plant. The surround- ing vegetation is scanty grassland. Map 19. This species is similar to A. broomii (no. 26) and A. chlorantha (no. 27) in its solitary habit and incurved leaves. Unlike these two species, in which the leaves are yellow-green, the leaves of A. peglerae are glaucous blue. It is smaller than these in all parts except the flower. The leaves have a median line of prickles on the lower surface near the apex, and the brilliant red flowers and small bracts of this species contrast with the dull brownish or greenish flowers, half hidden by the bracts, in the other two species mentioned. Most of Alice Pegler’s collections are from the Kentani district of Transkei, but a few, such as the type of this species named after her, are from near Rustenburg in North-West. 28 ALOACEAE: Aloe Vouchers: Burtt Davy 10428 (K); Marloth 5975 (PRE); Reynolds 2877 (PRE); C.A. Smith 6270 (PRE); Young 3020 (PRE). 26. Aloe broomii Schonland in Records of the Albany Museum 2: 137 (1907); A. Berger: 329 (1908); Pole Evans: t. 605 (1936e); Rey- nolds: 162 (1950); Jeppe: 54 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 53 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 124 (1996). Type: Eastern Cape, Pam- poenpoort. Broom s.n. (GRA!). Plants usually solitary, 0.5-1 m tall exclud- ing inflorescence. Leaves many in a rosette, erect to spreading, 200-400 x 55-105 mm, upper surface flat, lower surface convex, green to yellow-green, rarely with a median line of prickles in apical third, margins dentate. In- florescence a cylindric raceme; peduncle 0.75-1.5 m long; bracts spathulate, 21-30 x 11-15 mm, many-nerved. Flowers lemon-yel- low, 20-25 mm long, mouth slightly upturned; all segments free; pedicels 0 or up to 2 mm long. Anthers exserted 2-12 mm. Ovary lemon- yellow, 4-5 x 2-3 mm; style exserted 11-15 mm. Fruit not seen. Two varieties are recognised: Buds hidden by enclosing bracts 26a. var. broomii Buds not hidden by bracts . . 26b. var. tarkaensis 2.6a. var. broomii. Description as for species. Flowering time in spring, after main cold season (August to October). Found in the Northern Cape, Free State, Lesotho and the Western and Eastern Cape. Aloe broomii var. broomii occurs on ironstone ridges in the coldest parts of the eastern karoo, among grasses and karoo bushes. Map 20. The long inflorescences of yellow to brown- ish flowers on short pedicels distinguish this Map 20. — Aloe broomii var. broomii species from A. chlorantha (no. 27). Further characters distinguishing between these two species are found in the microscopical structure of the leaves. As these characters are not readi- ly observable, they are not discussed here. Differences between this species and A. pegler- ae (no. 25) are discussed under that species. This species features in one of the very few identifiable Bushman paintings of plants. Its Afri- kaans common name is bergaalwyn (Reynolds 1950). The specific epithet honours its discov- erer, Dr Robert Broom, the palaeo-anthropolo- gist. It is reported that A. broomii is used in the following manner to remove ticks from horses: the affected horse is given two tablespoons of leaf sap, whereupon its blood becomes so bitter that the ticks fall off. Reynolds, in a note in the PRE archives, records an experiment to test this remedy on sheep. It was found that the effect was of very short duration (± 15 minutes), and so the ticks fell into the sheep’s wool and soon reattached themselves to the animal. Vouchers: Acocks 16431 (PRE); Dieterlen 1150 (PRE, SAM); Henrici 265 (PRE); Muller 1019 (PRE); Reynolds 1612 (PRE, SAM). Hybrids: 1. A. broomii var. broomii x A. grandidenta- ta (no. 58). Voucher: Muller 1022 (PRE). ALOACEAE: Aloe 29 2. A. broomii var. broomii x A. claviflora (no. 70). Voucher: Wilman 13324 (PRE). 3. A. broomii var. broomii x A. hereroensis var. hereroensis (no. 76a). Voucher: Reynolds 4612 (PRE). 4. A. broomii var. broomii x A. ferox (no. 1 10). Voucher: Reynolds 1615 (BM, PRE). 26b. var. tarkaensis Reynolds in Journal of South African Botany 2: 72 (1936b); Reynolds: 165 (1950); Jeppe: 54 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 53 (1972). Type; Eastern Cape. Tarkastad, Reynolds 1777 (PRE. holo.!; SAM!). Leaves larger, up to 500 x 150 mm or more. Flowers longer, 20-30 mm long; style exserted 15-20 mm; pedicels longer, 3-4 mm; bracts lanceolate, ±12x5 mm. Other characters as for species. Found on low, stony ridges in the Northern and Eastern Cape, rarely on grassy flats. Map 21 . This variety flowers in late summer to autumn (February to March). In this variety the bracts are much smaller than in the typical vari- ety. It seems that these differences are connect- ed in the following manner: in var. tarkaensis , the seeds are ripened before the coldest part of winter, rendering large protective bracts unnec- essary, whereas in the typical variety the inflo- rescence overwinters as a bud, and the large bracts perform some function in protecting the unopened flowers from the intense cold of the winter months in the natural range of this species. The varietal epithet indicates that the plants grow not far from Tarkastad, in the Eastern Cape. Tarkastad takes its name from the nearby Tarka River. Tarka is a Khoi word which may be translated as ‘River of Women’. Vouchers: Glen 1581 (PRE); Reynolds 1776 (PRE); Story 2493 (PRE). 27. Aloe chlorantha Lavranos in Journal of South African Botany 39: 87 (1973a); D.S. Hardy: 523 (1974) B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 124 (1996). Type: Northern Cape, Fraserburg District, Lavranos 10024 (PRE, holo.!). Plants usually in small groups, 0.5-1 m tall excluding inflorescence. Leaves ± 30 in a rosette, erect to arcuate-incurved. 25CM-00 x 50-80 mm, slightly biconvex, green to purplish, lower surface often white-spotted, margins car- tilaginous, dentate. Inflorescence a cylindric, sub- dense raceme; peduncle 0.7-1. 6 m long; bracts narrowly deltoid-acuminate, 12-20 x 4-8 mm, many-nerved. Flowers yellow-green, 10-12 mm long, cylindric; all segments free; pedicels 12-22 mm long. Anthers exserted 2-3 mm. Ovary bright green, ± 3.0 x 1.5 mm; style exserted 2-4 mm. Fruit not seen. Flowering time September to November. Aloe chlorantha is endemic to the southern region of the Northern Cape and is restricted to the tops of a few ridges in the upper karoo, where it is commonly wedged between dolerite boulders. Map 19. The small greenish (not yellow to brown) flowers on long pedicels distinguish this species from A. broomii (no. 26). In addition, the raceme in this species is much shorter in rela- tion to the peduncle than in A. broomii. 30 ALOACEAE: Aloe Figure 4. — Section Aristatae. Aloe aristata: I , habit; 2, leaf; 3, flowers from bud to anthesis, x 0.9; 4, fruit, x 0.9. Taken from Jeppe (1969). ALOACEAE: Aloe 31 Characters distinguishing between this species and A. peglerae (no. 25) are discussed under that species. The specific epithet is a combination of two Greek words meaning ‘green flowers’. Lavranos (1973a) reports in the first description that the inflorescences are eaten by dassies ( Procavia capensis). This may explain the almost total absence of young plants in the field. Voucher: Lavranos 10024 (PRE). 4. Section Aristatae Section Aristatae (A. Berger) Glen & D.S. Hardy, stat. nov. Type species: A. aristata Haw. Series Aristatae A. Berger in Botanische Jahrbiicher 36: 46 (1905a); A. Berger: 175 (1908); Reynolds: 169 (1950). Plants stemless, ± 100 mm tall excluding inflorescence, usually in dense clusters. Leaves 100-150 in a rosette, lanceolate, arcuate-incurved, 50-110 x 10-17 mm, greyish green to blue- green, with white subtuberculate to subspinescent spots on both surfaces, those on lower surface sometimes forming transverse bands, lower surface with soft prickles in median rows, margins with soft white teeth, apices apiculate. Inflorescence 300-500 mm high, usually 2-6-branched; pedun- cles without sterile bracts; floral bracts narrowly deltoid-acuminate, ±12x3 mm, obscurely ± 5- nerved. Flowers brownish orange above, much paler below, 3CM0 mm long, arcuate-nutant at anthesis, slightly constricted above ovary; outer segments connate for most of their length, inner segments adnate to outer; pedicels 21-35 mm long. Anthers not or hardly exserted. Ovary 6. 0-8.0 x 1.0-2. 5 mm, olive-green; style exserted 1-2 mm. Fruit 25-30 x 8-10 mm, grey to greenish brown. Seeds grey, ± 6.0 x 3.0 x 1.5 mm, narrowly winged. Flowering time August to October. 28. Aloe aristata Haw. in The Philosoph- ical Magazine 66: 280 (1825); Baker: 306 ( 1896a); A. Berger: 176 (1908); Reynolds: 169 (1950); Jeppe: 15 ( 1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 55 (1972); Glen & G.F.Sm.: 38 (1995). Neo- type: Northern Cape, near Steynsburg, Reynolds 1024 (PRE!). A. longiaristata Schult. & Schult.f.: 684 (1829); Suim- Dyck: 15, t. 7 (1837); Glen & G.F.Sm.: 38 (1995). Neotype: Salm-Dyck, Monographia generum Aloes et Mesem- bryanthemi 15: t. 7 ( 1837). A. aristata Haw. var. leiophylla Baker: 156 (1880a); Baker: 307 (1896a); A. Berger: 176 (1908). Type: Cape, no precise locality. Cooper s.n. (Kl). A. aristata Haw. var. parviflora Baker: 307 (1896a); A. Berger: 177 ( 1908). Type: South Africa, no precise local- ity, Cooper s.n. (K! ). A. ellenbergii Guillaumin: 119 (1934). Type: Lesotho, no precise locality. Ellenberg sub Baltzerf27 (P). Description as for section. Figure 4. Found in the Free State, KwaZulu-Natal, Fesotho and the Western and Eastern Cape. Aloe aristata occurs in a wide variety of habi- tats, including sandy soil in hot, dry karoo areas, deep shade on humus-rich soil in riverine forest and grassland on high mountains in Fesotho. In dry karroid areas the leaves are greyish, erect, longer and narrower than usual, with more pronounced tubercles. In grassland in wetter areas the leaves are bright green, broad- er than usual and spreading, sometimes even slightly reflexed in very damp shade. Map 22. Many characters make this species quite unmistakable for any other in the genus. The dry awn-tipped leaf apices and leaf tubercles are unique among southern African species of Aloe. Outside the FSA region, they are found only in A. haworthioides, a Madagascan species. The long, downward-curved flowers with slight basal swellings are unique in the genus, and this species, more than any other, has a tendency 32 ALOACEAE: Aloe Map 22. — Aloe aristata towards flowers and pedicels that are darker in colour above (where they receive direct sun- light) than below (where they are in their own shadow). The specific epithet refers to the awn-tipped leaves which are very characteristic of this species. Its seSotho common name is serelei (Reynolds 1950). In Lesotho it is used in fertil- ity rites. Vouchers: Davidson 3048 (J, PRE); Gerstner 52 (PRE); Killick 1631 (BOL, NIL PRE); Reynolds 2180 (PRE, SAM); Trauseld 441 (NU, PRE). 5. Section Echinatae Section Echinatae Salm-Dyck , Monographia generum Aloes et Mesembryanthemi: 15 (1837). Type species: A. humilis (L.) Mill. Series Echinatae Salm-Dyck, Reynolds: 173 (1950). Plants stemless or with short prostrate stems. Leaves rosulate, narrow, lanceolate to almost semi- terete, variously dentate. Inflorescence a simple cylindric-conical, lax to dense raceme; peduncle with many sterile bracts. Flowers cylindric; perianth segments usually free or almost free; anthers and style not or hardly exserted. la Leaves without surface prickles: 2a Leaves spotted on both surfaces; indigenous to Eastern Cape 31. A. pictifolia 2b Leaves unspotted; indigenous to Namaqualand 30. A. krapohliana lb Leaves with surface prickles: 3a Plants up to 150 mm tall; leaves with random surface prickles 29. A. humilis 3b Plants taller than 200 mm; leaves with few surface prickles in median line: 4a Flowers incurved, ± cylindric; dry leaf sap golden 32. A. melanacantha 4b Flowers straight or with upcurved mouth, subventricose; dry leaf sap lemon-yellow . . . 33. A. erinacea The species of this group all have narrow, almost subulate leaves and simple inflorescences. The flowers are on relatively long pedicels subtended by long, cuspidate bracts. In three species the leaves have surface prickles, and in the other two they are not thus armed. 29. Aloe humilis (L.) Mill., The abridgement of The gardener’s dictionary: no. 10 (1771); Thunb.: 61 (1794); DC.: t. 39 (1800); Haw.: 15 (1804); W.T.Aiton: 294 (1811); Haw.: 85 (1812); Thunb.: 311 ( 1823); Salm-Dyck: 15, t. 1 (1837); Lodd.: t. 1481 (1828); Baker: 307 (1896a); A. Berger: 180 (1908); R. A. Dyer: t. 439 (1931a); Reynolds: 173 (1950); Jeppe: 14 (1969); Bomman & D.S.Hardy: 57 (1972); B.- E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 242 (1996). Iconotype: Aloe africana humilis spinis inermibus & verru- cosis obsita C.Commelijn, Horti medici Amstel- ALOACEAE: Aloe 33 aedamensis plantae rariores et exoticae: 46, t. 46 (1706). A. perfoliata L. o humilis L.: 320 (1753); Aiton: 467 (1789). A. verrucosospinosa All.: 13 (1773); All.: 65 (1774-1776). Iconotype: Aloe africana humilis spinis iner- mibus & verrucis obsita C.Commelijn, Praeludia botanica: 77 (1703). Catevala humilis (L.) Medik.: 69 ( 1786). Type: not cited. A. perfoliata L. p suberecta Aiton: 467 (1789). Type: not cited. A. humilis (L.) Mill. var. incurva Haw.: 15 (1804); Ker Gawl.: t. 828 (1805); Baker: 308 (1896a); A.Berger: 182 (1908); Reynolds: 177 (1950); Glen & G.F.Sm.: 39 (1995). Lecto-iconotype: Curtis’s Botanical Magazine 21: t. 828 (1805). A. suberecta (Aiton) Haw.: 16 (1804); Haw.: 84 ( 1812). A. humilis (L.) Mill. var. suberecta (Aiton) Baker: 308 (1896a); A.Berger: 181 (1908); Reynolds: 178 (1950). Type: not cited. A. tuberculata Haw.: 16 (1804); Haw.: 84 (1812). Type: not cited. A. echinata Willd.: 385 (1809); Salm-Dyck: 15, t. 2 (1837). Type: not cited. A. acuminata Haw.: 84 (1812). A. humilis (L.) Mill. var. acuminata (Haw.) Baker: 157 ( 1880a); Baker: 308 ( 1896a); A.Berger: 182 (1908); Reynolds: 178 (1950). Iconotype: Curtis’s Botanical Magazine 20: t. 727 (1804). A. incurva (Haw.) Haw.: 85 ( 1812); Lodd.: t. 1829 (1829); Salm-Dyck: 15, t. 3 ( 1837). Type: not cited. A. suberecta (Aiton) Haw. var. semiguttata Haw.: 41 (1821); A.Berger: 181 (1908). Type: not cited. A. subtuberculata Haw.: 280 (1825). A. humilis (L.) Mill, var. subtuberculata (Haw.) Baker: 308 (1896a); A.Berger: 182 (1908); Reynolds: 179 (1950). Type: not cited. A. echinata Willd. var. minor Salm-Dyck: 15, t. 2 (1837); Kunth: 516 (1843). Type: not cited. A. humilis (L.) Mill. var. candollei Baker: 157 (1880a); Baker: 308 (1896a). Iconotype: DC.: t. 39 (1800). A. humilis (L.) Mill. var. echinata (Willd.) Baker: 308 (1896a); A.Berger: 182 (1908); Reynolds: 178 (1950). Type: Hort. Berlin, Willdenow 6776 (B-W, holo.; PRE, microfiche!). A. humilis (L.) Mill. var. incurva Haw. subvar. minor (Salm-Dyck) A.Berger: 183 (1908). Type: not cited. Plants stemless, 75-150 mm tall, in dense groups. Leaves 20-30 in a rosette, narrowly lanceolate to semiterete-acuminate, 50-100 x 8-20 mm, blue-green, upper surface with few prickles, lower surface with many prickles, margins dentate. Inflorescence a lax raceme; peduncle 250^450 mm long; bracts lanceolate- acuminate, 18-25 x 8-9 mm, many-nerved. Flowers red to orange, 23^42 mm long; outer segments connate for one third of their length, inner segments dorsally adnate to the outer; pedicels 20-30 mm long, lengthening to 40 mm in fruit. Anthers not or hardly exserted. Ovary ± 7-8 x 2 mm; style exserted up to 2 mm. Fruit 18-38 x 8-13 mm, grey. Flowering time September to December. A. humilis occurs in the Northern, Western and Eastern Cape, growing in clay soils in Eastern Cape Succulent Veld (noorsveld). Unlike most species in this section, A. humilis forms many-headed clumps of plants with small, almost awl-shaped leaves. The leaves have surface prickles, but these are glaucous, whitish or colourless and randomly arranged, unlike those of A. melanacantha (no. 32) and A. erinacea (no. 33), which are black and arranged in one median line. Map 23. The specific epithet means ‘humble' and refers to the small stature of the plant. 34 ALOACEAE: Aloe Vouchers: I.L. Drege 3042 (PRE); Gibbs Russell 4317 (PRE); MacOwan 2230A (BM, SAM), Reynolds 1029 (PRE); Rodin 1263 (BOL, K, MO, PRE). Hybrid: A. humilis x A. microstigma subsp. micro- stigma (no. 92a). Voucher: R. du Plessis NBG1081/32 (BOL). 30. Aloe krapohliana Marloth in Tran- sactions of the Royal Society of South Africa 1 : 408 (1909); Pole Evans: t. 201 (1926a); Reynolds: 179 (1950); Jeppe: 34 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 59 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 144 (1996). Type: Northern Cape, near Pella, Krapohl in Marloth 4673 (PRE!). A. krapohliana Marloth var. dumoulinii Lavranos: 41 (1973b); D.S. Hardy: 517 (1974). Type: Northern Cape, Alexander Bay, Lavranos & Butler 8777 (PRE!). Plants stemless or short-stemmed, 150-200 mm tall, solitary or rarely in small clumps. Leaves 20-30, 100-200 x 20^10 mm, upper surface flat, lower surface convex, glaucous brownish green, margins with minute white teeth or apparently unarmed. Inflorescence a simple, rarely branched, dense raceme; pedun- cle 300^100 mm long; bracts lanceolate-acumi- nate, ± 14-16 x 5 mm, many-nerved. Flowers scarlet, 23-35 mm long, mouth slightly upturned; pedicels 15-20 mm long. Anthers exserted 0-3 mm. Ovary ± 6.0 x 1.5-2. 5 mm, pale green; style exserted up to 3 mm. Fruit 25-30 x 16-17 mm, grey. Flowering time June to August. Endemic to Namaqualand (Northern and Western Cape), A. krapohliana occurs on clay, stony (quartzite) and sandy soils in succulent and nonsucculent karoo in the winter-rainfall area. Plants on clay soils at high altitude are much larger than those on sandy soils on the coastal plain, while those on low-altitude stony soils are intermediate in size. The flowering season from June to August is unusual for an aloe of the winter-rainfall area. Map 24. Map 24. — • Aloe krapohliana ★ A. pictifolia The usually solitary habit and unarmed, unspotted leaves distinguish this species from others in this section. This species is named after Mr H.C. Krapohl, the collector of the type specimen. The specimen was grown to flowering in Mr Krapohl’s garden in Cape Town. Vouchers: Compton 20563 (NBG); Hall 883 (NBG); Hardy 99 (PRE); Marloth 6830 (PRE); Reynolds 5456 (PRE). Hybrids: 1. A. krapohliana x A. arenicola (no. 88). Voucher: Hall 884 (NBG). 2. A. krapohliana x A. gariepensis (no. 93). Voucher: S. W. van der Merw>e s.n. (PRE). 31. Aloe pictifolia D.S. Hardy in Bothalia 12: 62 (1976); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 178 (1996). Type: Eastern Cape, near Patensie, Marais PRE32328 (PRE!). Plants short-stemmed, 200-300 mm tall, in small, dense clumps. Leaves 16-40 in a rosette, narrowly lanceolate, 120-175 x 10-25 mm, blue-grey-green, with many white spots on both surfaces, margins minutely dentate. Inflores- cence a sublax raceme; peduncle 200-400 mm long; bracts spathulate, obtuse, 6-10 x 2 -4 mm, ALOACEAE: Aloe 35 7-nerved. Flowers scarlet, 15-18 mm long, cylindric; pedicels 10-15 mm long. Anthers exserted up to 2 mm. Ovary ± 2. 5-4.0 x 1 .5 mm; style exserted up to 2 mm. Fruit not seen. Flowering time June. Endemic to the Eastern Cape, A. pictifolia occurs in Cape sourveld, in an area receiving rain at any season, with a peak in summer. Map 24. The copiously spotted leaves distinguish this species from others in the section. Individual heads resemble plants of A. krapohliana (no. 30), but that plant is solitary, not clumped, the background colour of the leaves in A. pictifolia is purplish glaucous, not brownish glaucous as in A. krapohliana , and the ecological require- ments of these two species are quite different. The 'painted-leaved' aloe is named for the white spots on the leaves. Voucher: Marais PRE32328 (PRE). 32. Aloe melanacantha A. Berger in Botan- ische Jahrbiicher 36: 63 (1905a); A. Berger: 217 (1908); Pole Evans: t. 433 (1931a); Reynolds: 181 (1950); Jeppe: 25 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 61 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 148 (1996). Type: Northern Cape, near Garies, Drege 2697 (W). Plants short-stemmed, 200-300 mm tall ex- cluding inflorescence, usually solitary. Leaves densely rosulate, narrowly lanceolate, 80-200 x 20-40 mm, upper surface flat, lower surface convex, obscurely carinate towards apex, yel- lowish to brownish green, keel with a row of black or white prickles, margins with hard, black or white, pungent teeth, apex with a hard, black, pungent spine. Inflorescence a dense raceme; peduncle 0.4-1 m long; bracts narrow- ly lanceolate-acuminate, 25-35 x 5-8 mm, 3-5- nerved. Flowers scarlet in bud, yellowish at flowering, incurved, ± cylindric, 35-45 mm long; pedicels 15-25 mm, lengthening in fruit. Anthers exserted 3-5 mm. Ovary 6-7 x 2-3 mm, green; style exserted 4-7 mm. Fruit ± 28 x 12 mm, grey. Flowering time May to July. Map 25. — • Aloe melanacantha ★ A. erinacea Occurring in the Northern and Western Cape, this species grows on rocky hillsides with little soil, in succulent karoo with winter rainfall. The record of A. melanacantha from Namibia quot- ed by Solch, Roessler & Merxmiiller (1970: 17) is based on a misidentification; the plant referred to there is A. erinacea (no. 33). Map 25. Aloe melanacantha is similar in appearance to A. erinacea , but there are several characters that may be used to distinguish them. In A. mela- nacantha, plants are solitary and the leaf sap dries a rich golden colour. The flowers are dis- tinctly incurved, the leaves are dark green and relatively flat, and plants flower freely both in nature and cultivation. In A. erinacea , on the other hand, plants usually sucker to form clumps, and the leaf sap dries lemon-yellow. Rosettes are more compact, leaves are shorter and more biconvex, and the flowers are not incurved, shorter and subventricose. Both in nature and cultivation plants are rarely seen to flower. The black teeth and prickles on the leaves gave rise to the specific epithet, which is derived from two Greek words meaning ‘black thorns’. Vouchers: Hall 938 (NBG, PRE): Hardy 220 (PRE); Oliver, Tolken & Venter 237 (PRE); Reynolds 2542 (PRE); Scldieben 9007 (BM, MO, PRE, SRGH). 36 ALOACEAE: Aloe Figure 5. — Section Echinatae. Aloe erinacea: 1, raceme, x 0.8; 2, mature leaf showing distinctive black marginal teeth, x 0.8; 3. young leaf, x 0.8; 4, longitudinal section of flower, x 1.2. Taken from Hardy (1984). ALOACEAE: Aloe 37 33. Aloe erinacea D.S. Hardy in Bothalia 10: 366 (197 1 ); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 63 (1972); D.S. Hardy: 518 (1974); Jankowitz: 24 (1975); D.S. Hardy: t. 1885 (1984). Type: Namibia, Witputs South, Hardy 2619 (PRE!). Plants stemless, 200-300 mm tall, usually in small compact clumps. Leaves densely rosulate, deltoid-lanceolate, 80-160 x 30^-0 mm, bicon- vex, grey-green or grey-blue, upper surface often with black prickles, lower surface obscurely keeled towards apex, keel with a row of black prickles, margins armed with hard, black, pungent teeth, apex with a hard, black pungent spine. Inflorescence a subdense raceme; peduncle up to 1 m long; bracts deltoid- acute, 25.0-27.0 x 4.5 mm. Flowers crimson in bud, yellowish orange at flowering, subventri- cose, 25-30 mm long, mouth slightly upturned; pedicels 18-20 mm long. Anthers exserted ± 4 mm. Ovary 5. 0-6.0 x 2. 0-2. 5 mm, greenish brown; style exserted ± 7 mm. Fruit not seen. Flowering time May to August. Figure 5. Aloe erinacea is endemic to southern Namibia and grows in pockets of sandy soil on rocky outcrops in the part of the Namib Desert with very low winter rainfall. It is most com- mon in parts of the Sperrgebiet. Map 25. Differences between this species and A. melanacantha (no. 32) are dealt with above. Erinaceus is a rare Latin word, apparently used in classical times only by the elder Pliny, for a hedgehog. The fortunes of the word improved later, and it is now the generic name of the European hedgehog. The allusion is to the dense rosettes of spiny leaves. Vouchers: Giess 12793 (PRE); Jankowitz 291 (PRE); Otzen PRE38606 (PRE); Rusch in Dinter 8355 (K). 6. Section Proliferae Section Proliferae Salm-Dyck , Monographia generum Aloes et Mesembryanthemi: 16 (1863). Type species: A. brevifolia Mill. Series Proliferae Salm-Dyck, A. Berger: 185 ( 1908); Reynolds: 183 ( 1950). Plants stemless, 100-150 mm tall excluding inflorescence, suckering to form dense clumps. Leaves 30-40 in a rosette, lanceolate-deltoid, 40-100 (120-150 in A. brevifolia var. depressa ) x 20-50 (-60 in A. brevifolia var. depressa) mm, blue-grey, upper surface flat to slightly convex, lower surface convex with few soft prickles, margins dentate. Inflorescence a simple subdense, cylindric- conical raceme; peduncle 400-500(-650) mm long, with sterile bracts; bracts ovate-acute, 13-16 x 5-7 mm, 5-inany-nerved. Flowers scarlet-pink, 25-40 mm long, cylindric-trigonous; all segments free; pedicels 1 0— 1 5(— 20) mm long. Anthers exserted 1-4 mm. Ovary ± 5. 0-7.0 x 2.5 mm, green; style exserted 5-10 mm. Fruit ± 1 8(— 23) x 7(-9) mm, grey. Flowering time October to December. 34. Aloe brevifolia Mill., The abridgement of The gardener’s dictionary: no. 8 (1771); DC.: t. 81 (1801); W.T.Aiton: 294 (1811); Haw.: 80 (1812); Lindl.: t. 996 (1826); Salm-Dyck: 16, t. 1 (1863); Baker: 310 (1896a); A. Berger: 185 (1908); Pole Evans: t. 604 (1936f); Reynolds: 183 (1950); Jeppe: 13 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 65 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 240 (1996). Lecto-iconotype: Aloe africana caulescens foliis glands brevissimis, foliorum summitate interna et externa nonnihil spinosa C.Commelijn, Praeludia botanica: 73, t. 22 (1703), selected by Wijnands (1983). A. peifoliata L. var. 8 L.: 320 (1753); Willd.: 183 (1799). Iconotype: as above. A. perfoliata L. var. ^ L.: 320 (1753): Willd.: 186 (1799). Iconotype: C.Commelijn. Praeludia botanica: 72, t. 21 (1703). A. prolifera Haw.: 16 (1804): W.T.Aiton: 294 (1811): Schult. & Schult.t'.: 686 (1829); Kunth: 519 (1843). Lecto- iconotype: C.Commelijn, Praeludia botanica: 73, t. 22 (1703), selected by Wijnands (1983). 38 ALOACEAE: Aloe Figure 6. — Section Proliferae. Aloe brevifolia: 1. habit; 2, inflorescence; 3, median longitudinal section of flower x 1.5. Taken from Pole Evans (19360- ALOACEAE: Aloe 39 A. prolifera Haw. var. major Salm-Dyck: 23 (1817); Haw.: 44 (1819). Iconotype: C.Cominelijn, Praeludia botan- ical 73, t. 22 ( 1703). A. postgenita Schult. & Schult.f.: 714 (1829); Kunth: 519 (1843). A. brevifolia Mill. var. postgenita (Schult. & Schult.f.) Baker: 160 (1880a); Baker: 310 (1896a); A. Berger: 185 (1908); Reynolds: 187 (1950); Jeppe: 13 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 65 (1972). Type: none cited. Description as for section. Figure 6. Aloe brevifolia occurs on heavy clay in the winter-rainfall area of the Western Cape. The surrounding vegetation is fynbos. The dense clumps of rosettes of small deltoid glaucous blue leaves with distinct teeth and car- tilaginous surface prickles in median line distin- guish this species from all others in southern Africa. The epithet brevifolia , meaning ‘short-leaved’, is aptly descriptive of the typical variety of this species. Two varieties are recognised: Leaves up to 100 mm long; plants usually suckering 34a. var. brevifolia Leaves longer than 100 mm; plants usually solitary 34b. var. depressa 34a. var. brevifolia. Description as for section. Endemic to the Western Cape. Map 26. Vouchers: Lang 6810 (PRE); Muir s.n. (K); Reynolds 3253 (PRE); C.A. Smith 4951 (PRE). 34b. var. depressa {Haw.) Baker in Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Botany 18: 160 (1880a); Baker: 310 (1896a); A.Berger: 186 (1908); Reynolds: 188 (1950); Jeppe: 13 (1969); Bornman & D.S.Elardy: 65 (1972). Iconotype: Aloe africana caulescens , folds glands brev- ioribus caulem amplectentibus, foliorum parte interna et externa nonnihil spinosa C.Commelijn, Praeludia botanica: 72, t. 21 (1703). Map 26. — Aloe brevifolia var. brevifolia A. depressa Haw.: 16 (1804); W.T.Aiton: 294 (1811); Haw.: 80 (1812); Salm-Dyck: 16, t. 3 (1854). A. serra DC.: t. 80 (1801); Haw.: 44 (1819): Baker: 310 (1896a). A. brevifolia Mill. var. serra (DC.) A.Berger: 186 ( 1908). Lecto-iconotype: C.Commelijn, Praeludia botanica: 72, t. 21 (1703). Leaves 120-150 x up to 60 mm, sometimes spotted in upper half. Peduncle up to 650 mm long; pedicels up to 20 mm long. Fruit 20-23 x 7-9 mm, brown. Seeds ± 4.0 x 1 .5 x 1.0 mm, charcoal-grey, not winged. Other characters as in var. brevifolia. Endemic to the Western Cape. Map 27. Map 27. — Aloe brevifolia var. depressa 40 ALOACEAE: Aloe This variety is characterised by much larger leaves than the typical variety. Plants of this variety do not form clumps as readily, and so are more often found in the solitary state than the typical variety. leaves are relatively not as thick as those of var. brevifolia. Vouchers: Frames 13407 (PRE); Pillans BOL18642 (BOL); Reynolds 2043 (PRE). The meaning of the varietal epithet is ‘flat- tened', apparently referring to the fact that the 7. Section Rhodacanthae Section Rhodacanthae Salm-Dyck , Monographia generum Aloes et Mesembryanthemi: 17 (1837); A. Berger: 187 (1908). Type species: A. glauca Mill. Series Comosae A. Berger: 281 (1908): Reynolds: 386 (1950). Type species: A. comosa Marloth & A. Berger. Series Rhodacanthae (Salm-Dyck) Reynolds: 190 (1950). Plants stemless or caulescent, solitary or in dense groups. Leaves rosulate, deltoid, lanceolate or tetrahedral, glaucous, lineate, margins dentate. Inflorescence usually a simple, initially subcapitate, later elongate raceme; peduncle with sterile bracts; buds congested, overtopped by bracts at apex of young raceme. Perianth segments usually free, not constricted at mouth. Anthers usually not or shortly exserted. Style usually not or shortly exserted. la Leaves up to 300 mm long, without longitudinal lines; plants stemless: 2a Leaves arranged in a distinctly 5-ranked spiral, without dorsal spines; inflorescence branched 36. A. polyphylla 2b Leaves not in a 5-ranked spiral, with dorsal spines; inflorescence simple .... 35. A. pratensis lb Leaves 300 mm long or more, with obscure to distinct pale longitudinal lines; plants usually caulescent: 3a Stem short, shorter than 1 m, or absent; leaves ± 3 times as long as wide; bracts ovate- deltoid 37. A. glauca 3b Stem (in adult plants) 1 m tall or taller; leaves ± 4 times as long as wide: 4a Inflorescence up to 1 .2 m tall; perianth segments free or almost so; bracts oblanceo- late 38. A. lineata 4b Inflorescence taller than 1.5 m; perianth segments connate in basal third; bracts lanceolate-acuminate 39. A. comosa Species included in this section have leaves which are more or less obscurely lineate and with- out spots. All except A. polyphylla have simple inflorescences; although A. polyphylla has a branched inflorescence, it is very similar to A. pratensis and A. glauca in the disposition and struc- ture of the flowers. A. comosa is so similar in habit and leaf characters to A. lineata that it is placed in this section rather than on its own, as was done by Berger (1908). 35. Aloe pratensis Baker in Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Botany 18: 156 ( 1 880a); Baker: t. 6705 ( 1 883); Baker: 308 ( 1 896a); A. Berger: 187 (1908); Pole Evans: t. 432 (1931b); Reynolds: 191 (1950); Jeppe: 12 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 67 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.P.Sm.: 156 (1996). Type: Eastern Cape, Somerset Division, MacOwan 1896 (K, holo.!; PRE, photo.!). ALOACEAE: Aloe 41 Plants stemless, 150-250 mm tall excluding inflorescence; usually in clumps. Leaves 30-40 per rosette, lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, 1 00— 1 70(— 300) x 40-60 mm, upper surface flat to slightly channelled, sometimes with few prickles, lower surface convex with few prick- les, sometimes obscurely keeled. Inflorescence a simple raceme; peduncle 400-600 mm long; bracts 35-65 x 8-18 mm, many-nerved. Flowers rose-red, cylindric-trigonous, 30 — 40 mm long; pedicels 25—40 mm long, lengthening to 50 mm in fruit. Anthers not or hardly exsert- ed. Ovary 5. 0-8.0 x 1.0-2. 5 mm, green; style exserted 1-3 mm. Fruit 24-37 x 7-11 mm, grey. Seeds black, 4.5-5.0 x 3. 0-4.0 x 0.5-1. 0 mm, with a narrow wing. Flowering time August to December. Aloe pratensis occurs among rocks in mon- tane grassland in some of the coldest parts of the southern Drakensberg in KwaZulu-Natal and the Eastern Cape. Map 28. The leaf teeth and prickles, which arise from white tubercular bases, set this species apart from others in this section. Unlike A. polyphyl- la (no. 36), plants of this species often form clumps, but like that species they are stemless. The peduncle is densely covered with sterile bracts, unlike most other southern African species of Aloe. A most unusual character of A. Map 28. — • Aloe pratensis ★ A. polyphylla A A. glauca pratensis is the raceme, which elongates signif- icantly as flowering progresses although the length of the peduncle remains roughly con- stant, so that the portion of the raceme with unopened buds is capitate, but the portion with open flowers and developing fruits is conical. The specific epithet is obscure because it indicates that this plant is to be found in mead- ows, whereas in fact it is found in rocky places, usually wedged between rocks. The seSotho common name is lekhala qhalene (‘aloe that opens out’ — Reynolds 1950). Vouchers: Galpin 119 (PRE); Marais 940 (PRE); Reynolds 1580 (PRE, SAM); Trauseld 636 (NU, PRE); J.M. Wood 4574 (K, NH). Hybrids: 1. A. pratensis x A. maculata (no. 45). Vouchers: Becker GRAA7281 (GRA); Reynolds 140 (PRE). 2. A. pratensis x A. arborescens (no. 96). Voucher: Smith 771 (PRE). 36. Aloe polyphylla Schonland ex Pillans in South African Gardening and Country Life 24: 267 (1934a); Reynolds: 11 (1934); Pole Evans: t. 571 (1935b); Reynolds: 194 (1950); Jeppe: 11 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 69 (1972); Talukdar: 985 (1983); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 154 (1996). Type: Lesotho, near Maseru, Reynolds 934 (= BOL 21370) (BOL!). Plants stemless, 300-500 mm tall, rosettes 600-800 mm in diameter, solitary or in groups. Leaves ± 150 in a 5-ranked spiral, tetrahedral, 100-300 x 40-100 mm, emerald-green, mar- gins cartilaginous, with white teeth. Inflorescence 500-600 mm tall, 3-8-branched; peduncles ± 250 mm long above branching point; bracts ovate-acuminate, ± 29 x 7 mm, ± 5-nerved. Flowers pale salmon-pink to pale red, 37-55 mm long; pedicels 30-60 mm long. Anthers exserted up to 5 mm. Ovary ±9x3 mm; style exserted up to 5 mm. Fruit not seen. Flowering time September to October. 42 ALOACEAE: Aloe Almost endemic to Lesotho (with one record on the Free State border), A. polyphylla occurs on steep, well-drained rocks high in the Maluti Mountains, in areas of very high rainfall and winter snow. Map 28. The numerous leaves in a compressed 5- ranked spiral and the cartilaginous keel with, rarely, one or two prickles distinguish this species from all others in the genus. Species of Astroloba have 5-ranked leaves, but in that genus the leaves are much smaller and less numerous, and the axis is much longer relative to the size of the leaves. The name polyphylla is derived from two Greek words meaning ‘many leaves’ — plants of this species have large numbers of relatively small leaves. The seSotho common name of this species is lekhala kharatsa (‘coiled aloe’ — Reynolds 1950). Vouchers: Ashton 248 (PRE); Jacot Guillar- mod 2982 (PRE); Reynolds 2625 (PRE, SAM); Schmitz 6898 (PRE). 37. Aloe glauca Mill., The gardener’s dic- tionary: no. 16 (1768); Willd.: 186 (1799); W.T.Aiton: 295 (1811); Haw.: 79 (1812); Haw.: 40 (1821); Salm-Dyck: 17, t. 2 (1863); Baker: 534 (1897); A. Berger: 188 (1908); Reynolds: 197 (1950); Jeppe: 51 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 71 (1972); Glen & G.F.Sm.: 39 (1995); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 136 (1996). Neotype: Western Cape, hills south of Wyke, Reynolds 1967 (PRE!). A. perfoliata L. k L.: 320 (1753). Iconotype: Aloe africana foliis glaucis, margine & dorsi parte superiore spinosis, flore rubro C.Commelijn, Praeludia botanica: 75, t. 24 (1703). A. perfoliata L. C, glauca (Mill.) Aiton: 466 (1789). A. rhodacantha DC.: t. 44 (1800); Haw.: 27 (1804); Ker Gawl.: t. 1278 (1810a). Iconotype: DC., Historia plantarum succulentarum: t. 44 (1800). A. muricata Schult.: 70 (1809). A. glauca Mill. var. mitri- cata (Schult.) Baker: 161 (1880a); Baker: 534 (1897); A. Berger: 188 (1908); Reynolds: 201 (1950); Jeppe: 52 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 71 (1972); Glen & G.F.Sm.: 40 (1995). Neotype: Western Cape, Piketberg divi- sion, De Hoek, Reynolds 4749 (PRE, holo.!; SAM!). A. glauca Mill. var. major Haw.: 79 (1812). Lecto-icono- type: C.Commelijn. Praeludia botanica: 75, t. 24 (1703). A. glauca Mill. var. minor Haw.: 79 (1812). Lecto-icono- type: Curtis’s Botanical Magazine 31: t. 1278 (1810). A. glauca Mill. var. elatior Salm-Dyck: 24, 57 (1817). Based on A. rhodacantha DC. A. glauca Mill. var. humilior Salm-Dyck: 24, 57 (1817). Based on A. glauca Mill. A. glauca Mill. var. spinosior Haw.: 40 (1821). Type: not cited. Plants usually solitary, short-stemmed, 300- 600 mm tall excluding inflorescence. Leaves 30^40, lanceolate, 250-400 x 70-150 mm, upper surface flat to slightly channelled, lower surface convex, very glaucous with faint longi- tudinal lines. Inflorescence a simple raceme; peduncle 0. 5-1.0 m long; bracts ovate-deltoid, acute, 27-40 x 8-15 mm, many-nerved. Flowers deep pink, cylindric, 28-40 mm long; pedicels 19-40 mm long. Anthers exserted 1-2 mm. Ovary 5-9 x 2-3 mm, green; style exsert- ed up to 3 mm. Fruit not seen. Flowering time mainly August to October. Aloe glauca is endemic to the Northern and Western Cape, where it usually occurs on clay soils in mountain renosterveld, but it is also known to occur in karoo vegetation around Laingsburg. Map 28. In this species the stem is shorter than in A. lineata (no. 38) and is often prostrate. The leaves are glaucous, not glossy or yellow-green, and of solid colour or at most obscurely lined, not distinctly lined as in A. lineata. The racemes of A. glauca are cylindric with rounded apices, whereas those of A. lineata are conical with acute apices. A. comosa (no. 39) is a much taller plant with a very tall inflorescence of flowers in which the anthers and styles are more exserted than in A. glauca. To understand the significance of the name (which means blue-green) of this species, it is necessary to trace it back beyond the start of the ALOACEAE: Aloe 43 binomial system which has been used since its invention by Linnaeus (1753). Pre-Linnaean plant names were descriptive phrases, often of some considerable length, indicating how each species could be distinguished from others of the same genus. When what were then called trivial names were first used in the second half of the eighteenth century, one key word from the phrase name in commonest use (one plant might have several) was normally used for the trivial name. The phrase name given to this species by Commelijn (1701) was Aloe afri- cana glauca margine et dorsi parte superiore spinosa (with flore rubro added a few years later [Commelijn 1703]). The trivial name africana was used for Aloe africana caulescens, foliis minus glands caulem amplectentibus dorsi parte suprema spinosa. By coincidence, only one pre-Linnaean species of Aloe has glau- ca as its next keyword, and so the unique com- bination A. glauca was applied to this species. Vouchers: Acocks 19544 (PRE); Henderson 1844 (NBG); Meyer in Marloth 6562 (PRE, STE); Reynolds 4749 (PRE, SAM); Wurts 217 (NBG). 38. Aloe lineata (Aiton) Haw. in Transac- tions of the Linnean Society of London 7: 18 (1804); W.T. Aiton: 295 (1811); Haw.: 79 (1812); Haw.: 40 (1821); Salm-Dyck: 17, t. 1 (1863); Baker: 310 (1896a); A.Berger: 285 (1908); Pole Evans: t. 437 (1931c); Reynolds: 202 (1950); Jeppe: 53 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 73 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 54 (1996). Neotype: Eastern Cape, Oukraal near Uitenhage, Reynolds 5728 (PRE, holo.!; SAM!), here designated. A. perfoliata L. T| lineata Aiton: 467 (1789). A. lineata (Aiton) Haw. var. viridis Haw.: 40 (1821). Type: not cited. A. lineata (Aiton) Haw. var. glaucescens Haw.: 40 (1821). Type: not cited. Plants few-stemmed, stems up to 1 .5 m tall in old specimens. Leaves 30—40 per rosette, lanceolate, 200-400 x 40-90 mm, upper surface flat to slightly channelled, lower surface con- vex, distinctly lineate, dull to bright green, mar- gins sometimes brown and cartilaginous between teeth. Inflorescence a simple raceme up to 1.2 m tall; peduncle 0.75-1 m long; bracts oblanceolate, 20-27 x 6-8 mm, many-nerved. Flowers salmon-pink to deep rose-pink, 32-50 mm long, cylindric-trigonous; all segments free or almost so; pedicels 20-40 mm long, length- ening in fruit. Anthers exserted 1-3 mm. Ovary 6-8 x 2-3 mm, green; style exserted 4-8 mm. Fruit 20-27 x 7.5-10.0 mm, buff. Figure 7. Aloe lineata occurs typically in Eastern and Western Cape Succulent Veld (noorsveld), in areas of low rainfall which may occur at any season. Differences between this species and A. glauca (no. 37) are discussed under that species. A. comosct (no. 39) seldom if ever has branched stems, and has much taller inflorescences in which the pedicels are sharply decurved. The anthers and styles of A. comosa are much fur- ther exserted than those of A. lineata. The specific epithet refers to the longitudinal linear markings of the leaves. Two varieties are recognised: Flowering from February to March; leaves dull to bright green .... 38a. var. lineata Flowering from July to November; leaves yellowish or orange-green 38b. var. muirii 38a. var. lineata. Description as for species. Flowering time February to March. Occurs in the Western and Eastern Cape. Map 29. Vouchers: H. Bolus 2688 (K); Dyer 5328 (GRA, PRE); MacOwan 3164 in Herb. Austro- Afr. 1981 (BM. BOL. K, SAM, UPS); Marloth 5723 (PRE); Reynolds 3534 (PRE). 44 ALOACEAE: Aloe C. f. etty del. Figure 7. — Section Rhodacanthae. Aloe lineata: 1, inflorescence; 2, leaf; 3, median longitudinal section of flower. Taken from Pole Evans (1931c). ALOACEAE: Aloe 45 Map 29. — Aloe lineata var. lineata Hybrid: A. lineata var. lineata x A. arborescens (no. 96) (A. x platylepis Baker, A. x caesia Salm- Dyck). Voucher: Fourcade 2231 (BOL). 38b. var. muirii (Marloth) Reynolds , The aloes of South Africa: 205 (1950); Jeppe: 53 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 73 (1972). Type: Western Cape, Zandkraal, Muir 3267 (PRE!). A. muirii Marloth: 210 (1929). Leaves yellowish green to orange-green, much more distinctly lineate than those of var. lineata ; marginal teeth slightly larger than in var. lineata. Flowering time July to November. Other characters as for var. lineata. Occurs in the Western and Eastern Cape. Map 30. This variety flowers in spring, unlike the typ- ical variety, which flowers in autumn. Recognising this variety as distinct on the basis of this character is exactly analogous to the cases of A. cooperi subsp. pulchra (no. 21b) — where there are enough differences to allow the recognition of a subspecies — and A. reitzii var. vernalis (no. 107b). Dr John Muir, after whom this variety is named, lived in Riversdale, in the southern part Map 30. — Aloe lineata var. muirii of the Western Cape for many years. He col- lected plants extensively in the area, and sent them to L. Bolus and N.E. Brown, who named many new species after him. He wrote what is still the standard work on the seeds washed up on South African shores by the Mozambique Current, and his collection of drift seeds is pre- served at Stellenbosch University. Vouchers: Archibald 6155 (PRE); Hall 858 (NBG); Marloth 13198 (PRE); Reynolds 3554 (BOL). 39. Aloe comosa Marloth & A. Berger, in A. Berger in Botanische Jahrbiicher 38: 86 (1905b); A. Berger: 281 (1908); Pole Evans: t. 107 (1923a); Reynolds: 387 (1950); Jeppe: 55 (1969); Bomman & D.S.Hardy: 211 (1972); Palmer & Pitman: 373 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 48 (1996). Type: Western Cape, be- tween Clanwilliam and Vanrhynsdorp, Marloth 3787 (BOL. holo.!; GRA!, PRE!). Plants solitary, arborescent, 1-2 m tall. Leaves many in a dense rosette, erect to spreading, 400-650 x 85-120 mm, apices sometimes recurved, shallowly channelled to D-shaped in section, glaucous to brownish pinkish grey above, bluish green below, mar- gins pinkish. Inflorescence a simple, rarely shortly branched, dense raceme, usually 3-5 simultaneously, 1.5-2. 5 m tall; bracts narrow- 46 ALOACEAE: Aloe ly lanceolate-acuminate, 38-42 x 6-9 mm, 3-5-nerved. Flowers pinkish ivory, ventricose, 24-35 mm long; outer segments connate in basal third, inner segments free but dorsally adnate to outer in basal third; pedicels 13-20 mm long. Anthers exserted up to 10 mm. Ovary ± 6-9 x 2 mm, green; style exserted 10-12 mm. Fruit not seen. Flowering time December to January. Endemic to the Western Cape. A. comosa occurs in pockets of soil among rocks on Table Mountain sandstone mountains, in areas of rela- tively low winter rainfall, in a transitional belt between fynbos and renosterbos. Map 31. In habit (with erect stem and tall inflores- cence) and flower colour, this species recalls A. pretoriensis (no. 66). That species, however, has branched inflorescences with cylindric, not ventricose, flowers and included, not exserted, anthers and styles. Differences between this species on the one hand and A. glauca (no. 37) and A. lineata (no. 38) on the other, are dealt with under those species. An extension to the botanical meaning of the Latin word comosus to include ‘with a plume’ (from ‘with a tuft’, e.g. of sterile bracts, as in the inflorescence of Eucomis) appears to be the explanation of the name of this species. The tall, simple inflorescences presumably reminded Marloth and Berger of a plume or cockade. Vouchers: Pillans PSME5376 (GRA, K); Pole Evans 243 (PRE); Reynolds 4750 (BM, PRE, SAM); Taylor 9047 (STE). 8. Section Serrulatae Section Serrulatae Salm-Dyck, Monographia generum Aloes et Mesembryanthemi: 20 (1840). Type species: A. variegata L. Subgenus Gonialoe Baker: 155 (1880a); Baker: 305 (1896a). Type species: not cited. Series Serrulatae (Salm-Dyck) A. Berger: 88 (1908); Reynolds: 206 (1950). Plants usually suckering, mostly in dense clumps, sometimes solitary, stemless. Leaves 3- ranked, deltoid to V-shaped in section, with horny margins and keel, margins minutely dentate; sur- faces with pale or white spots in irregular transverse bands. Inflorescence a simple or branched, lax, cylindric to conical raceme; peduncles with sterile bracts; Flowers cylindric, slightly ventricose, sometimes with a distinct constriction above ovary; segments connate for over half their length. Anthers not or hardly exserted. Style not or hardly exserted. la Leaves spreading, held almost horizontally, longer than 200 mm; bracts 3-nerved 42. A. dinteri 1 b Leaves ascending, held at an angle of at least 45° to the horizontal, shorter than 1 80 mm; bracts 1 -nerved: 2a Leaves ± 20-25; bracts longer than pedicels 40. A. variegata 2b Leaves ± 6-8; bracts shorter than pedicels 41. A. sladeniana ALOACEAE: Aloe 47 The three species in this section are closely related, and share several characters that distin- guish them from section 9, Pictae. Although plants in both sections have leaves with irregu- lar transverse bands of spots, the leaves of plants in this section are three-ranked, while those in section Pictae are irregularly rosulate. Leaf margins in this section are cartilaginous and entire or minutely dentate, while plants in section Pictae have leaves without cartilaginous margins but which are coarsely dentate. Flowers of plants in this section lack the promi- nent basal swelling of the flower that charac- terises section Pictae. 40. Aloe variegata L., Species plantarum: 321 (1753); Mill.: no. 9 (1768); Lam.: 89 (1783); Aiton: 470 (1789); Thunb.: 61 (1794); Willd.: 190 (1799); DC.: 21 ( 1799); Sims: t. 5 13 (1801); W.T.Aiton: 296 (1811); Haw.: 81 (1812); Thunb.: 312 (1823); Salm-Dyck: 20, t. 2 (1840); Baker: 328 (1896a); A.Berger: 188 (1908); Marloth: 90 (1915); Pole Evans: t. 86 (1923b); Reynolds: 207 (1950); Jeppe: 16 (1969); Solch, Roessler & Merxm.: 19 (1970); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 75 (1972); Jankowitz: 54 (1975); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 246 (1996). Iconotype: Aloe africana humilis, foliis ex albo & viride variegatis C.Commelijn, Horti medici Amstelaedamensis plantae rariores et exoticae: 47, t. 47 (1706). A. punctata Haw.: 26 (1804); Haw.: 44 (1821). Lecto- iconotype: Pluk., Phytographia 129.1 (1691). A. variegata L. var. haworthii A.Berger: 190 (1908). Type: Eastern Cape, Sheldon, Schonland s.n. (B). A. ausana Dinter: 259 (1931). Syntypes: Namibia, Aus, Dinter 3149\ Namibia, Klein Karas, Dinter 4762 (B. holo.; PRE!). Plants 100-300 mm tall excluding inflores- cence, in dense clumps. Leaves ± 20-25, ascend- ing, held at an angle of at least 45° to the hori- zontal, lanceolate-deltoid, 70-180 x 30-80 mm, channelled to V-shaped in section, deep green to grey-green with white spots. Inflorescence usu- ally simple, rarely I - or 2-branched; peduncles 200-400 mm long; bracts narrowly deltoid, very thin, scarious, white, 8-15 x 3-7 mm, 1- nerved. Flowers flesh-pink to dull scarlet, 22-45 mm long; outer segments free for 5-7 mm, inner segments adnate to outer; pedicels 3-7 mm long, scarcely longer in fruit. Anthers exserted up to 2 mm. Ovary 5-7 x 2-3 mm, green to reddish brown; style exserted up to 2 mm. Fruit ± 27-30 x 25 mm, blue-grey to buff. Flowering time July to September. Aloe variegata occurs in Namibia, the Northern Cape, Free State and Western and Eastern Cape, on clayey soils, or rarely soils of decomposed granite, in karoo vegetation and on the edge of the Namib Desert. Plants usually grow in the protection of small bushes of Pentzia and similar genera. Map 32. This species differs from A. sladeniana (no. 41) in having leaves with entire margins, and which are somewhat larger and more regularly three-ranked than those of A. sladeniana. The flowers of A. sladeniana are paler in colour than those of A. variegata. In A. dinteri (no. 42), the leaves are more nearly horizontal, much longer and more sharply folded. Common names recorded for this species include kanniedood (Afrikaans) and partridge- breasted aloe (Reynolds 1950). The English common name, like the Latin specific epithet, refers to the spotted leaves. This species is used Map 32. — • Aloe variegata ★ A. sladeniana ▲ A. dinteri 48 ALOACEAE: Aloe Figure 8. — Section Serrulatae. Aloe sladeniana: 1, inflorescence, x 0.8; 2, leaf, x 0.8; 3, longitudinal section of flower, x 2; 4, habit, much reduced. Taken from Reynolds (1952). ALOACEAE: Aloe 49 in a Dutch remedy ( boereraat ) for toothache. In the North-West Province, a brandy infusion of cultivated plants of this species is used as boere- raat for haemorrhoids (Watt & Breyer-Brand- wijk 1963). Vouchers: Dinter 4762 (PRE); Dyer 4015 (PRE, SAM, UPS); Giess 9456 (PRE); Hardy 2275 (PRE); Plowes 3218 (PRE). Hybrid: A. variegata x A. hereroensis var. hereroen- sis (no. 76a). Voucher: Reynolds 4602 (PRE). 41. Aloe sladeniana Pole Evans in Annals of the Bolus Herbarium 3: 13 (1920); J.R.Brown: 3 (1946); Reynolds: 212 (1950); Reynolds: t. 1122 (1952); Jeppe: 18 (1969); Solch, Roessler & Merxm.: 18 (1970); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 79 (1972); Jankowitz: 52 (1975). Type: Namibia, Pearson PSME9000 (BOL!). A. carowii Reynolds: 105 (1938b). Type: Namibia, Nauchas, Reynolds 2247 (PRE!). Plants 75-150 mm tall excluding inflores- cence, in dense clumps. Leaves ± 6-8, ascend- ing, held at an angle of at least 45° to the hori- zontal, lanceolate-deltoid, 40-90 x 25—40 mm, channelled to V-shaped in section, deep green to grey-green with white spots. Inflorescence usu- ally simple, rarely 1- or 2-branched; peduncles 200-500 mm long; bracts narrowly deltoid, very thin, scarious, white, 4-6 x 2-3 mm, 1- nerved. Flowers very pale to dull pink, 20-30 mm long; outer segments free for ± 7 mm, inner segments adnate to outer; pedicels 17-23 mm long. Anthers exserted up to 1 mm. Ovary 5. 0-7.0 x 1. 5-2.0 mm, green to reddish brown; style exserted up to 1 mm. Fruit not seen. Flowering time January to February. Figure 8. Endemic to central Namibia. This species seems to replace A. variegata (no. 40) in the part of Namibia where winter rainfall gives way to rain (or drought) in all seasons. A. sladeniana in turn makes way for A. dinteri (no. 42) where summer rain predominates. Like the Namibian populations of A. variegata, this species occurs on decomposed granites in areas with very cold winters. Map 32. Differences between this species and A. var- iegata are discussed under that species. In addi- tion, individual rosettes of A. sladeniana have far fewer leaves than rosettes of A. variegata. In A. sladeniana the leaf margins are finely notched, but in A. dinteri they are finely toothed. Other characters distinguishing these two species are the same as those distinguishing between A. variegata and A. dinteri. Between 1908 and 1913, Professor H.H.W. Pearson organised five or six expeditions from Cape Town to Namaqualand, Namibia and Angola, with financial support from the Percy Sladen Memorial Fund. These expeditions were therefore known as Percy Sladen Memorial Expeditions, and about 80 papers were pub- lished as a result of them. At least two species. Aloe sladeniana and Prenia sladeniana (Me- sembryanthemaceae), were discovered on these expeditions and named after the financial bene- factor. Vouchers: Giess 13663 (PRE); Hall NBG 480/55 (NBG); Lewis 229 (PRE); Reynolds 2247 (PRE). 42. Aloe dinteri A. Berger, in Dinter, Neue und wenig bekannte Pflanzen Deutsch- Sudwest-Afrikas: 14 (1914); Reynolds: t. 637 (1936d); Reynolds: 210 (1950); Jeppe: 17 (1969); Solch, Roessler & Merxm.: 16 (1970); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 77 (1972); Jankowitz: 50 ( 1975). Type: Namibia, Outjo. Dinter 2791a (SAM!). Plants solitary, 150-200 mm tall excluding inflorescence. Leaves 9-12, spreading, held al- most horizontal, narrowly lanceolate to narrow- ly deltoid, 200^-00 x 40-80 mm, V-shaped in section, deep grey-green or brownish green with white spots. Inflorescence 3-8-branched, 0. 5-1.0 m high; bracts narrowly deltoid-acumi- nate, very thin, scarious, ± 7-12 x 2 mm, 3- nerved ( 1 distinct, 2 obscure). Flowers pale pink 50 ALOACEAE: Aloe with bluish bloom. 1 8-30 mm long, constricted above ovary; outer segments free for 5-10 mm, inner segments free but adnate to outer; pedicels 10-15 mm long, lengthening to 21 mm in fruit. Anthers not or hardly exserted. Ovary 5. 0-6.0 x 1.5-2. 5 mm, olive-green to brownish green; style not or hardly exserted. Fruit ±26 x 12 mm, pale beige. Flowering time January to March. Aloe dinteri occurs in Namibia in areas of low summer rainfall, usually wedged firmly in cracks in limestone rocks. Sometimes it also occurs on granite, in bushveld near the edge of the Namib Desert. Map 32. In this species the roots form far more of the total mass of the plant than the stem, leaves and inflorescence. This disproportion is unique in the genus. Bracts of A. dinteri are 3-nerved, not 1- nerved as in A. variegata (no. 40) and A. sladen- iana (no. 41). Other differences between A. din- teri on the one hand and these two species on the other are discussed under the relevant species. M.K. Dinter (1868-1945) spent four periods of several years in Namibia in the first four decades of the 20th century (Gunn & Codd 1981). He collected over 8 000 specimens, including the first records of many new species. Our knowl- edge of the flora of Namibia is still to a large extent based on Dinter specimens. A journal (Dinteria, published by the SWA Wissen- schaftliches Gesellschaft) and several species, including Aloe dinteri , are named after him. Vouchers: Giess 15443 (MO, PRE, WIND), Hall NBG255/51 (NBG); Hardy 2093 (PRE); Reynolds 1630 (PRE). 9. Section Pictae Section Pictae Salm-Dyck , Monographia generum Aloes et Mesembryanthemi: 23 (1837). Type species: A. maculata All. Section Maculatae Baker: 303 (1896a) pro parte. Type species: not cited. Series Saponariae A. Berger: 47 (1905a); A. Berger: 192 (1908); Reynolds: 214 (1950). Type species: A. saponaria (Aiton) Haw. Plants solitary or suckering to form large colonies; stemless or short-stemmed. Leaves spirally arranged, deltoid, lanceolate or apparently trapezoid by dying back of apices, slightly channelled. D-shaped or biconvex in section, surfaces with few to many pale spots, often in irregular transverse lines, sometimes confluent to cover almost the whole lower surface, margins sinuate-dentate with pungent teeth. Inflorescence a dichotomously branched and rebranched, rarely simple, dense to lax, capitate to cylindric raceme; sterile bracts present only on ultimate branches of peduncle. Flowers often with pale longitudinal stripes, inflated around ovary, constricted above it, expanding to cylin- dric-trigonous or rarely ventricose, decurved; segments connate for most of their length. Anthers not or shortly exserted. Style not or shortly exserted. la Plants in clumps: 2a Flower tube cylindric above basal constriction: 3a Leaves spotted on upper surface only: 4a Flower mouth straight; leaf spots irregularly arranged 57. A. angolensis 4b Flower mouth downturned; leaf spots in transverse bands 54. A. parvibracteata 3b Leaves spotted on both surfaces: 5a Bracts acuminate; flower mouth downturned; fruit ± 15 mm long 49. A. greenii 5b Bracts cirrhous; flower mouth straight; fruit ± 29 mm long 56. A. zebrina 2b Flower tube subclavate to clavate above basal constriction: ALOACEAE: Aloe 51 6a Racemes elongate, conical to cylindric: 7a Racemes secund; flower tube subclavate 59. A. monotropa 7b Racemes symmetrical; flower tube distinctly clavate 58. A. grandidentata 6b Racemes capitate, shortly conical: 8a Inflorescence with over 30 racemes, these less than 80 mm in diameter 43. A. branddraaiensis 8b Inflorescence with up to 15 racemes, these over 80 mm in diameter: 9a Upper surface of leaves with spots and lines 44. A. swynnertonii 9b Upper surface of leaves with spots but not lines 45. A. maculata lb Plants solitary: 10a Flower cylindric above basal constriction: 1 la Leaves up to 200 mm long, spotted on both surfaces; racemes very dense . . 60. A. prinslooi 1 lb Leaves longer than 400 mm, spotted on upper surface only; racemes sublax 57. A. angolensis 10b Flower subclavate to ventricose above basal constriction: 1 2a Raceme secund; flower mouth upturned 59. A. monotropa 12b Raceme symmetrical; flower mouth straight to downturned: 13a Leaf sap purple: 14a Leaves spotted on upper surface only: 15a Racemes longer than 190 mm, lax, elongate-conical 52. A. fasten 15b Racemes up to 175 mm long, dense, shortly conical 48. A. mudenensis 14b Leaves spotted on both surfaces: 16a Leaves up to 350 mm long; flowers orange to bright red 48. A. mudenensis 16b Leaves longer than 500 mm; flowers greyish dark pink to brownish red 5 1 . A. pruinosa 13b Leaf sap yellow: 17a Bracts as long as or longer than pedicels: 18a Bracts up to 17 mm long; leaves with lower surface spotted, not lined ... 50. A. dyeri 18b Bracts over 17 mm long; leaves with lower surface lined: 19a Plants up to 400 mm tall excluding inflorescence; inflorescence with ± 15 racemes; bracts acuminate 55. A. simii • 19b Plants over 500 mm tall excluding inflorescence; inflorescence with ± 30 racemes; bracts cirrhous 53. A. dewetii 17b Bracts shorter than pedicels: 20a Leaves less than 4 times as long as wide: 21a Racemes up to 100 mm in diameter; seeds ± 4 mm long, hardly winged .... 46. A. greatheadii 21b Racemes over 120 mm in diameter; seeds ± 6 mm long, broadly winged .... 45. A. maculata 20b Leaves over 4 times as long as wide: 22a Racemes conical, longer than wide; leaf spots obscure 47. A. affinis 22b Racemes capitate, at least as wide as long; leaf spots distinct . . . 44. A. swynnertonii Plants of this section are very easily recognised as belonging to this group by the irregular trans- verse bands of spots on the leaves and the conspicuous basal swelling of the (lower. Within this section, species are very difficult to recognise. Hybridisation and other probably continuing evolu- tionary processes make understanding this group a very difficult task. This difficulty is particular- ly acute in, for example, the circumscription of A. greatheadii (no. 46), A. parvibracteata (no. 54) and A. zebrina (no. 56). For this reason, no finality can be claimed for the treatment presented here. 52 ALOACEAE: Aloe 43. Aloe branddraaiensis Groenew. ex Van der Merwe in The Flowering Plants of South Africa 20: t. 761 (1940); Reynolds: 219 (1950); Jeppe: 86 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Har- dy: 83 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 184 (1996). Type: Mpumalanga, Branddraai, F.Z. van der Merwe PRE24208 (PRE!). Plants stemless, 200-300 mm tall excluding inflorescence, often suckering to form small clumps. Leaves 20-25, 250-500 x 60-100 mm, green, greyish or brownish, lineate, with many H-shaped spots irregularly scattered. Inflores- cence with 40-80 ultimate branches, 1.0-1. 5 m tall; racemes capitate; bracts deltoid-acuminate, 8-12 x 2. 5-4.0 mm, 3-5-nerved. Flowers 15-27 mm long, dull scarlet-red with paler lon- gitudinal stripes, subclavate to clavate above basal constriction; outer segments free for ± 7 mm, inner segments adnate to outer; pedicels 15-20 mm long, lengthening to ± 25 mm in fruit. Anthers not or hardly exserted. Ovary ± 3 x 2 mm; style not or hardly exserted. Fruit ± 16 x 8 mm, pale grey. Flowering time June to July. Endemic to the Northern Province and Mpumalanga. A. branddraaiensis grows in bush- veld on very thin soil close to the escarpment, at high altitude. Map 33. The much-branched inflorescence distin- guishes this species from all other maculates. Map 33. — • Aloe branddraaiensis ★ A. swynnertonii When not flowering, it may be distinguished from the geographically close A.fosteri (no. 52) by the disposition of the leaves, which are almost horizontal in this species but ascending to incurved in that one. This species is named after the farm in Mpu- malanga on which the type specimen was col- lected. Vouchers: Buitendag 841 (NBG, PRE); Reynolds 2490 (PRE); Strey 3786 (PRE). 44. Aloe swynnertonii Rendle in Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Botany 40: 215 (1911); Reynolds: 15 (1954); Reynolds: 84 (1966); Jeppe: 84 ( 1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 85 (1972); West: 45 (1974); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 224 (1996). Type: Zimbabwe, near Chi- petzana River, Swynnerton 722 (BM, holo.!; K). A. petropliila Pillans: 213 (1933a); Letty: t. 555 (1934b); Reynolds: 217 (1950); Jeppe: 85 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 81 (1972). Type; Northern Province, Wyllies Poort, Frames BOL20482 ( BOL ! ). A. chimanimaniensis Christian: t. 639 (1936b); Reynolds: 220 (1950). Type: Zimbabwe, Chimanimani Mountains, Christian PRE21201 (PRE!). A. vogtsii Reynolds: 118 (1936a); Reynolds: 257 (1950); Jeppe: 85 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 119 (1972). Type: Northern Province, Soutpar.sberg, Vogts in Reynolds 1488 (PRE, holo.!; BOL!). A. melsetterensis Christian: t. 697 (1938a). Type: Zimbabwe, Chimanimani. Christian 275 (= PRE23026) (PRE!). Plants 250-350 mm tall excluding inflores- cence, solitary or suckering to form small groups, usually stemless. Leaves 15-20, spread- ing, 200-600 x 40-110 mm, shallowly chan- nelled, dark green with irregular spots and lines above, pale green and striate below. Inflores- cence with (5— )10— 15 ultimate branches, 0.8-1. 3 m tall; racemes capitate; bracts deltoid-acumi- nate, 6-16 x 2-3 mm, 5-nerved. Flowers 20-30 mm long, coral-red with slightly paler longitudi- nal stripes near mouth, subclavate above basal constriction; outer segments connate for ± half their length, inner segments adnate to outer; ALOACEAE: Aloe 53 pedicels 11-27 mm long. Anthers not exserted. Ovary 4. 5-7.0 x 1 .5-3.0 mm, green; style some- times exserted up to 2 mm. Fruit ± 20 x 10 mm, bluish grey. Flowering times February to March and May to July. Found in the Northern Province; also in Malawi, Mozambique and Zimbabwe. In the Soutpansberg this species occurs in cracks in the rock on cliff faces. Map 33. The inflorescences have relatively few racemes, each of which is very capitate. The flowers are disposed in such a way as to give the appearance of a red sphere about the size of a tennis ball at the end of each peduncle when the first flowers open. C.F.M. Swynnerton C.M.G. (1877-1938), a well-known early botanical explorer of Mani- caland, farmed and collected extensively in the eastern highlands of Zimbabwe. Several species, including Aloe swynnertonii, are named after him (Gunn & Codd 1981). Vouchers: Hemm 119 (PRE, VENDA); Jacob- sen 2402 (PRE); Meeuse 10232 (LISC, PRE); Reynolds 1873 (BOL, PRE); Schlieben & Hardy 12097 (PRE). Hybrid: A. swynnertonii x A. zebrina (no. 56). Voucher: Buitendag 1144 (NBG). 45. Aloe maculata All., Auctarium ad syn- opsin methodicam stirpium horti regii Tau- rinensis: 13 (1773); All.: 65 (1774-1776); Medik.: 72 (1786); Dandy: 618 (1970); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 206 (1996). Iconotype: Aloe africana caulescens folds spinosis macu- latis ab utraque parte albicantibus notatis J.Commelijn, Horti medici Amstelaedamensis 2: 9, t. 5 (1701). A. perfoliata L. var. X L.: 340 (1753). Iconotype: Dillenius, Hortus elthamensis 17, t. 14, fig. 15 (1732). A. perfoliata L. var. 0 L.: 340 (1753). Iconotype: C.Commelijn, Horti medici Amstelaedamensis plantae rari- ores et exoticae: 9. t. 5 (1706). A. disticha Mill.: no. 5 (1768) non L. Iconotype: C.Commelijn, Horti medici Amstelaedamensis plantae rari- ores et exoticae: 9, t. 5 (1706). A. maculosa Lam.: 87 (1783). Iconotype: Dillenius, Hortus elthamensis 17, t. 14, fig. 15 (1732). A. perfoliata L. t saponaria Aiton: 467 (1789). A. saponaria (Aiton) Haw.: 17 (1804); Haw.: 83 (1812); Ker Gawl.: t. 1460 (1812a); Haw.: 41 (1821); Baker: 312 (1896a); A. Berger: 201 (1908); Pole Evans: t. 96 (1923c); Reynolds: 224 (1950); Adamson: 171 (1950); Jeppe: 67 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 89 (1972); West: 42 (1974); Compton: 101 (1976). No type cited. A. umbellate DC.: t. 98 (1802); Salm-Dyck: 25, t. 1 (1863). Iconotype: DC., Historia plantarum succulentarum: t. 98(1802). A. saponaria (Aiton) Haw. var. latifolia Haw.: 18 (1804); Ker Gawl.: t. 1346 (1811a). A. latifolia (Haw.) Haw.: 82 (1812); Salm-Dyck: 23, t. 3 (1854); Baker: 313 (1896a); A. Berger: 204 (1908); Glen & G.F.Sm.: 40 (1995). Lecto- iconotype: Curtis’s Botanical Magazine 33: t. 1346 (181 la). A. leptophylla N.E.Br. ex Baker: 165 (1880a); Baker: 313 (1896a); Baker: t. 7624 (1898b); A.Berger: 198 (1908). Type: Western Cape, Worcester, Cooper s.n. (Kl). A. macracantha Baker: 167 (1880a); Baker: t. 6580 (1881); Baker: 314 (1896a); A.Berger: 199 (1908); Reynolds: 37 (1937a); Reynolds: 290 (1950). Type: Cape, no precise locality. Cooper s.n. (Kl). A. saponaria (Aiton) Haw. var. brachyphylla Baker: 164 (1880a): Baker: 313 (1896a); A.Berger: 202 (1908). Type: not cited. A. leptophylla N.E.Br. ex Baker var. stenophylla Baker: 313 (1896a); A.Berger: 199 (1908). Type: not cited by Baker. A. saponaria (Aiton) Haw. var. ficksburgensis Reynolds: 148 (1937b); Reynolds: 227 (1950); Jeppe: 68 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 89 (1972). Type: Free State, Ficksburg, Reynolds 2087 (PRE, holo.!; BOL!). A. umfoloziensis Reynolds: 42 (1937a): Reynolds: 222 (1950); Jeppe: 69 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 89 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 226 (1996). Type: KwaZulu-Natal, Nongoma. Reynolds 2011 (PRE!). Plants stemless and suckering freely to short- stemmed and solitary, 200-500 mm tall exclud- ing inflorescence. Leaves 12-20, spreading to slightly deflexed, narrowly to broadly lanceo- late, 130-500 x 50-120 mm, upper surface flat to slightly channelled, dark green with many pale spots in irregular transverse rows, lower surface convex, paler green, lineate, with fewer 54 ALOACEAE: Aloe spots or unspotted. Inflorescence with (l-)4-12 ultimate branches, 0.4-1. 5 m tall; racemes cap- itate; bracts deltoid-acuminate, 7-16 x 2. 5-3. 5 mm, distinctly 3-nerved to obscurely many- nerved. Flowers yellow to pink, orange or red, 20 — 45 mm long, subclavate to clavate above basal constriction; outer segments free for 6-15 mm, inner segments free but dorsally adnate to outer; pedicels 1 0 — 45 mm long, lengthening to 35-75 mm in fruit. Anthers exserted 1-5 mm. Ovary 5-10 x 2-4 mm, pale green; style exsert- ed 3-5 mm. Fruit 18—40 x 6-15 mm, bluish grey. Seeds charcoal-grey, ± 6.0 x 2.5 x 1 .5 mm, broadly winged. Flowering time June to September. Found in Mpumalanga, Swaziland, the Free State, KwaZulu-Natal, Lesotho and the Western and Eastern Cape; also in Zimbabwe. A. macu- late usually occurs in grassland, where the grass may be so dense as almost to choke any forbs out, or sparse, with much bare soil between the tufts. The soil varies from consolidated beach dunes to clay and stones, at altitudes from sea level to high mountains. Map 34. Aloe maculate differs from A. branddraaien- sis (no. 43) and A. swynnertonii (no. 44) in hav- ing fewer racemes per inflorescence than either of these species. Flowers of A. branddraaiensis are a shade of pale pink not found in A. macu- lata, whereas those of A. swynnertonii are often bicoloured, an arrangement not found in A. maculata. Flowers of A. swynnertonii are shiny, as if polished to a high gloss; the flowers of A. maculata , while not pruinose, are not as shiny. Characters separating A. mudenensis (no. 48) from A. maculata are discussed under that species. The specific epithet ( maculata = spotted) refers to the spots on the leaves. This species was the first of the maculates to be cultivated in Europe, and the spotted leaves are recorded in the phrase name given by Commelijn on the plate that is the iconotype (see above). Common names recorded for this species include soap aloe, icena (Zulu), inocelwane (Xhosa) and lekhala la thaba (‘mountain aloe’ in seSotho) (Reynolds 1950). The recorded medicinal uses of this species are many. The leaf tissue forms an analgesic poultice which is used for cuts and abrasions. Other recorded medicinal uses are as cures for enteritis in fowls, and for ringworm. It is also used in tanning and magic. Vouchers: Bohnen 7421 (PRE. STE); Comp- ton 28541 (NBG, PRE); Moll 1879 (PRE); Reynolds 5449 (PRE); Strey 7594 (NU, PRE, UDW). Hybrids: 1 . A. maculata x A. pratensis (no. 35). See A. pratensis. 2. A. maculata x A. mudenensis (no. 48). Voucher: Acocks s.n. (PRE). 3. A. maculata x A. grandidentata (no. 58). Voucher: Reynolds 86 (BOL). 4. A. maculata x A. striata subsp. striata (no. 61a). (A. x schonlandii Baker). Vouchers: Herre SUG29 (BOL); Marloth 8940 (PRE); Schon- land SAM22636 (SAM); Thorne SAM57637 (SAM). 5. A. maculata x A. perfoliata (no. 87). Voucher: Henderson 1623 (NBG). 6. A. maculata x A. arborescens (no. 96) (A. x obscura Mill.). Vouchers: McLoughlin s.n. (PRE); L.L. Britten 5154 (GRA). ALOACEAE: Aloe 55 7. A. maculata xA.ferox (no. 1 10). Voucher: Reynolds 1413 (PRE). 46. Aloe greatheadii Schonland in Records of the Albany Museum I: 121 (1904); A. Berger: 212 (1908); Reynolds: 231 (1950); Reynolds: 46 (1954); Reynolds: 82 (1966); Jeppe: 82 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 95 (1972); West: 46 (1974); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 196 (1996). Type: Botswana, near Serowe, Schonland 1616 (GRA, holo.!; PRE!). A. pallidiflora A. Berger: 58 (1905a); A. Berger: t. 8122 (1907). Type: Hort. La Mortola, Anon. s.n. (B?). A. termetophila De Wild.: 30 (1921). Type: Democratic Republic of the Congo, near Lubumbashi, Homble 655 (BR). Plants usually stemless, sometimes short- stemmed in old, robust plants; 150-300 mm tall excluding inflorescence; usually solitary. Leaves ± 12 per rosette, 160-470 x 60-120 mm, upper surface channelled, dark green with many pale spots in irregular transverse bands, lower surface convex, pale green, lineate. Inflorescence with 3-8 ultimate branches, 1.0-1.75 m tall; racemes capitate to subcapitate, dense; bracts narrowly deltoid-acuminate, 10-20 x 2-4 mm, 3-many- nerved. Flowers dull flesh-pink to almost white, often with paler longitudinal stripes, 22-35 mm long, subclavate above basal constriction; outer segments free for 7-10 mm, inner segments adnate to outer; pedicels 1 2-25 mm long, length- ening to ± 30 mm in fruit. Anthers exserted 1-2 mm. Ovary' 5. 0-7.0 x 1. 5-3.0 mm, green; style exserted 2-3 mm. Fruit 19-32 x 9-15 mm, pink- ish grey. Seeds deep grey-maroon, ± 4.0 x 2.5 x 1.0 mm, wing small to absent. Flowering time usually May to July. At the southern end of its range, A. great- headii occurs on rocky outcrops in highveld grassland, but further north it appears to favour termitaria. Populations on deep turf soil are by no means uncommon. This species is very similar to A. zebrina (no. 56) and A. parvibracteata (no. 54). It differs from both of these by the subdense to dense, conical to subcapitate terminal raceme. It dif- fers from A. parvibracteata in that the leaf sap dries golden yellow, not (usually) purple, and from A. zebrina in that peak flowering time is winter (July) not autumn (March). These species intergrade in southern tropical Africa, and would repay detailed investigation. This species is named after Dr J.B. Greathead, who was co-collector with Dr S. Schonland of the type specimen. Two varieties are recognised: Raceme apex rounded in silhouette; pedicels shorter than 1 5 mm 46a. var. greatheadii Raceme apex acute in silhouette; pedicels longer 15 mm 46b. var. davyana Note: this key will not work with material of tropical African origin. However, only the vari- ety greatheadii occurs north of the Limpopo River. 46a. var. greatheadii. Description as for species. Found in Botswana, the Northern Province, Gauteng and Mpumalanga; also in the Democratic Republic of the Congo, Malawi, Mozambique and Zimbabwe. Map 35. Map 35. — Aloe greatheadii var. greatheadii 56 ALOACEAE: Aloe Vouchers: Galpin 13315 (PRE); Marloth 5145 (PRE); Reynolds 1519 (BOL, PRE); Scheepers 992 (BM, MO, PRE. SRGH); Smuts & Gillett 3561 (PRE). Hybrids: E A. greatheadii var. grecitheadii x A. clavi- flora (no. 70). Voucher: Reynolds 1566 (PRE). 2. A. greatheadii var. greatheadii x A. liereroensis var. hereroensis (no. 76a). Vouchers: Reynolds 1556 (PRE); Wilman 13323 (PRE). 3. A. greatheadii var. greatheadii x A. mar- lothii subsp. marlothii (no. 104a). Vouchers: Maguire 928 (NBG); Reynolds 1523 (PRE). 4. A. greatheadii var. greatheadii x A. lit- toralis (no. 114). Voucher: Pole Evans 11414 (PRE). 46b. var. davyana (Schonland) Glen & D.S. Hardy in South African Journal of Botany 53: 490 (1987a). A. davyana Schonland: 288 (1905a); A. Berger: 211 (1908); Pole Evans: t. 358 (1929a); Reynolds: 233 (1950); Jeppe: 94 (1969): Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 97 (1972). Type: Gauteng?, no precise locality, Burtt Davy 1855 (GRA!). A. longibracteata Pole Evans: 25 (1915); Pole Evans: t. 299 (1928b): Reynolds: 262 (1950); Jeppe: 92 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 125 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 204 (1996). Type: Mpumalanga, Lydenburg, Pole Evans 56 (PRE!). A. barbertoniae Pole Evans: 705 (1917); Reynolds: 265 (1950); Jeppe: 93 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 127 (1972). Type: Mpumalanga, Barberton, Thorncroft s.n. (BOL!). A. verdoorniae Reynolds: 173 (1936e); R. A. Dyer: t. 879 (1942); Reynolds: 237 (1950); Jeppe: 96 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 99 (1972). Type: Gauteng, Trigaarts Poort, Verdoorn 1624 (PRE!). A. labiaflava Groenew.: 57 (1936e) Glen, G.F.Sm. & D.S. Hardy: 98 (1995). Neotype: Gauteng, Gemsbokspruit, F.Z. van der Merwe 100 (PRE!). A. comosibracteata Reynolds: 27 ( 1 936f)- Type: Mpumalanga. Barberton District, Reynolds 1454 (PRE, holo. ! ; BOL!). A. graciliflora Groenew.: 137 (1936f): Reynolds: 241 (1950); Jeppe: 94 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 103 (1972); Glen, G.F.Sm. & D.S. Hardy: 98 (1995). Neotype: Mpumalanga, Dullstroom, F.Z. van der Merwe PRE24089 (PRE!). A. mutans Reynolds: t. 602 (1936g); Reynolds: 261 (1950); Jeppe: 91 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 123 (1972). Type: Northern Province, near Chuniespoort, Reynolds 1527 (PRE. holo.!; BOL!, SRGH!). A. davyana Schonland var. subolifera Groenew.: t. 732 (1939); Reynolds: 235 (1950); Jeppe: 95 (1969): Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 97 ( 1972). Type: Northern Province, Pienaars River, F.Z. van der Merwe PRE22816 (PRE!). Plants more rarely short-stemmed, more often suckering. Leaves shorter, ± 80-220 x 45-80 mm; upper surface flat to slightly con- vex. Inflorescence shorter, 0.6-1. 2 m; racemes capitate to subcapitate. Flowers deeper pink. Other characters as for species. Found in the Northern Province, North- West, Gauteng. Mpumalanga, Swaziland, Kwa- Zulu-Natal and Free State. Map 36. This variety intergrades with var. greatheadii in the southern part of the Northern Province, and so cannot be held to be distinct at specific or subspecific level. Dr J. Burtt Davy, after whom this variety is named, founded the Botanical Research Insti- tute, one of the predecessor organisations of the National Botanical Institute, in 1903. The seTswana name for this plant is kgopane ALOACEAE: Aloe 57 (Reynolds 1950). Large, concentrated popula- tions of A. greatheadii var. davyana are an indi- cation that the veld in which they occur is heav- ily overgrazed. A. greatheadii var. davyana is a splendid bee plant, particularly favoured by breeders of queen bees (Johannsmeyer pers. comm.). However, another report (Watt & Breyer-Brandwijk 1963) states that bees kept on an unrelieved diet of this species become very vicious. The honey is off-white and almost tasteless, with a slight hint of smokiness. In folk medicine, a decoction of this plant is used as a purgative in pregnancy, and the leaf pulp is used as a treatment for snakebite. Vouchers: Balsinhas 3018 (MO, PRE); Buitendag 846 (PRE); Edwards 1096 (PRE); Reynolds 3895 (BM, PRE); Verdoorn 1625 (PRE). Hybrids: 1. A. greatheadii var. davyana x A. parvi- hracteata (no. 54). Voucher: Barnard 533 (PRE). 2. A. greatheadii var. davyana x A. crvp- topoda (no. 77). Vouchers: Nicholson 307 (PRE); Reynolds 1254 (PRE). 3. A. greatheadii var. davyana x A. spicata (no. 100). Vouchers: Northover B (PRE); Rey- nolds 1445 (BOL). 4. A. greatheadii var. davyana x A. castanea (no. 102). Voucher: Vogts 309 (PRE). 5. A. greatheadii var. davyana x A. petricola (no. 106). Voucher: Reynolds 1840 (PRE). 47. Aloe afflnis A. Berger in Das Pflan- zenreich 33: 206 (1908); Pole Evans: t. 759 (1939a); Reynolds: 243 (1950); Jeppe: 80 (1969); Bornman & D.S.Hardy: 105 (1972); Compton: 97 (1976); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 182 (1996). Type: Mpumalanga, near Lvden- burg, Wilms 1490 (B). A. immaculata Pillans: 25 (1934b); Reynolds: 239 (1950); Jeppe: 81 (1969); Bornman & D.S.Hardy: 101 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 200 (1996). Type: Northern Province, Malips Drift. Herre SUG6774 (BOL. holo.!). Plants solitary, stemless, 200-300 mm tall excluding inflorescence. Leaves 16-20, 200-400 x 50-100 mm, ascending. D-shaped to slightly channelled in section, green, lineate, with no to few spots on upper surface only, usually with maroon horny margins between teeth. Inflores- cence with 3-8 ultimate branches; racemes sub- cylindric, dense; bracts deltoid-acuminate, ± 13-23 x 3 mm, ± 5-nerved. Flowers dull brick- red, sometimes clavate above constriction above ovary, 25^15 mm long; outer segments free for 6-10 mm, inner segments adnate to outer; pedicels 15-22 mm long, lengthening to 25-30 mm in fruit. Anthers not or hardly exsert- ed. Ovary 7-9 x 2-3 mm, green; style exserted 0-4 mm. Fruit ± 17 x 8 mm, bluish grey. Flowering time May to June. Aloe ajflnis has been recorded in the Northern Province, Gauteng and Mpumalanga, and occurs on sandy loam in bushveld. Plants of this species normally have leaves without spots or with only very few, irregularly arranged spots, and choco- late-brown homy margins. However, one finds plants with unspotted leaves in the same popula- tion as plants with quite densely spotted leaves, and plants with continuous, broken and absent brown margins all in one population. The absent to obscure leaf spots, brown horny margins and flowers with pronounced basal swellings distin- guish typical plants of this species from all other species. Map 37. Map 37. — • Aloe affinis ★ A. mudenensis 58 ALOACEAE: Aloe Berger (1908) considered that this species was related ( affinis , in Latin) to A. zebrina. This is undoubtedly true, but the relationship is no closer than that between this species and any other maculate. Vouchers: Compton 29121 (NBG. PRE, SRGH); Jacobsen 2873 (PRE); Kluge 1944 (PRE); Reynolds 2517 (BOL, PRE); J. Smuts 308 (PRE)’. 48. Aloe mudenensis Reynolds in Journal of South African Botany 3: 39 (1937a); Rey- nolds: 244 (1950); Jeppe: 70 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 107 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 210 (1996). Type: KwaZulu-Natal, Muden Valley, Reynolds 2029 (PRE. holo.!; BOL!). Plants usually solitary, short-stemmed. 250- 500 mm tall excluding inflorescence. Leaves ± 20, spreading, 175-350 x 50-90 mm, blue- green in summer, blue-purple in winter, upper surface flat to slightly channelled, with many irregular pale spots, lower surface convex, lin- eate, with or without irregular spots. Inflores- cence with ± 8 ultimate branches, up to 1 m tall; racemes cylindric-conical, dense, up to 175 mm long; bracts deltoid-acuminate, 14—20 x 2—4 mm, 5-9-nerved; pedicels 15-30 mm long, lengthening in fruit. Flowers 19-35 mm long, brilliant orange or sometimes varying from yel- low to red, subclavate above basal constriction; outer segments free for 5-9 mm. inner segments adnate to outer. Anthers exserted 1-4 mm. Ovary 7-8 x 2-3 mm; style exserted 2-5 mm. Fruit ±16x8 mm. Flowering time June to July. Found in Swaziland and KwaZulu-Natal, with one record on the Mpumalanga border. A. mudenensis occurs in valley bushveld on sandy loam. It is one of the few species to survive close to human habitation and in heavily over- grazed areas. Map 37. Plants of this species are more often caules- cent than any other member of this section except A. angolensis (no. 57). One very old plant was seen near Muden with a prostrate stem 2 m long. Other distinguishing characters are the bluish green leaves, which go an attrac- tive shade of lilac in cold weather, and the stri- ate lower surfaces of the leaves. This species is named after its type locality, the Muden valley of KwaZulu-Natal. Vouchers: Acocks 10527 (NH, PRE); Comp- ton 26972 (NBG. PRE); Edwards 2843 (NU, PRE); Reynolds 2030 (PRE); Rogers 24589 (K). Hybrid: A. mudenensis x A. maculata (no. 45). See A. maculata. 49. Aloe greenii Baker in Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Botany 18: 165 (1880a); Baker: t. 6520 (1880b); Baker: 315 (1896a); A. Berger: 210 (1908); Reynolds: 246 (1950); Jeppe: 74 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Har- dy: 109 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 198 (1996). Type: Eastern Cape, no precise locality, Anon. s.n. (K!). Plants stemless, 150-250 mm tall excluding inflorescence, forming large dense groups. Leaves 12-16 per rosette, 250-550 x 40-80 mm, upper surface flat to slightly channelled, bright green with obscure lines and many whitish spots subconfluent in irregular trans- verse bands, lower surface convex, bands of spots broader and more pronounced than upper. Inflorescence with 5-7 ultimate branches, 1.0-1. 3 m tall; racemes subcylindric, sublax; bracts deltoid-acuminate, 6-20 x 2-3 mm, 7-many-nerved. Flowers dull flesh-pink with dusty bloom, 21-30 mm long; outer segments free for 7-10 mm. inner segments adnate to outer; pedicels 7-10 mm long. Anthers exserted up to 2 mm. Ovary’ ±6x2 mm; style exserted 2^4 mm. Fruit ±15x7 mm. Flowering time January to March. This species occurs on stony soil in Kwa- Zulu-Natal, often in deep shade in dry thorny woodland. In view of the fact that no definite ALOACEAE: Aloe 59 Map 38. — • Aloe greenii ★ A. dyeri records are known for the Eastern Cape, the type locality as stated in the protologue seems doubtful. Map 38. Aloe greenii is similar to A. pruinosa (no. 51), but is smaller in all its parts, lacks the grey bloom on the inflorescence of that species, and suckers to form large groups, whereas A. prui- nosa remains solitary. A. greenii is superficially similar to A. parvibracteata (no. 54), but several characters separate these two species. In A. greenii, the leaves are longer and narrower than in A. parvibracteata, the sap dries yellow, not purple, and in dense populations the leaves of individual heads are incurved, not recurved. In A. greenii the lower surface of the leaves is densely spotted, whereas in A. parvibracteata it is paler green than the upper surface, unspotted and striate. There appears to be no record of the epony- mous Mr Green. Baker ( 1 880b) records that the type plant was received by Kew from Mr Wilson Saunders, who received it from Mr T. Cooper (see A. cooperi, no. 21), but it was not among the plants collected by the latter from the Eastern Cape. Vouchers: Doiclge 64 (PRE); Edwards 3285 (NU, PRE); Lawn 1869 (NH); Leach 34 (K, SRGH); MacOwan 3153 in Herb. Austro-Afr. 1979 (K). 50. Aloe dyeri Schonland in Records of the Albany Museum i : 289 (1905a); A. Berger: 209 (1908); Reynolds: 248 (1950); Jeppe: 76 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 111 (1972); Compton: 99 (1976); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 190 (1996). Type: Mpumalanga, no precise locality, Burtt Davy s.n. (GRA!). Plants usually solitary, stemless or short- stemmed, 400-700 mm tall excluding inflores- cence. Leaves ± 20, ascending or arcuate- reflexed, 400-700 x 45-150 mm, channelled, upper surface usually with few to many small whitish spots, irregular or in wavy transverse bands, lower surface more copiously and usual- ly more regularly spotted than upper. Inflores- cence with 15-50 ultimate branches, 1. 5-2.0 m tall; racemes cylindric, lax; bracts deltoid- acuminate, 10-17 x 2—4 mm, many-nerved. Flowers glossy brick-red, 25-35 mm long, sub- clavate above basal constriction; outer segments free for 5-8 mm, inner segments free but adnate to outer; pedicels 7-17 mm long. Anthers not or hardly exserted. Ovary 5-8 x 2-3 mm, green; style exserted 1-4 mm. Fruit not seen. Flowering time March to June. Aloe dyeri is found in the southeast of the Northern Province, in Mpumalanga and Swazi- land; also in Mozambique. It occurs in shade in thorny forest in stony kloofs at low altitude on the Mpumalanga and Swaziland escarpment, in similar positions on the Lebombo Mountains, or in stony grassland protected from the midday and afternoon sun. In its preference for protect- ed places it differs from most members of this section. Map 38. This is the largest species in the section, with rosettes reaching 2 m in diameter and inflores- cences up to 2 m tall. The leaves are often arcuate- reflexed, a character not common in this sec- tion. This species is named after Sir W.T. Thiselton- Dyer, editor of the last four volumes of Flora capensis. Thiselton-Dyer sent the type plant from Kew to Grahamstown, where it was described by Dr S. Schonland. 60 ALOACEAE: Aloe Vouchers: Compton 28887 (NBG. PRE); Leach 84 (K, PRE, SRGH); Reynolds 5553 (PRE. SRGH); Van der Schijff 3632 (PRE, SRGH). 51. Aloe pruinosa Reynolds in Journal of South African Botany 2: 122 (1936a); Reynolds: 250 (1950); Jeppe: 75 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 113 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 218 (1996). Type: KwaZulu-Natal, Pietermaritzburg, Reynolds 377 (PRE, holo.!; BOL!). Plants solitary, 250-600 mm tall excluding inflorescence, with a 300-500 mm long, often prostrate stem. Leaves 16-24, erect to spreading, 500-750 x 60-100 mm, channelled, upper sur- face with many whitish spots, irregularly arranged or in transverse bands, lower surface with more numerous spots in more distinct bands. Inflorescence with 11-20 ultimate branches, 1.4— 2.0 m tall; racemes conical, sub- lax; bracts deltoid-acuminate, 5-12 x 2-3 mm, 5-7-nerved. Flowers brownish red to darkish pink with greyish powdery bloom, 24—33 mm long, subclavate above basal constriction; outer segments free for 5-7 mm, inner segments adnate to outer; pedicels 8-12 mm long. Anthers exserted up to 2 mm. Ovary 6. 0-8.0 x 1. 5-3.0 mm, green; style exserted 1-4 mm. Fruit not seen. Flowering time February to March. Aloe pruinosa is endemic to shade in Acacia woodland in the KwaZulu-Natal midlands. It occurs on heavy loam in areas of fairly high summer rainfall. Map 39. This plant is smaller than A. dyeri (no. 50) but larger than other members of the section. A. pruinosa is more readily short-stemmed than that species, and there are differences in leaf markings and in the size and colour of the flow- ers. A. pruinosa differs from all other southern African Aloe species in having a copious dull grey bloom on the flowers, pedicels and pedun- cle. Although similar in many respects to A. greenii (no. 49), it is distinguishable from that species in the field in all seasons; the differ- ences are given under A. greenii. Map 39. — • Aloe pruinosa ★ A. fosteri ▲ A. dewetii In classical Latin the word pruinosus means ‘frosty'; in botanical Latin this meaning is extended by analogy to include ‘covered with grey wax’. In this species the epithet refers to the grey bloom on the flowers. Vouchers: Comins 374 (NU); Giddy in Brandham & Cutler 404 (K); B. Nicholson PRE 38115 (PRE). 52. Aloe fosteri Pillans in South African Gardening and Country Life 23: 140 (1933b); Pole Evans: t. 612 (1936g); Reynolds: 252 (1950); Jeppe: 89 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Har- dy: 115 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 192 ( 1996). Type: Mpumalanga, Lydenburg District, Pillans BOL 20447 (BOL!). Plants solitary, 250-400 mm tall excluding inflorescence, usually stemless. Leaves 16-24, suberect, 300^100 x 40-80 mm, upper surface flat to slightly channelled, dark green with many pale green spots in irregular transverse bands, lower surface convex, paler green, unspotted. Inflorescence with 15-40 ultimate branches, 1.0-1. 5 m tall; racemes cylindric, lax, longer than 190 mm; bracts deltoid-acuminate, 10-15 x 2—4 mm, many-nerved. Flowers yellow to red, 21-38 mm long, subclavate above basal con- striction; outer segments free for 5-9 mm, inner segments mostly adnate to outer; pedicels 8-12 ALOACEAE: Aloe 61 mm long. Anthers exserted up to 2 mm. Ovary 5-6 x 2-3 mm, green; style exserted up to 2 mm. Fruit 17-26 x 8-13 mm, pale brownish grey. Flowering time March to April. Aloe fosteri occurs in thorny woodland on thin, rocky soils near the Northern Province and Mpumalanga escarpment, on the plateau side; there are also two records from the Lebombo Mountains, one on each side of the Mozam- bique/South Africa border. Map 39. Differences between this species and A. branclclraaiensis (no. 43) are dealt with under that species. The fine, grey, pruinose, waxy cov- ering of the leaves, which can be rubbed off with a cloth, is unique to this species. The flow- ers vary from lemon-yellow to deep crimson and even to pale pink. It is the most variable of the maculates in this character. The specific epithet honours Mr C. Foster, late of Krugersdorp, who collected the type specimen. The Bakone (Lebowa) name of this species is tookgo (Reynolds 1950). In Sekhu- khuneland the heated leaves of this species are applied as poultices to sores. Vouchers: Buitendag 842 (NBG, PRE); Leach 81 (K, SRGH); Reynolds 1321 (PRE); Smuts 1558 (PRE); Van der Schijff 2602 (PRE). 53. Aloe dewetii Reynolds in Journal of South African Botany 3: 139 (1937c); Reynolds: t. 692 (1938c); Reynolds: 266 (1950); Jeppe: 77 (1969); Bornman & D.S.Hardy: 129 (1972); Compton: 99 (1976); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 188 (1996). Type: KwaZulu-Natal, Mkuzi Valley, Reynolds 2319 (PRE, holo.!; BOL!). Plants solitary, stemless, 500-800 mm tall excluding inflorescence. Leaves ± 20, suberect to spreading, 360-500 x 70-130 mm, slightly channelled, often narrowing slightly near base, upper surface with many whitish spots irregular- ly arranged or in wavy transverse bands, lower surface without spots, with obscure lines. Inflorescence with 20—40 ultimate branches, up to 2 m tall; racemes cylindric, lax; bracts del- toid-cirrhous, often rolled or twisted, 17-25 x 2. 5-4.0 mm, 7-many-nerved. Flowers dull greyish red with bloom, 3 1 — 42 mm long, sub- clavate above basal constriction; outer segments free for 4-6 mm, inner segments dorsal ly adnate to outer; pedicels 8-15 mm long, lengthening slightly in fruit. Anthers exserted up to 3 mm. Ovary 5.0-10.0 x 2. 5-4.0 mm, green; style exserted up to 3 mm. Fruit 20-30 x 1 1-16 mm, buff. Flowering time February to March. Aloe dewetii is found in Swaziland and KwaZulu-Natal, where it grows in windswept grassland in the middleveld. The area in which it occurs is fairly cold in winter. The soil is heavy and the rainfall high, with a summer maximum. Map 39. The very shiny leaf surfaces distinguish this species from other maculates. The teeth on the leaf margins and the basal swellings of the flowers are the largest in the section. The inflo- rescence is the tallest in the section. This species is named after Mr J.F. de Wet, who was headmaster of the Vryheid Junior School at the time of the first description of the plant. Mr De Wet collected some of the original material {De Wet in Reynolds 2321 and possibly the type) from which the species was described. Vouchers: Compton 28788 (NBG, PRE); Gerstner 3898 (PRE); Nichols 731 (NH, PRE); Ward 2147 (NH, PRE). 54. Aloe parvibracteata Schdnland in Records of the Albany Museum 2: 139 (1907); A. Berger: 330 (1908); Reynolds: 276 (1950); Jeppe: 71 (1969); Bornman & D.S.Hardy: 141 (1972); West: 52 (1974); Compton: 101 (1976); B. -E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 212 (1996). Type: Mozambique, Maputo, Burtt Davy 2853 (GRA!). A. burgersfortensis Reynolds: 31 (1936f): Reynolds: 274 (1950); Jeppe: 90 (1969); Bornman & D.S.Hardy: 139 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 186 (1996). Type: Mpumalanga, Lydenburg District. Reynolds 1465 (PRE, holo.!; BOL!). 62 ALOACEAE: Aloe A. pongolensis Reynolds: t. 603 ( 1 936h): Reynolds: 45 (1937a). Type: KwaZulu-Natal, near Pongola, Reynolds 1101 (PRE!). A. pongolensis Reynolds var. zuluensis Reynolds: 46 (1937a). A. parvibracteata Schonland var. zuluensis (Reynolds) Reynolds: 278 (1950); Jeppe: 71 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 141 (1972). Type: KwaZulu-Natal. White Umfolozi Valley, Reynolds 2017 (PRE). A. keithii Reynolds: 47 (1937a); Reynolds: 278 (1950); Jeppe: 72 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 143 (1972); Compton: 100 (1976). Type: Swaziland, south of Siteki, Reynolds 1983 (PRE, holo.!; SRGH!). A. lusitanica Groenew.: 13 (1937b); Glen, G.F.Sm. & D.S. Hardy: 98 (1995). Lectotype: Mozambique, Maputo, F.Z. van der Merwe PRE24087 (PRE!). Plants stemless or very short-stemmed, 200-400 mm tall excluding inflorescence, suck- ering freely to form large, dense groups. Leaves 10-15 per rosette, spreading to decurved, 300-500 x 30-80 mm, slightly channelled, upper surface with many whitish spots in irregular transverse bands, lower surface usually un- spotted. Inflorescence with 4—9 ultimate branch- es, 1.0-1 .5 m tall; racemes cylindric, sublax; bracts deltoid-cirrhous, ± 9-12 x 3 mm. 5-7- nerved. Flowers dull red, 24—33 mm long, mouth downtumed; outer segments free for 8-10 mm, inner segments dorsally adnate to outer; pedicels 7-17 mm long. Anthers exserted 1-2 mm. Ovary 7.0-10.0 x 2. 5-3.5 mm, green; style exserted 1-2 mm. Fruit 20-23 x 11-13 mm, purplish brown. Flowering time June to July. Found in the Northern Province, Mpuma- langa, Swaziland, and KwaZulu-Natal; also in Mozambique and Zimbabwe. The typical habi- tat of A. parvibracteata is hot, thorny lowveld, and in similar thorny woodland in the Lebombo Mountains. It has no specific requirements for soil, being found to grow equally well on heavy clay and in cracks in rock. Map 40. In this species the leaf sap usually dries pur- plish violet, but exceptional specimens with sap drying golden yellow are known. Differences between this species and its close allies A. greatheadii (no. 46) and A. greenii (no. 49) are discussed under those species. A. parvibractea- ta is most usefully separated from A. zebrina (no. 56) by the flowering season (winter — July, not autumn — March) and the leaf sap drying purple not yellow, but both of these characters are known to break down. This species is part of a complex that requires detailed investigation. Although the typical form of this species has bracts that are unusually small for a maculate aloe (hence the name), plants more commonly have long, narrow bracts. The Ronga name imanga is recorded on the specimen Mogg 27147 (J, K). The Bakone of Sekhukhuneland (Lebowa) use the heated leaf as a poultice on sores (Watt & Breyer-Brand- wijk 1963). Anderson & Pooley (1977) record that leaves and fruits of this species are occa- sionally eaten by nyala (Tragelaphus angasi) in the Ndumu Game Reserve. Vouchers: Buitendag 839 (NBG, PRE): Leach 9839 (PRE); Miller SI 13 (PRE); Reynolds 1474 (PRE); Van der Schijff 614 (PRE). Hybrid: A. parvibracteata x A. greatheadii var. davyana (no. 46b). See A. greatheadii var. davyana. 55. Aloe simii Pole Evans in Transactions of the Royal Society of South Africa 5; 704 (1917); Reynolds: 280 (1950); Jeppe: 79 ALOACEAE: Aloe 63 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 145 (1972); B.- E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 220 (1996). Type: Mpu- malanga, near Sabie, Sim 137 (PRE!). Plants stemless, 250-400 mm tall excluding inflorescence, usually solitary. Leaves 15-20, erectly spreading, 350-600 x 80-120 mm, deeply channelled to U-shaped in section, pale green, usually unspotted, obscurely lined on both surfaces. Inflorescence with ± 15 ultimate branches, 1.0-1. 5 m tall; racemes cylindric, lax; bracts narrowly deltoid-acuminate, 17-20 x 2. 0-3. 5 mm, 3-7-nerved. Flowers strawberry- pink, 27-40 mm long, subclavate above basal constriction; outer segments free for 9-12 mm, inner segments mostly dorsally adnate to outer; pedicels 9-15 mm long, lengthening slightly in fruit. Anthers exserted 1-3 mm. Ovary 5-8 x 2-4 mm, green; style exserted 1-3 mm. Fruit 21-30 x 12-17 mm. Flowering time February to March. Aloe simii is endemic to Mpumalanga where it grows in open woodland, in areas with a lush grass understorey. The temperatures and rainfall are fairly high, and the soils are heavy loam and clay. Map 41. The leaves of this species are deeply chan- nelled into a U-shape in section; this character and the milky green colour of the leaves sepa- rate it from all others in the section. The leaves Map 41 . — • Aloe simii ★ A. angolensis are generally suberect, which is unusual in this section. This species is named after Dr T.R. Sim (1858-1938), a noted horticulturist and botanist who collected extensively in the Eastern Cape and KwaZulu-Natal. His works on southern African bryophytes and the forests of the Cape Colony and Portuguese East Africa, as the terri- tories were then called, laid the foundations of these branches of study (Gunn & Codd 1981). Vouchers: Henderson 1610 (NBG); Leach 306 (K, PRE, SRGH); Reynolds 2283 (PRE); Van der Merwe 14 (PRE). 56. Aloe zebrina Baker in Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 1: 264 (1878b); Baker: 464 (1898a); Rendle: 45 (1899); A.Ber- ger: 207 (1908); Reynolds: 281 (1950); Reynolds: 89 (1966); Jeppe: 87 (1969); Solch, Roessler & Merxm.: 19 (1970); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 147 (1972); West: 49 (1974); Jan- kowitz: 12 (1975); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 232 (1996). Type: Angola, Cacuaco, Welwitsch 3721 (LISU, lecto.; BM!, K; designated by Reynolds 1966). A. platyphylla Baker: 264 (1878b): Baker: 463 (1898a); A. Berger: 207 (1908). Type: Angola, Pungo Andongo, Welwitsch 3722 (K, lecto.!; BM!, LISU). A. constricta Baker: 168 (1880a); Baker: 464 (1898a); Reynolds: 523 (1966). Type: Mozambique, near Sena, Kirk 34 ( K). A. transvaalensis Kuntze: 314 (1898); A. Berger: 211 ( 1908); Reynolds: 1 14 (1936a); Pole Evans: t. 636 ( 1936h); Reynolds: 272 (1950); Jeppe: 97 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 137 (1972). Type: Gauteng, Pretoria, Kuntze s.n. (NY, holo.; K!; PRE. photo.!). A. lugardiana Baker: 135 (1901b); A. Berger: 207 (1908). Type: Botswana. Botletle River, E.J. Lugard s.n. (K). A. baumii Engl. & Gilg in Warb.: 191 (1903); A. Berger: 226 (1904); Hemsley: t. 7948 (1904). Type: Angola. Chirumbu, Baum 275 (B). A. bamangwatensis Schonland: 122 (1904). Type: Botswana, Palapye Road, Schonland GRAA7223 (GRA!). 64 ALOACEAE: Aloe A. laxissima Reynolds: 28 (1936f); Jeppe: 98 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 135 (1972). Type: Northern Province, near Nebo. Reynolds 167 (PRE. holo.!: BOL!). A. ammophila Reynolds: 116 (1936a): Reynolds: 270 (1950); Jeppe: 99 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 133 (1972). Type: Northern Province, Pietersburg, Reynolds 1345 (PRE!). A. komatiensis Reynolds: 120 (1936a); Reynolds: 254 (1950); Jeppe: 73 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 117 (1972). Type: Mpumalanga, Komatipoort, Reynolds 1543 (PRE. holo.!; BOL!). A. lettyae Reynolds: 137 (1937c); Reynolds: t. 764 (1940a): Reynolds: 259 (1950): Jeppe: 78 (1969): Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 121 (1972): B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 202 (1996). Type: Northern Province, Duiwelskloof, Reynolds 2339 (PRE. holo.!: BOL!). A. vandermerwei Reynolds: 268 (1950): Jeppe: 88 ( 1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 131 (1972). Type: Northern Province, Gravelotte, F.Z. van der Merwe PRE21288 (PRE!). Plants stemless or short-stemmed. 150-300 mm tall excluding inflorescence, suckering freely to form large, dense groups. Leaves 15-25 per rosette, narrowly ensiform, 200-600 x 35-80 mm. slightly channelled, upper surface with many whitish spots, usually in irregular transverse bands, lower surface with few to many spots. Inflorescence with 6-many ulti- mate branches, 1.0-1. 7 m tall; racemes cylin- dric, elongate, lax, terminal; bracts deltoid-cir- rhous, ± 5-12 x 2 mm. 3-many-nerved. Flowers very pale to deep pink, dull or glossy, 20-30 mm long, mouth straight; outer segments free for 5-7 mm, inner segments adnate to outer; pedicels 6-1 1 mm long, lengthening to ± 15 mm in fruit. Anthers exserted up to 3 mm. Ovary ± 8 x 2-3 mm, green; style exserted up to 3 mm. Fruit 21-38 x 13-18 mm, greyish pur- plish brown. Seeds charcoal-grey, ± 6.0 x 3.0 x 1.5 mm, with conspicuous brown wing. Flowering time mostly February to April, but plants flowering as early as November and as late as May have been recorded. Aloe zebrina is widely distributed, and occurs in a variety of veld types and on a vari- ety of soils in Namibia. Botswana, the Northern Province, North-West, Gauteng, Mpumalanga and Swaziland; also in Angola, Zambia, Mala- wi, Mozambique and Zimbabwe. Temperatures are usually high in summer but may, in parts of its range, become very low in winter. Rainfall in the distribution area of this species is high in the extreme northwest, but low elsewhere, with a summer maximum throughout. Map 42. Although superficially similar to A. great- headii (no. 46), this species is useless to bees as the flower is too narrow to admit them. Other characters separating this species from A. great- headii and A. panhbracteata (no. 54) are dis- cussed under those species. A. zebrina is a member of a difficult complex which would repay intensive study. The specific epithet refers to the leaves, on which the spots are arranged in irregular trans- verse bands giving the appearance of stripes like a zebra’s. Common names recorded for this species include edundu (Kwanyama), /ganya (!ho), //noru, //nuru, and /gikwe (Naro). The flowers are boiled and eaten fresh or dried in Owambo, where the plant is said to have been brought from Angola. Vouchers: Dyer 3186 (PRE); Giess 11482 (PRE); Huntley 1225 (PRE); Meeuse 10236 (LISC, PRE); Reynolds 8987 (PRE). Hybrids: 1. A. zebrina x A. swynnertonii (no. 44). See A. swynnertonii. ALOACEAE: Aloe 65 2. A. zebrina x A. littoralis (no. 114) (- A. angolensis Baker). This species of hybrid origin is discussed fully below. 57. Aloe angolensis Baker in Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 1: 263 (1878b); Baker: 466 (1898a); Rendle: 44 (1899); A. Berger: 239 (1908); Reynolds: 310 (1966). Type: Angola, Barra do Bengo, Welwitsch 3728 (BM, holo.; LISU). A. esculenta L.C. Leach: 249 (1971); D.S. Hardy: 521 (1974); Jankowitz: 10 (1975). Type: Angola, Leach & Cannell 13818 (PRE, holo.!; BM. LISC!, SRGH!). Plants stemless or short-stemmed, 0. 3-1.0 m tall excluding inflorescence, usually solitary, sometimes suckering. Leaves 15-25 per rosette, narrowly ensiform, 500-700 x 40-80 mm, slightly channelled, with few to many whitish spots irregularly arranged on upper surface only. Inflorescence with 3-7 ultimate branches, 1.0-2. 2 m tall; racemes cylindric, subdense; bracts deltoid-cirrhous, 11-12 x 3-4 mm, many-nerved. Flowers pink to yellow or cream- coloured, 21-32 mm long, mouth straight; outer segments free for 15-18 mm, inner segments adnate to outer; pedicels 4-6 mm long, length- ening to ± 13 mm in fruit. Anthers exserted up to 2 mm. Ovary 5-7 x 2-3 mm, green; style exserted up to 5 mm. Fruit ± 20 x 12 mm. Flowering time June to August. Aloe angolensis is found in Namibia and Botswana; also in Angola and Zambia. It occurs typically but not exclusively in semidesert grassland on Kalahari sand, which may be flooded in summer and completely without sur- face water in winter. Winter temperatures in its area of distribution are relatively high. Map 41. This species is placed here immediately after one of its putative parents, as it keys out to this section more easily than to section 23, Pachy- dendron , to which the other parent species belongs. The parentage is thought to be A. zeb- rina (no. 56) x A. littoralis (no. 1 14). The spots on the leaves of this species are far less regular- ly arranged than in any other member of this section, and it fairly often develops a short erect stem. Flower characters are intermediate be- tween those of the two putative parent species. The specific epithet records that the type specimen was collected in Angola. Vouchers: Giess 13726 (PRE, WIND); Leach 12294 (PRE); Reynolds 2423 (PRE); Smith 1412 (PRE); Story 5135 (PRE). 58. Aloe grandidentata Salm-Dyck, Ob- servationes botanicae in Horto Dyckensi 3: 3 (1822); Salm-Dyck: 23, t. 4 (1854); Baker: 314 (1896a); A. Berger: 215 (1908); Pole Evans: t. 286 (1928c); Reynolds: 285 (1950); Jeppe: 100 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 149 ( 1972); B.- E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 194 (1996). Iconotype: Salm-Dyck, Monographia generum Aloes et Mesembryanthemi: 23, t. 4 (1854). Plants stemless or very short-stemmed, 150-300 mm tall excluding inflorescence, suck- ering freely to form large groups. Leaves 10-20 per rosette, 100-250 x 35-75 mm, both surfaces with many whitish spots in irregular undulating transverse bands. Inflorescence with 4-7 ulti- mate branches, ± 900 mm tall; racemes dense, conical, not secund; bracts narrowly deltoid- acuminate, 8-10 x 3-4 mm, 1-5-nerved. Flowers dull reddish, 19-30 mm long, clavate above constriction above ovary; outer segments free for 6-10 mm, inner segments dorsally adnate to outer; pedicels 5-13 mm long. Anthers exserted up to 5 mm. Ovary 6. 0-9.0 x 1 .5-3.0 mm, olive-green; style exserted up to 5 mm. Fruit 22-25 x 9-11 mm, greenish. Flowering time August to September. Found in Botswana, North-West, the Free State and the Northern, Western and Eastern Cape. In the west of its range, A. grandidentata occurs in karroid scrub on ironstone ridges, but further east it occurs on calcrete as well. Rainfall and winter temperatures throughout its range are low. Map 43. The clavate flowers distinguish this species from all other members of the section. This species does not grow in populations mixed with any other maculate aloes; geographical 66 ALOACEAE: Aloe Figure 9. — Section Pictae. Aloe monotropa: 1. upper portion of inflorescence showing the terminal and one lateral raceme; 2, leaf; 3, bract from base of one of the lower branches of inflorescence; 4, longitudinal section of flower, x 1.6; 5, habit, much reduced. Taken from Verdoorn (1961a). ALOACEAE: Aloe 67 Map 43. — • Aloe grandidentata ★ A. monotropa ▲ A. prinslooi distribution can therefore be used to distinguish it from others of the genus. Salm-Dyck (1822) was evidently so impress- ed by the large marginal teeth of the leaves of this species that his name for it draws attention to them. However, they are no larger than those of many other maculates. Vouchers: Henrici 1835 (PRE); Leistner 1434 (PRE); Muller 1020 (PRE); Plowes 3216 (PRE, SRGH, STE); Reynolds 1571 (NH, PRE, SAM). Hybrids: 1. A. grandidentata x A. broomii var. broomii (no. 26a). See A. broomii. 2. A. grandidentata x A. maculata (no. 45). See A. maculata. 3. A. grandidentata x A. claviflora (no. 70). Vouchers: Broom s.n. (GRA); Reynolds 985 (BOL). 4. A. grandidentata x A. hereroensis var. hereroensis (no. 76a). Vouchers: H. Hall 930 (NBG); Reynolds 977 (BOL). 59. Aloe monotropa I.Verd. in The Flowering Plants of Africa 34: t. 1342 (1961a); Jeppe: 101 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 93 (1972); D.S. Hardy: 511 (1974); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 208 (1996). Type: Northern Pro- vince, Dublin Mine, Smuts 1560 (PRE!). Plants 200-300 mm tall excluding inflores- cence, stemless or short-stemmed; stem usually prostrate, solitary or suckering to form small groups. Leaves ± 20 per rosette, spreading, 340-400 x 45-60 mm, slightly channelled, nar- rowed towards base, upper surface with lines and irregular pale green spots, lower surface lin- eate and more distinctly spotted. Inflorescence with ± 1 1 ultimate branches; racemes secund, sublax, cylindric; bracts narrowly deltoid- acuminate, 6. 0-8.0 x 1.0-2. 5 mm, 3-nerved. Flowers old rose, rarely yellow, 22-30 mm long, subclavate; outer segments free for 5-7 mm, inner segments dorsally adnate to outer in lower half; pedicels 7-11 mm long. Anthers not or hardly exserted. Ovary ± 5.0 x 1.5 mm, green; style exserted up to 2 mm. Fruit ± 15-20 x 1 1 mm, dark grey-brown. Seeds ± 3.0 x 1.5 x 1.0 mm, narrowly winged, almost black. Flowering time November to December. Figure 9. Aloe monotropa grows on rocky slopes on the lateral mountain chains associated with the escarpment in the Northern Province. It occurs in deep shade to semishade in forests and on forest margins, in an area of very high, mostly summer rainfall. Map 43. The secund racemes of this species are unique in section Pictae , and recall section 21. Ortholophae. However, the spotted leaves and basal inflation of the flower make it quite clear that this species belongs to this section. The spots on the leaves are more irregularly ar- ranged than in any other species in this section except A. angolensis (no. 57). The specific epithet is derived from two Greek words which may be translated as ‘one in a bundle’ or ‘one of a kind’. The allusion is to the combination of secund racemes (characteris- tic of section Ortholophae) with spotted leaves and inflated flower bases (characteristic of sec- tion Pictae). This combination is unique in Aloe. 68 ALOACEAE: Aloe Voucher: Smuts 1560 (PRE). 60. Aloe prinslooi l.Verd. & D.S. Hardy in The Flowering Plants of Africa 37: t. 1453 (1965); Jeppe: 102 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Har- dy: 91 (1972); D.S. Hardy: 513 (1974); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 216 (1996). Type: KwaZulu-Natal, near Colenso, Hardy 1907 (PRE!). Plants stemless, 150-250 mm tall excluding inflorescence, usually solitary. Leaves 16-30, 140-200 x 40-80 mm, biconvex to slightly channelled, both surfaces with few to many white spots, usually irregular, sometimes in transverse bands, denser on upper surface. Inflorescence with 2-5 ultimate branches, ± 600 mm tall; racemes dense, capitate; bracts deltoid- cirrhous, 15-30 x 3-5 mm, ± 7-nerved. Flowers greenish white becoming tinged with pink, 13-17 mm long; segments free for almost half their length; pedicels 12-30 mm long, erect. Anthers not or hardly exserted. Ovary 4.0-10.0 x 2.0-2. 5 mm, green; style not or hardly exsert- ed. Fruit 14—18 x 10-12 mm, grey. Seeds ± 4.0 x 2.5 x 1.0 mm, hardly winged, brown. Flowering time August to September. Aloe prinslooi occurs in the dense grass understorey of open woodland in the KwaZulu- Natal midlands. The soil is thin, the rainfall rel- atively low, the summers are hot and the winters very cold. Map 43. The very dense, almost spherical racemes of small, whitish flowers distinguish this species from all others in this section. Sterile specimens are easily confused with A. maculata (no. 45), and there seems to be no vegetative character that distinguishes unambiguously between these two species. This species is named after its discoverer, Mr G.J. Prinsloo, a keen amateur grower of aloes. Voucher: Hardy 1909 (PRE). 10. Section Paniculatae Section Paniculatae Salm-Dyck ex Kunth, Enumeratio plantarum 4: 522 (1843). Type species: A. striata Haw. Series Striatae Reynolds: 114 (1940b). Series Paniculatae Salm-Dyck ex Kunth, Reynolds: 294 (1950). Plants solitary, stemless or short-stemmed; stems usually prostrate. Leaves rosulate; broad, ovate-lanceolate, slightly channelled to D-shaped in section, surfaces striate, sometimes also with irregular whitish spots, margins entire or minutely dentate. Inflorescence a much-branched panicle; sterile bracts only subtending branches; racemes dense to lax, conical. Flowers with a subglobose basal swelling, then cylindric to subclavate; outer segments connate for most of their length. Anthers not or hardly exserted. Style not or hardly exserted. la Leaves striate, unspotted 61. A. striata lb Leaves with spots, sometimes striate as well: 2a Leaves fleshy, narrow (4—5 times as long as wide); flowers orange-red; plants indigenous to the Northern Cape 63. A. buhrii 2b Leaves leathery, broad (2-3 times as long as wide); flowers yellow tinged orange; plants indigenous to the Eastern Cape 62. A. reynoldsii Plants in this section resemble one another in their stemless habit, broad, relatively flat leaves and much-branched inflorescences. The leaves are lined and may be spotted as well. In section 7, ALOACEAE: Aloe 69 Rhodacanthae, the leaves are also lined, but are narrower and distinctly dentate, not entire to minutely crenulate or denticulate. Plants of section Rhodacanthae have simple to 2- or 3-branched inflorescences, not the many-branched inflorescences characteristic of this section. 61. Aloe striata Haw. in Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 7: 18 (1804); W.T.Aiton: 295 (1811); Haw.: 81 (1812); Haw.: 44 (1819); Baker: 311 (1896a); A. Berger: 196 (1908); Pole Evans: t. 55 (1922a); Reynolds: 113 (1940b); Reynolds: 294 (1950); Jeppe: 63 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 151 (1972); Glen & G.F.Sm.: 40 (1995); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 162 (1996). Neotype: Eastern Cape, near Grahamstown, Bottomley PRE27 (PRE!). A. paniculata Jacq.: 48, t. 68 (1809); Schult. & Schult.f.: 691 (1829). Iconotype: Jacq.: 48, t. 68 (1809). A. albocincta Haw.: 43 (1819); Haw.: 40 ( 1821 ); Hook.f.: t. 5210 ( I860). No type cited. A. hanburiana Naud.: 165 (1875). No type cited. A. striata Haw. var. oligospila Baker: 588 ( 1894); Baker: 312 (1896a). Type: Eastern Cape, no precise locality. Cooper s.n. (Kl). Plants 300-700 mm tall excluding inflores- cence, stemless or with decumbent stems up to 1 m long; rarely with stem branched. Leaves 12-20, 300-500 x 70-200 mm, glaucous to somewhat reddish tinged, striate, not spotted, margins entire, horny, pale pink. Inflorescence up to + 1 m tall; racemes dense, conical to capi- tate; bracts deltoid-acute, 5-10 x 3-4 mm, ± 5- nerved. Flowers coral-red, rarely yellow, 19-30 mm long; outer segments free for 4-8 mm, inner segments dorsally adnate to outer; pedicels 8-25 mm long. Anthers exserted up to 2 mm. Ovary 6. 0-9.0 x 1 .5-3.0 mm, pale green; style exserted up to 2 mm. Fruit 16-20 x 9-12 mm, grey-brown. Seeds ±3x2x1 mm, black with narrow brown wing. Figure 10. Differences between this species on the one hand and A. buhrii (no. 63) and A. reynoldsii (no. 62) on the other, are discussed under those species. The specific epithet refers to the more or less conspicuous pale longitudinal lines or striae on the leaves. Three subspecies are recognised: 1 a Racemes lax; plants indigenous to the Northern Cape and Namibia 61c. subsp. karasbergensis lb Racemes dense: 2a Leaf margins white to yellow; flowers yellow; flowering season Decem- ber to January; plants indigenous to Namaqualand 61b. subsp. komaggasensis 2b Leaf margins pink; flowers usually red; flowering season August to October; plants indigenous to the Eastern and southern Cape 61a. subsp. striata 61a. subsp. striata. Description as for species. Flowering time August to October. This subspecies is endemic to the Eastern and southern Cape and occurs in a variety of habitats, from valley bushveld to bare, stony hillsides in grassland. Rainfall, temperatures and soils vary widely in the area where this sub- species is quite common. The pink, horny leaf margins and the spring (August to October), not summer (December to March) flowering season separate the typical subspecies from the other two recognised here. Map 44. The common name coral aloe is recorded for this species (Reynolds 1950). Vouchers: Dahlstrand 1239 (J, STE); Galpin 2619 (PRE); Marloth 5953 (PRE); Muller 699 (PRE); Reynolds 5493 (NH, PRE). Hybrids: 1 . A. striata subsp. striata x A. maculata (no. 45). See A. maculata. 70 ALOACEAE: Aloe K.A Lansdell del Figure 10. — Section Paniculatae. Aloe striata: 1. plant showing characteristic habit; 2, transverse section of leaf; 3, flower; 4, bract; 5, stamen; 6, young fruit; 7, inflorescence. Taken from Pole Evans (1922a). ALOACEAE: Aloe 71 Map 44. — 9 Aloe striata subsp. striata ★ A. striata subsp. komaggasensis ▲ A. striata subsp. karasbergensis 2. A. striata subsp. striata x A. africana (no. 109) . Voucher: Reynolds 1590 (PRE). 3. A. striata subsp. striata x A. fero.x (no. 110) . Voucher: Glen 1513 (PRE). 61b. subsp. komaggasensis (Kritzinger & Van Jaarsv.) Glen & D.S. Hardy in South African Journal of Botany 53: 491 (1987a). A. komaggasensis Kritzinger & Van Jaarsv., in Van Jaarsv.: 287 (1985). Type: Northern Cape, Komaggas, Kritzinger 12 (NBG, holo.l; PRE!). Leaf margins white to yellowish. Racemes capitate; bracts deltoid, 8-15 x 2-6 mm. Flowers yellow. Anthers hardly exserted. Ovary ±5x2 mm; style hardly exserted. Fruit ± 20 x 10 mm. Flowering time December to January. Other characters as for subsp. striata. Endemic to hillside succulent karoo in Namaqualand. The type locality of this sub- species is in an area of marginal renosterbos veld grading into succulent karoo. The soil is clayey with many stones. Rainfall is erratic in quantity and season, but peaks in winter. Map 44. The yellow flowers, obscure striations on the leaves and denticulate leaf margins separate this subspecies from the other two recognised here. Sometimes the leaves of this subspecies have a few obscure spots, suggesting an affinity with A. buhrii (no. 63). This subspecies is named after the nearest settlement to its type locality. Komaggas is a small village in Namaqualand, almost due west of Springbok, the main centre of the area. Voucher: Kritzinger 12 (NBG. PRE). 61c. subsp. karasbergensis (Pillans) Glen & D.S. Hardy in South African Journal of Botany 53: 491 (1987a). A. karasbergensis Pillans: 233 ( 1928); Pole Evans: t. 720 (1938b); Reynolds: 113 (1940b); Reynolds: 297 (1950); Jeppe: 64 (1969); Solch, Roessler & Merxm.: 17 (1970); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 153 (1972); Jankowitz: 46 (1975). Type: Northern Cape, Richtersveld, Pillans 5848 (BOL!). Plants usually stemless. Leaf margins dull white, entire, sometimes crenulate. Inflorescence 500-600 mm tall; racemes lax, conical; bracts deltoid, 3.0-6. 0 x 2. 5-3.0 mm; pedicels 6-12 mm long. Flowers pink to pale coral-red; outer segments free for 5-6 mm. Anthers exserted 1-2 mm. Ovary 6. 0-7.0 x 2. 5-3.0 mm, green; style exserted 1-2 mm. Fruit ± 18 x 13 mm. Flowering time January to March. This subspecies is found in Namibia and the Northern Cape, where it grows on semidesert sand and stony mountain slopes in areas with very low and erratic rainfall. In different parts of its range, peak rainfall is received in summer or in winter. Map 44. The short, lax inflorescences of this sub- species distinguish it from the other two recog- nised here. Usually the leaf margins in this sub- species are entire, like in subsp. striata, but sometimes they are crenulate, recalling subsp. komaggasensis. Some populations of subsp. karasbergensis frequently sucker (particularly those from the Sperrgebiet, Namibia). The subspecific epithet recalls the locality where one of the two first specimens ( Pearson in PSME7966 , not the type) was collected. One 72 ALOACEAE: Aloe of the Percy Sladen Memorial Expeditions was to the Great Karasberg, an almost inaccessible mountain range in southern Namibia. It was on this expedition that Pearson made the specimen cited above. Vouchers: Acocks 16397 (BM, PRE); Giess 10438 (MO, PRE, WIND); Hardy 2274 (PRE); Pearson 7966 (BOL, K, SAM, STE); Van der Mem>e 1406 (PRE, SAM). 62. Aloe reynoldsii Petty in The Flowering Plants of South Africa 14: t. 558 (1934c); Reynolds: 113 (1940b); Reynolds: 299 (1950); Jeppe: 65 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 155 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 160 (1996). Type: Eastern Cape, near Idutywa, Reynolds 140 (= PRE 1664 5) (PRE, holo.!; BOL!).’ Plants stemless or short-stemmed, 300-600 mm tall excluding inflorescence; stems branch- ed into small groups. Leaves 16-20 per rosette, 160-350 x 75-120 mm, lined, glaucous green with dull white spots, margins horny, minutely denticulate. Inflorescence a 400-600 mm tall panicle; racemes sublax, subcapitate; bracts del- toid-acuminate, 5-10 x 2-4 mm, 3-5-nerved. Flowers yellow tinged orange, 22-30 mm long, funnel-shaped above constriction above ovary; outer segments free for 4-5 mm, inner segments adnate to outer; pedicels 14-25 mm long. Anthers exserted 1-2 mm. Ovary ±7x2 mm; style exserted 1-2 mm. Fruit ± 22 x 10 mm. Flowering time September to October. Aloe reynoldsii occurs in a region of much higher rainfall than other members of this sec- tion. It is restricted to cracks in rock in sheer cliffs in a small part of the Eastern Cape. Map 45. The leaves of A. reynoldsii are thinner than any others in the section and are lined with numerous scattered H-shaped spots. The pink cartilaginous leaf margins have distinct but minute teeth. Plants of this species branch and rebranch to form clumps, a character not found in other species of the section. Map 45. — • Aloe reynoldsii ★ A. buhrii This species is named after Dr G.W. Rey- nolds, whose contributions to the study of the genus Aloe are greater than those of any other individual botanist. Vouchers: Reynolds PRE39393 (PRE); Stav- ner NBG498/58 (NBG). 63. Aloe buhrii Lavranos in Journal of South African Botany 37: 37 (1971); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 289 (1972); D.S.Hardy: 520 (1974); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 126 (1996). Type: Northern Cape, Calvinia, Buhr & Lavra- nos 8163 (PRE!). Plants stemless, ± 300 mm tall excluding inflorescence, forming small groups. Leaves ± 1 6, arcuate-erect to spreading, 200-400 x 40-90 mm, spotted, margins horny, pale red, minutely denticulate. Inflorescence a panicle up to 600 mm tall; racemes dense, subcapitate; bracts del- toid-acute, 5-10 x 2-4 mm, 3-5-nerved. Flowers orange-red, 16-25 mm long; outer seg- ments free for 4—7 mm, inner segments adnate to outer; pedicels 9-25 mm long. Anthers exserted 1-3 mm. Ovary 4. 0-5.0 x 2.0-2. 5 mm, pale green; style exserted 3-6 mm. Fruit not seen. Flowering time July. Aloe buhrii is endemic to the Northern Cape and occurs near the top of mountains in the win- ALOACEAE: Aloe 73 ter-rainfall area. It grows on Malmesbury shales, in an area with mild winters and hot summers. Map 45. The leaves of A. buhrii are more conspicu- ously spotted than those of other species in this section. They are firmer, fleshier and narrower than those of A. reynoldsii (no. 62). The dense racemes are similar to those of A. striata subsp. striata (no. 61a) and subsp. komaggasensis (no. 61b), but differ from those of A. striata subsp. karasbergensis (no. 61c) and A. reynoldsii. The colour of the flowers is intermediate between that of A. striata subsp. striata and the yellow of A. reynoldsii and A. striata subsp. komaggasensis. Elias S. Buhr, after whom this species is named, first recognised it as new. He brought it to the attention of Mr J.J. Lavranos, who pub- lished the first description. Voucher: Anon. PRE58358 (PRE). 1 1 . Section Superpositae Section Superpositae (Pole Evans) Glen & D.S. Hardy, stat. nov. Type species: A. suprafoliata Pole Evans. Series Superpositae Pole Evans in Transactions of the Royal Society of South Africa 5: 604 (1916): Reynolds: 115 (1940b); Reynolds: 302 (1950). Plants solitary, stemless or caulescent. Leaves rosulate, in one species distichous in young (flow- ering) plants, lanceolate, very slightly channelled to D-shaped in section, unspotted, sometimes lined, margins dentate. Inflorescence simple or branched, if simple then with sterile bracts; racemes dense, cylindric. Perianth cylindric to narrowly ovoid; segments free to variously connate. Anthers shortly exserted. Style shortly exserted. la Inflorescence taller than 2 m; plants caulescent 66. A. pretoriensis lb Inflorescence up to 2 m tall; plants stemless or almost so: 2a Leaves distichous in young plants (up to flowering size); smooth; outer perianth seg- ments free to base; bracts spathulate 64. A. suprafoliata 2b Leaves rosulate, tuberculate at least in seedling stage; outer perianth segments connate for at least half their length; bracts ovate 65. A. thorncroftii Plants in this section have rosulate and obliquely erect or rarely distichous and spreading leaves, and may be stemless or short-stemmed. They are characterised by large, showy cerise-pink flow- ers (in southern Africa; A. crassipes, of Zambia and Sudan, has yellow-green flowers) with includ- ed or shortly exserted anthers and styles. 64. Aloe suprafoliata Pole Evans in Trans- actions of the Royal Society of South Africa 5: 603 (1916); Pole Evans: t. 733 (1939b); Reynolds: 115 (1940b); Reynolds: 302 (1950); Jeppe: 8 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 157 (1972); Compton: 102 (1976); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 164 (1996). Type: Swaziland, Stegi, Pole Evans 215 (PRE!). Plants stemless or short-stemmed, 200-400 mm tall excluding inflorescence. Leaves ± 30, distichous until first or second flowering, later rosulate, 250-400 x 50-70 mm, bluish green to bluish grey, sometimes tinged purplish. Inflores- cence a simple raceme, 0. 6-2.0 m tall, 2-6 per rosette; bracts spathulate, 15-20 x 6-13 mm, many-nerved. Flowers brilliant pink, 33-50 mm long; outer segments free to base, inner segments adnate to outer for 12-20 mm; pedicels 14-20 mm long, lengthening to ± 30 mm in fruit. Anthers not or hardly exserted. Ovary 5. 5-9.0 x 1. 5-3.0 mm, pale olive-green; 74 ALOACEAE: Aloe Figure 11. — Section Superpositae. Aloe thorncroftii: 1, inflorescence, x 0.8; 2, leaf apex, x 0.8. Taken from Glen & Hardy (1986). ALOACEAE: Aloe 75 Map 46. — Aloe suprafoliata style exserted 1-2 mm. Fruit not seen. Flower- ing time May to July. This species is found in Mpumalanga, Swaziland and KwaZulu-Natal, and usually occurs in cracks in rock or near sheer cliffs, in montane grassland or in places where the soil is absent or too thin to support other vegetation. It seems to require a humus-rich soil. Map 46. Aloe suprafoliata differs from its nearest ally, A. thorncroftii (no. 65), in the following ways: the leaves of young plants are always dis- tichous and have smooth, glaucous surfaces; the flowers of this species, although long and showy, are not as long or as conspicuous as those of A. thorncroftii. The plant from which the original descrip- tion was drawn up was a young specimen flow- ering for (in all probability) the first time. In such plants the distichous leaves appearing pressed down upon one another are a very con- spicuous feature, and the specific epithet draws attention to this. Vouchers: Code l & Dyer 2911 (PRE); Leach 118 (SRGH); Reynolds 1973 (PRE); Strey 9830 (NH, PRE), Ward 3400 (PRE). 65. Aloe thorncroftii Pole Evans in Transactions of the Royal Society of South Africa 5: 709 (1917); Reynolds: 116 (1940b); Reynolds: 304 (1950); Jeppe: 9 (1969); Born- man & D.S. Hardy: 159 (1972); Glen & D.S.Har- dy: t. 1936 (1986); Glen & G.F.Sm.: 41 (1995); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 166 (1996). Type: Mpumalanga, Barberton, Thorncroft PRE247 (PRE!). Plants stemless or short-stemmed, 250-500 mm tall excluding inflorescence. Leaves rosu- late, 300-400 x 100-140 mm, bluish grey to purplish grey. Inflorescence a simple raceme, 0.8- 1.0 m tall, 2-4 per plant; bracts ovate, 15-25 x 6-1 1 mm, many-nerved. Flowers bril- liant pink, 40-55 mm long; outer segments con- nate for at least half their length, inner segments free but adnate to outer for ± two thirds of their length; pedicels 15-25 mm long, lengthening in fruit. Anthers not or hardly exserted. Ovary 9.0-12.0 x 2. 0-3. 5 mm; style exserted 1-2 mm. Fruit ± 20-25 x 10 mm. Flowering time Sep- tember to October. Figure 1 1 . Endemic to Mpumalanga and confined to the Barberton serpentines. Map 47. The leaves of seedling plants are rough with small tubercles, but these gradually disappear as plants mature. The flowers are among the largest and most striking in the genus. The dark green, red-tinted colour of the leaves is also diagnostic in the field. 76 ALOACEAE: Aloe George Thorncroft, after whom this species is named, was apprenticed to a firm of grocers in London. He joined the crowds travelling to the (eastern) Transvaal goldfields, and arrived in Barberton in January 1887. Here he ran a hotel and store for about six years. After a nine- year spell in Durban, he returned to Barberton in 1902, and remained there for the rest of his life. Always a keen gardener, he collected many plants, including several new species which were named after him. It seems that the delight- ful tale that he and E.E. Galpin, another noted collector in the Transvaal at the time, bounced about the Barberton hills in a Model T Ford from one collecting site to the next, is probably apocryphal. Vouchers: Hardy 6373 (PRE); Midler 2304 (PRE); Reynolds 2460 (BOL, PRE); Rogers 20250 (J). 66. Aloe pretoriensis Pole Evans in The Gardeners’ Chronicle 3, 56: 106 (1914); Pole Evans: 32 (1915); Pole Evans: t. 18 (1921a); Reynolds: 115 (1940b); Reynolds: 306 (1950); Jeppe: 10 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 161 (1972); West: 71 (1974); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 62 (1996). Type: Gauteng, Pretoria, Pole Evans 12 (PRE!). Plants caulescent; stem to 1 m tall. Leaves 40-60, suberect to spreading, 300-500 x 40-150 mm, glaucous green. Inflorescence with 5- 8 branches, some of these branched, total height 2.0-3. 5 m; bracts spathulate, 12-16 x 6- 10 mm, many-nerved. Flowers pale to bright pink with bloom, 35^45 mm long; all segments free; pedicels 12^40 mm long. Anthers not or hardly exserted. Ovary 6-10 x 2-3 mm, deep green; style exserted 1-5 mm. Fruit not seen. Flowering time May to June. Aloe pretoriensis occurs in the Northern Province, North-West, Gauteng, Mpumalanga and Swaziland; also in Zimbabwe and on the Swaziland/Mozambique border. It grows on highveld ridges, in stony grassland. The area is mild in summer and cold in winter, with sum- mer rain. Map 48. With its tall inflorescence and, often, a short erect stem, A. pretoriensis can hardly be con- fused with either A. suprafoliata (no. 64) or A. thorncroftii (no. 65). This species is named after the type locality, which is within the city boundary of Pretoria. Vouchers: Collins 174 (= TRV8186) (GRA, PRE); Leendertz 618 (GRA, K, PRE); Marloth 7334 (PRE); Mogg 15031 (PRE); Reynolds 3569 ( PRE). 12. Section Asperifoliae Section Asperifoliae (A. Berger) Glen & D.S. Hardy, stat. nov. Type species: A. asperifolia A. Berger. Series Asperifoliae A. Berger in Botanische Jahrbijcher 36: 47 (1905a): A. Berger: 217 (1908); Reynolds: 3 1 1 ( 1950). Series Hereroenses Reynolds: 324 ( 1950). Type species: A. hereroensis Engl. ALOACEAE: Aloe 77 Plants solitary, or in dense groups or ‘fairy rings’, usually stemless. Leaves rosulate, lanceolate, with rough surfaces, margins dentate. Inflorescence simple or branched, peduncles with or without sterile bracts; racemes dense to lax, cylindric to capitate. Flowers cylindric to ventricose; segments connate for ± half their length. Anthers long-exserted. Style long-exserted. la Bracts ovate to obovate, not deltoid: 2a Plants pendent; inflorescence branched 74. A. dewinteri 2b Plants erect; inflorescence simple: 3a Leaves without surface prickles; flowers clavate 70. A. claviflora 3b Leaves with few surface prickles in median line; flowers ventricose .... 68. A. pachygaster lb Bracts deltoid to narrowly lanceolate-acuminate: 4a Plants in dense clumps or rings: 5a Inflorescence simple; bracts over 40 mm long 71. A. argenticauda 5b Inflorescence branched; bracts up to 20 mm long: 6a Flower mouth straight; inflorescence with more than 5 branches; bracts over 16 mm long; plant occurring in Namaqualand and Western Cape 69. A. falcata 6b Flower mouth upturned; inflorescence with 2 or 3 branches; bracts up to 15 mm long; plant occurring in Namibia 67. A. asperifolia 4b Plants solitary: 7a Plants pendent 73. A. corallina 7b Plants erect: 8a Inflorescence 1.1-1. 5 m tall; flowers yellowish green 75. A. viridiflora 8b Inflorescence 0. 6-1.1 m tall; flowers red or bright yellow: 9a Inflorescence 2^1-branched 72. A. namibensis 9b Inflorescence 20-branched or more 76. A. hereroensis Species in this section show a series of adaptations to increasing aridity with an increasing pro- portion of available moisture derived from fog, not rain, starting with A. hereroensis and A. viridi- flora and ending with A. asperifolia. The leaves are thick, leathery and rough to the touch, and are often subfalcate because of the oblique disposition of the rosettes, which may be single or clumped. The inflorescence may be simple or branched, oblique or erect, lax or dense. Flowers are cylindric, ventricose or clavate, with straight or upturned mouths and exserted anthers and styles. Bracts may be relatively small and inconspicuous to among the largest in the genus. 67. Aloe asperifolia A. Berger in Botan- ische Jahrbiicher 36: 63 (1905a); A. Berger: 219 (1908); Reynolds: 312 (1950); Jeppe: 28 (1969); Solch, Roessler & Merxm.: 16 (1970); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 163 (1972); Jankowitz: 20 (1975); I.Verd.: t. 1753 (1978a). Type: Namibia, Zwartbankberge, F. Stapf7 (Z). Plants in solid groups of 20^10, 150-300 mm tall. Leaves lanceolate, erect, 150-250 x 35-70 mm, greyish to almost white. Inflores- cence 2- or 3-branched, oblique, 500-750 mm long; racemes sublax, cylindric; bracts deltoid- acuminate, 10-15 x 3-4 mm, 3-5-nerved. Flowers scarlet, 19-28 mm long, mouth upturned; outer segments free for 6-10 mm. inner segments dorsally adnate to outer for 12-18 mm; pedicels 5-8 mm long. Anthers exserted 3-10 mm. Ovary 6-8 x 2-3 mm, deep olive-green; style exserted 3-10 mm. Fruit ± 20 x 13 mm, subglobose, pale grey-brown. Flowering time March to May. Aloe asperifolia is endemic to northern Namibia and occurs on limestone and conglom- erate in parts of the Namib Desert which are not only devoid of other plant life, but almost devoid of soil. Most of the moisture available to plants of this species is derived from fog. Map 49. 78 ALOACEAE: Aloe Map 49. — • Aloe asperifolia ★ A. pachygaster A A. falcata This species is very similar to A. claviflora (no. 70). The inflorescence in this species is almost always branched, whereas in A. claviflo- ra it very seldom branches, and the peduncle is much stouter in A. asperifolia , with much laxer racemes than in A. claviflora. The bracts of A. asperifolia are papery, not fleshy, and are much smaller than those of A. claviflora. The flowers of A. asperifolia are almost cylindric, with slightly upturned mouths, whereas those of A. claviflora are straight and clavate. In A. falcata (no. 69), which is similar in habit, the inflores- cences are erect and the flowers are straight and cylindric. The specific epithet is derived from the Latin words asper (= rough) and folia (= leaves). Microscopically, the roughness of the leaves is seen to be due to the extreme irregularity of the surface cells. This is thought to be an adaptation to the climate, in particular to provide a surface of maximum area and irregularity, so as to precipi- tate moisture from fog as efficiently as possible. Vouchers: Giess 7976 (PRE); Hardy & De Winter 1960 (PRE); Leach & Canned 15063 (K, MO, PRE, SRGH); Plowes 4453 (K, MO, SRGH); Van Wyk4431 (PRE). 68. Aloe pachygaster Dinter in Feddes repertorium specierum novarum regni vegeta- bilis 19: 179 (1923a); Reynolds: 314 (1950); Jeppe: 24 (1969); Soldi, Roessler & Merxm.: 18 (1970); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 165 (1972); Jankowitz: 16 (1975). Type: Namibia, Garub, Dinter 4736 (Bf). Neotype: Namibia, Grosser Tigerberg, Jankowitz 291 (M, holo.; PRE!, WIND), designated by Merxmuller & Giess (1974). Plants erect, in small solid groups, 200-350 mm tall. Leaves 25-32, lanceolate, arcuate- incurved, 100-160 x 16-30 mm, greyish yel- lowish green, with a median row of ± 6 black prickles at apex of lower surface. Inflorescence a simple, dense, subcylindric, horizontal to ascending raceme, 300-500 mm long; bracts ovate-acuminate, 16-30 x 5-18 mm, 5-8- nerved. Flowers cylindric to narrowly ovoid, ventricose, coral-red, 26-34 mm long, mouth slightly upturned; segments connate for ± half their length; pedicels 5-10 mm long. Anthers exserted 2-10 mm. Ovary’ ± 5-6 x 3 mm; style exserted 6-8 mm. Fruit not seen. Flowering time September to October. Aloe pachygaster is endemic to Namibia south of 24° south and grows on the edge of Giess’s (1971) winter-rainfall desert, on harsh dolomitic outcrops. Plants are often wedged into crevices in the rocks. Rainfall is very low indeed and erratic, but more likely in winter than in summer. Fog at night is fairly frequent. Map 49. Plants of this species form dense groups by repeated division, with up to 10-15 rosettes in a group. The leaves are rough to the touch and convex on both surfaces, with margins armed with pungent dark brown to black teeth. The inflorescence is oblique, as in A. claviflora (no. 70), from which it is easily distinguishable by its differently coloured, narrower leaves, small- er rosettes and ventricose, not clavate, flowers. A. pachygaster flowers from September to October, whereas A. claviflora flowers from July to September. The specific epithet is derived from two Greek words meaning ‘fat stomach', alluding to the broadly ventricose flowers. ALOACEAE: Aloe 79 Vouchers: Giess 14693 (PRE); Hall 1878 (NBG); Hardy 4901 (PRE); Triebner 1628 (PRE). 69. Aloe falcata Baker in Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Botany 18: 181 (1880a); Baker: 326 (1896a); A. Berger: 218 (1908); Reynolds: 316 (1950); Jeppe: 27 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 167 (1972); B.- E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 80 (1996). Type: North- ern Cape, Calvinia Division, Zeyher 1678 (K, holo.!; PRE, photo.!). Plants stemless or short-stemmed, 200-400 mm tall, in solid groups. Leaves ± 20, erect, lanceolate, 250^400 x 40-70 mm, grey-green to glaucous. Inflorescence with 10 or more branches, erect, up to 600 mm tall; racemes subdense, subcylindric; bracts narrowly deltoid- acuminate, 16-18 x 3-5 mm, ± 5-nerved. Flowers red, rarely yellow, 21-40 mm long; mouth straight; outer segments free for 5-10 mm, inner segments free but dorsally adnate to outer for ± two thirds of their length; pedicels 5-18 mm long, lengthening to 15-25 mm in fruit. Anthers exserted 5-8 mm. Ovary 4. 0-7.0 x 1. 5-3.0 mm, green; style exserted 1-10 mm. Fruit 20-27 x 8-14 mm, grey to charcoal-grey. Flowering time December. Aloe falcata grows on shallow soil on rocky outcrops in some of the most arid parts of the Northern and Western Cape. Summers are hot and extremely dry, and winters are frost-free and the season in which the small amounts of rain falling in this area can be expected. Fog is frequent at night. The vegetation falls into Acocks’s (1988) Succulent Karoo veld type. Map 49. Plants of this species usually form small, dense groups of five to six rosettes. The leaves are rough to the touch, falcately upcurved and grey-green to glaucous; the upper surface is slightly channelled, but flat towards the base, and the lower surface is convex with a slight keel near the apex. This species can readily be distinguished from A. asperifolia (no. 67) by its arcuate-ascending inflorescence and laxly flow- ered racemes which terminate in acute apices. Falcatus is a Latin word meaning ‘curved like a sickle’. In this species it refers to the peduncle, which emerges from the rosette at an angle and then, at about the level of the lowest branches, bends upwards so that the racemes are vertical. Vouchers: Frames 252 (PRE); Mar loth 12529 (PRE, STE); Reynolds 2537 (PRE); Van Balen 266 (PRE); Werdermann & Oberdieck 643 (B, K, PRE). 70. Aloe claviflora Burch., Travels in the interior of southern Africa 1: 272 (1822); Reynolds: 25 (1938d); McKay: 34 (1943); Reynolds: 318 (1950); Jeppe: 28 (1969); Solch, Roessler & Merxm.: 16 (1970); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 169 (1972); Jankowitz: 18 (1975); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 78 (1996). Type: Northern Cape, Fraserburg, Burchell 1425.2 (K). A. schlechteri Schonland: 45 (1903); A. Berger: 219 (1908); Pole Evans: t. 151 (1924d). Type: Northern Cape, Pella, M. Schlechter 133 (GRA. holo.!; BOL!, PRE!). A. decora Schonland: 386 (1905b). Type: Northern Cape, Douglas, Orpen s.n. (GRA. holo.!; BOL!. PRE!). Plants in ‘fairy rings’ of up to 100 rosettes, stemless or shortly caulescent, 150-250 mm tall. Leaves 30-40 per rosette, arcuate-erect, 150-200 x 25-80 mm, glaucous. Inflorescence a simple, horizontal to slightly ascending, dense, narrowly conical raceme 300-500 mm long; bracts ovate-acuminate, 15-32 x 5-10 mm, 5-many-nerved. Flowers coral-red in bud, pale yellow at flowering, clavate, 25-40 mm long; outer segments free for a quarter to half of their length, inner segments free but dorsally adnate to outer; pedicels 7-12 mm long. Anthers exserted 4-15 mm. Ovary 6. 0-8.0 x 1. 5-3.0 mm, lemon-yellow to olive-green; style exserted 4-15 mm. Fruit 32-55 x 14-22 mm, puiplish grey-brown. Flowering time July to September. 80 ALOACEAE: Aloe Map 50. — • Aloe claviflora ★ A. argenticauda ▲ A. namibensis Aloe claviflora is found in southern Namibia, the western Free State, the Northern, Western and Eastern Cape and on the North-West border. It usually, but not always, occurs on calcrete, on the margins of Kalahari thornveld. It often grows in association with Acacia mellifera var. detinens and does not normally occur out of the summer-rainfall area. Map 50. Plants of this species form dense clumps by means of offshoots from their prostrate stems or by means of (often repeated) division. As the central parts die off, the clumps may form open circles or ‘fairy rings’. The leaves are rough to the touch and grey-green to glaucous. The upper surface is flat to slightly convex and the lower surface is convex. The inflorescence is usually simple, rarely branched and usually oblique to almost horizontally disposed. A. claviflora may be distinguished from A. pachygaster ( no. 68) by its generally more robust habit, larger distinctly clavate flowers and differently coloured leaves. Differences between this species and A. asperifo- lia (no. 67) are discussed under that species. The specific epithet is derived from two Latin words, clava (= a club) and flos (= a flower), and draws attention to the club-shaped flowers. Common names recorded for this species are kraalaalwyn and aanteelaalwyn (Afrikaans) (Reynolds 1950). Vouchers: Balsinhas & Kersberg 2030 (PRE); Dinter 4815 (PRE); Giess 14585 (PRE); Reynolds 1548 (PRE); Schlieben 11570 (PRE). Hybrids: 1. A. claviflora x A. broomii var. broomii (no. 26a). See A. broomii var. broomii. 2. A. claviflora x A. greatheadii var. great- headii (no. 46a). See A. greatheadii var. great- headii. 3. A. claviflora x A. grandidentata (no. 58). See A. grandidentata. 4. A. claviflora x A. hereroensis var. hereroensis (no. 76a). Vouchers: Bryant 288 (PRE); Coetzee & Werger 1742 (PRE); Leistner & Joynt 2853 (PRE); Reynolds 1558 (BM, PRE).' 7 1 . Aloe argenticauda Merxm. & Giess in Mitteilungen der Botanischen Staatssammlung Munchen 11: 441 (1974); Jankowitz: 14 (1975). Type: Namibia, farm Urikos, Merxmuller & Giess 28216 (M, holo.; PRE!, SRGH!, WIND). Plants stemless or short-stemmed, 300-500 mm tall excluding inflorescence, in solid clumps. Leaves ± 50 per rosette, erect, 250-350 x 30-35 mm, brownish grey-green, sometimes with short median row of prickles at apex of lower surface. Inflorescence a simple, erect, cylindric-conical, very dense raceme, 0.9-1. 2 (-1.5) m tall; bracts narrowly deltoid-acumi- nate, 50-70 x 7-12 mm, 7-many-nerved. Flowers deep strawberry-pink, 32-37 mm long, cylindric-ventricose; all segments shortly con- nate at base; pedicels 5-12 mm long. Anthers exserted up to 2 mm. Ovary ±6x2 mm; style exserted 3-6 mm. Fruit not seen. Flowering time August to October. Aloe argenticauda occurs on very thin soil on dolomite among desert grasses on the eastern edge of the Namib Desert. Rainfall is scanty, with no seasonal maximum, and much of the moisture available to these plants is precipitated from nocturnal fog. Map 50. ALOACEAE: Aloe 81 The leaves of this species are much longer than those of A. pachygaster (no. 68), with which this species was confused for many years. The inflorescence of A. argenticauda is erect, not oblique, and well over twice as long as that of A. pachygaster , the bracts are twice as long and the flower is significantly longer. The anthers and style are exserted much less in this species than in A. pachygaster. The ‘silver-tailed aloe’ (Latin argentum = silver, and cauda = a tail) is very aptly named after its conspicuous silvery bracts, which enclose the young buds completely, so that the portion of the inflorescence above the opened flowers has indeed the appearance of a silver- coloured fox-tail. Voucher: Strey 2298 (PRE). 72. Aloe namibensis Giess in Mitteilungen der Botanischen Staatssammlung Miinchen 8: 123 (1970); Solch, Roessler & Merxm.: 18 (1970); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 285 (1972); D.S. Hardy: 518 (1974); Jankowitz: 22 (1975); I.Verd.: t. 1730 (1977). Type: Namibia, Swakop- mund District, Giess 9212 (WIND, holo.; M). Plants stemless, erect, 0.6- 1.0 m tall exclud- ing inflorescence, usually solitary. Leaves 20-32, arcuate-ascending, 375-500 x 60-70 mm, glaucous. Inflorescence 2-4-branched from about the middle, up to ± 950 mm tall; racemes dense, cylindric; bracts narrowly del- toid-acuminate, ± 35 x 5-14 mm, 7-many- nerved. Flowers brilliant red, 20-30 mm long, cylindric-ventricose; outer segments free to base, inner segments free but dorsally adnate to outer in lower half; pedicels 3-5 mm long. Anthers exserted 3-12 mm. Ovary ± 7.0 x 2.5 mm, olive-green; style exserted 7-10 mm. Fruit not seen. Flowering time November to March. Figure 12. Aloe namibensis occurs on the edge of the central Namib Desert, north of the main road between Windhoek and Swakopmund. It does not penetrate into such harsh areas as A. asperi- folia (no. 67). The scanty rainfall mostly occurs in summer. Fog occurs at night at all times of the year. Map 50. The blue-green leaves of this species indi- cate a similarity to A. claviflora (no. 70), but the erect inflorescence indicates one to A. argenti- cauda (no. 71). The inflorescence in this species is much longer than that of A. claviflora and nearly as long as that of A. argenticauda, but it is branched, and the bracts are much shorter and less conspicuous than in that species. In A. clavi- flora the inflorescence may be simple or branched, and the bracts are smaller than in A. namibensis. This species is named after the Namib Desert, its natural habitat. Voucher: Giess 10459 (PRE). 73. Aloe corallina I. Verd. in The Flowering Plants of Africa 45: t. 1788 (1979). Type: Nami- bia, Otjomborombonga, Leistner et al. 179 (PRE, holo.!). Plants solitary, pendent, short-stemmed, ± 500 mm tall excluding inflorescence. Leaves 16-20, spreading to slightly recurved, brownish green, 400-500 x 80-110 mm. Inflorescence 2-4-branched from about the middle, arcuate- ascending to arcuate-erect, ± 600 mm long; racemes narrowly conical, dense; bracts del- toid-acuminate, ± 10-15 x 4 mm, ± 7-nerved. Flowers coral-red to brilliant scarlet, 28-35 mm long; segments connate for 10-12 mm. Anthers not or hardly exserted. Ovary ±7x2 mm, pale green; style exserted up to 5 mm. Fruit ±12x5 mm, dark brown to dark greenish grey. Flowering time July to August. Aloe corallina occurs on very steep cliffs in the mountains of the Kaokoveld. Rainfall in this area is minimal, and occurs mostly in summer. Fog may occur at any time of the year, but this, too, is rare here. The cliffs where A. corallina grows are so steep as to preclude the presence of other vegetation. Map 51. 82 ALOACEAE: Aloe Figure 12. — Section Asperifoliae. Aloe namibensis: la. lower half of raceme; lb, upper half of raceme; 2, upper half of leaf; 3, cross section of leaf, about midway. Taken from Verdoorn ( 1977). ALOACEAE: Aloe 83 Map 5 1 . — • Aloe corallina ★ A. dewinteri ▲ A. viridiflora Aloe mendesii, with which this species has been confused, is an Angolan species with a pendent habit on cliff faces, not erect. The leaves of A. corallina are leathery, with hard spines, whereas those of A. mendesii are much softer, with softer spines. The inflorescence of A. corallina is usually branched, whereas that of A. mendesii is simple. The anthers and style of A. corallina are not exserted as far as those of A. mendesii , and the perianth segments are free for two thirds, not half, of their length. There are also considerable microscopical differences in the leaf surface between these two species. In A. dewinteri (no. 74), the inflorescence is branched in the lower half, and the branches ascend at an angle to the main axis, whereas the inflores- cence of A. corallina is branched in the upper half, and the branches are roughly parallel to the main axis. The racemes of A. corallina are sub- lax and conical, not dense and cylindric, and the flowers do not change colour from bud to flow- ering. As the specific epithet indicates, the flowers of this species are coral-red. Voucher: Leistner et al. 179 (PRE). 74. Aloe dewinteri Giess in Bothalia 1 1 : 120 (1973); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 287 (1972) without Latin description; D.S. Hardy: 521 (1974); Jankowitz: 34 (1975); I.Verd.: t. 1752 (1978b). Type: Namibia, Sesfontein, Bnhr sub Giess 10990 (WIND, holo.; M, PRE!). Plants solitary, pendent, stemless or short- stemmed, ± 500 mm tall excluding inflores- cence. Leaves 14—22, glaucous to grey-green, 350-500 x 90-150 mm, apices recurved, mar- gins red. Inflorescence rarely simple, usually 2-4-branched near base, to 850 mm tall; racemes dense, cylindric-conical; bracts oblong-obovate, acuminate, 1 2-1 8 x 5-7 mm, ± 7-nerved. Flowers scarlet in bud, creamy yel- low at flowering, cylindric-trigonous, 23-33 mm long; outer segments free for two thirds to three quarters of their length, inner segments free but dorsally adnate to outer; pedicels 3-5 mm long. Anthers exserted for 1-6 mm. Ovary 5-6 x 2-3 mm, green; style exserted for l^f mm. Fruit not seen. Flowering time December to January. Aloe dewinteri is endemic to Namibia, grow- ing on steep cliff faces a relatively short dis- tance to the south of A. corallina (no. 73). This is a very arid area with hardly any (summer) rainfall and minimal moisture from fog. Map 51. Differences between this species and A. corallina are dealt with under that species. It would be difficult to confuse this species with any other southern African aloe, but it bears a superficial similarity to A. niebuhriana, an Arabian species. This species is named after Dr B. de Winter, a former Director of the Botanical Research Institute, who collected one of the first plants from which the description was made. Voucher: De Winter & Leistner PRE38580 (PRE). 75. Aloe viridiflora Reynolds in Journal of South African Botany 3: 143 (1937b); Reynolds: 322 (1950); I.Verd. & D.S.Hardy: t. 1598 (1969); 84 ALOACEAE: Aloe Jeppe: 30 (1969); Solch, Roessler & Merxm.: 19 (1970); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 171 (1972); Jankowitz; 32 (1975). Type: Namibia, Wind- hoek District, Reynolds 1626 (PRE!). Plants solitary, stemless, erect, 500-700 mm tall excluding inflorescence. Leaves 50-60, arcuate-incurved, 300-600 x 40-80 mm, brownish glaucous, faintly lined. Inflorescence 5-10-branched, 1.2-1. 5 m tall; racemes very dense, capitate; bracts deltoid-acuminate, 12-15 x 4—7 mm, 5-9-nerved. Flowers green to lemon- yellow, 21-33 mm long; all segments free al- most to base; pedicels 10-20 mm long. Anthers exserted 5-10 mm. Ovary 5. 0-9.0 x 2. 0-2. 5 mm, green; style exserted 5-12 mm. Fruit not seen. Flowering time August to September. Aloe viridiflora grows near Windhoek, a few kilometres east of nearby populations of A. hereroensis (no. 76). A. viridiflora, unlike A. hereroensis, usually occurs on granite. Map 5 1 . Plants of this species are solitary and stem- less. The leaves are glaucous without spots but very faintly lined. The lower surface is convex, and the margins are armed with deltoid pungent pinkish brown teeth. The inflorescence is a many-branched panicle with dense capitate racemes, erect and up to ± 1.5 in tall. This species differs from all others in the genus except A. inconspicua (no. 7) in having green flowers. In that species all vegetative charac- ters, as well as the inflorescence and flower shape, are markedly different from those of this species. The remarkable green flowers give this species its name (Latin viridis = green, and flos - flower). Vouchers: Giess 13457 (MO, WIND); Hal! NBG 419/55 (NBG); Hardy 2287 (PRE); Strey 2633 (PRE). 76. Aloe hereroensis Engl, in Botanische Jahrbiicher 10: 2 (1888); Baker: 462 (1898a); A. Berger: 204 (1908); Reynolds: 324 (1950); Reynolds: 100 (1966); Jeppe: 31 (1969); Solch, Roessler & Merxm.: 17 (1970); Bornman & D. S.Hardy: 173 (1972); Jankowitz: 30 (1975); B.- E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 142 (1996). Type: Namibia, Usakos, Marloth 1438 (B, holo.; PRE!). A. orpeniae Schonland: 385 (1905b). A. hereroensis Engl, var. orpeniae (Schonland) A. Berger: 204 (1908); Pole Evans: t. 281 (1928d). Type: Northern Cape, Douglas, Orpen s.n. (GRA, holo.!; BOL!, PRE!). Plants solitary, stemless or short-stemmed, erect, 300-500 mm tall excluding inflorescence. Leaves ± 30, arcuate-ascending, 250-325 x 35-85 mm, shallowly channelled to D-shaped in section, grey-green, dark blue-green or reddish brown, obscurely lined, often with many H- shaped whitish spots. Inflorescence a panicle with 20 or more branches, ± 1 m tall; racemes dense, capitate; bracts narrowly lanceolate- acuminate, 15-30 x 5-6 mm, 3-7-nerved. Flowers usually scarlet to deep red, almost magenta, rarely yellow, 25-35 mm long; pedicels 18-50 mm long. Anthers exserted 2-5 mm. Ovary 7-8 x 2-3 mm, green; style exserted 5-10 mm. Fruit ±18x7 mm, buff. Seeds ± 2.0 x 1.25 x 0.75 mm, almost black, wings promi- nent, buff. Flowering time June to September. Two varieties are recognised: Flowers red 76a. var. hereroensis Flowers yellow 76b. var. lutea 76a. var. hereroensis. Description as for species. This very widespread variety is found in Namibia, the Northern Cape and western Free State; also in Angola. It usually grows on quartzite, but has been found on dolomite in the Kalahari. It is confined to the summer-rainfall area. Map 52. Although A. hereroensis superficially resem- bles A. viridiflora (no. 75), it can hardly be con- fused with that species. The very distinct stria- tions or spots on the leaves, which are charac- teristic of this species, are absent in A. viridi- ALOACEAE: Aloe 85 Map 52. — • Aloe hereroensis var. hereroensis ★ A. hereroensis var. lutea flora. The flower of A. hereroensis is campanu- late-cylindric with upturned mouth and usually slightly stipitate, while in A. viridiflora it is approximately cylindric. The flowers of A. here- roensis vary from red to yellow, and are never green as in A. viridiflora. The specific epithet indicates that this species grows in that part of central Namibia that was called Hereroland in German colonial times. Vouchers: Dinter 4921 (PRE); Giess 15288 (PRE); Leistner 904 (PRE); MacDonald 140 (NBG, PRE); Reynolds 2525 (PRE). Hybrids: 1 . A. hereroensis var. hereroensis x A. broomii var. broomii (no. 26a). See A. broomii var. broomii. 2. A. hereroensis var. hereroensis x A. varie- gata (no. 40). See A. variegata. 3. A. hereroensis var. hereroensis x A. great- headii var. greatheadii (no. 46a). See A. great- headii var. greatheadii. 4. A. hereroensis var. hereroensis x A. gran- didentata (no. 58). See A. grandidentata. 5. A. hereroensis var. hereroensis x A. clavi- flora (no. 70). See A. claviflora. 76b. var. lutea A. Berger in Das Pflanzen- reich 33: 205 (1908); Reynolds: 326 (1950); Jeppe: 31 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 173 (1972). Type: Namibia, between Karibib and Kubas, Dinter s.n. (B? — not traced). Differs from the typical variety only in having yellow, not red, flowers. Endemic to Namibia. Map 52. Although the difference in appearance between variety and type is so small, this variety is upheld because the two are not sympatric. The distribution range of var. lutea is completely within that of var. hereroensis , and the nearest populations of each variety are not far from each other. The varietal epithet refers to the yel- low flowers. Vouchers: Dinter 199 (BM, K. SAM); Seydel 288 (K. MO). 13. Section Latebracteatae Section Latebracteatae (A. Berger) Glen & D.S. Hardy, stat. nov. Type species: A. cryptopoda Baker. Series Latebracteatae A. Berger in Das Pflanzenreich 33: 232 ( 1908); Christian: 1 17 (1940a); Reynolds: 330 (1950). Plants stemless to short-stemmed, sometimes suckering. Leaves rosulate. ensiform, not lined or spotted, margins dentate. Inflorescence 2-8-branched, sterile bracts only subtending inflorescence branches, or few. below racemes; racemes conical. Flowers cylindric-trigonous, red to yellow; outer perianth segments free. Anthers not or shortly exserted. Style not or shortly exserted. 86 ALOACEAE: Aloe K A XansdeU 1 Figure 13. — Section Latebracteatae. Aloe cryptopoda: 1, habit, much reduced; 2, raceme; 3, portion of leaf; 4. trans- verse section of leaf; 5, bract; 6, open flower; 7, fruit showing remains of perianth attached. Taken from Pole Evans (1922b). ALOACEAE: Aloe 87 Leaves yellowish green; inflorescence usually 3-branched; bracts 7-nerved 78. A. lutescens Leaves deep green; inflorescence 5-8-branched; bracts many-nerved 77. A. cryptopoda In habit and general appearance, the species of this section are similar to those of section 22, Pachythamnos. The bracts in this section are much larger and particularly much wider than those of section Pachythamnos. Flowers in this section are borne on longer pedicels (10-20 mm, not 2-8 mm), and have included or only shortly exserted anthers and styles. 77. Aloe cryptopoda Baker in Journal of Botany, British and Foreign 22; 52 (1884); Baker; 467 (1898a); A. Berger: 233 (1908); Christian: 117 (1940a); Reynolds: 331 (1950); Reynolds: 31 (1954); Reynolds: 181 (1966); Jeppe: 60 (1969); Bornman & D.S.Flardy: 179 (1972); West: 65 (1974); Compton: 99 (1976); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 132 (1996). Type: Mozambique, Mutarara, Kirk 96 (K, holo.; PRE!, photo.). A. pienaarii Pole Evans: 27 (1915); Pole Evans: t. 17 (1921b). Type: Northern Province, Smits Drift. Pienaar s.n. (PRE!). A. wickensii Pole Evans: 29 (1915); Pole Evans: t. 41 (1922b); Reynolds: 146 (1937b) pro parte; Reynolds: 334 (1950); Jeppe: 62 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 181 ( 1972). Lectotype: hort.. Curator Pretoria 122 (PRE!). A. wickensii Pole Evans var. lutea Reynolds: 145 (1937b); Reynolds: 335 (1950); Jeppe: 62 (1969): Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 181 (1972). Type: Mpumalanga. Burgersfort, Reynolds 1949 (PRE, holo.!: BOL!, UPS!). Plants usually stemless, 500-800 mm tall excluding inflorescence, not suckering. Leaves 40-50, erect to arcuate-erect, 400-900 x 40-150 mm, deep green to glaucous green. Inflores- cence 5-8-branched, 1.25-1.75 m tall; racemes subdense; sterile bracts few; bracts broadly ovate-acuminate, 13-20 x 8-12 mm, many- nerved. Flowers red, yellow, or red in bud and yellow at flowering, 25^-5 mm long; all seg- ments free; pedicels 8-20 mm long. Anthers exserted 1-4 mm. Ovary 6. 0-9.0 x 2.5-4.0 mm, green; style exserted 3-5 mm. Fruit 20-23 x 11-13 mm, buff-grey. Seeds grey, ±5 x4x 1 mm, wing moderately narrow, translucent. Flowering time June to August in most popula- tions, but February to March in some. Figure 1 3. Aloe cryptopoda is found in Botswana, the Northern Province, North-West, Gauteng, Mpu- malanga and Swaziland; also in Malawi, Mozam- bique and Zimbabwe. It occurs in open savanna woodland, in areas of summer rain and light to no frost. It is widespread and does not seem to be soil-specific. Seedlings of populations flow- ering from February to March have leaves cov- ered with hard, brown tubercles which disappear with age, and which are not found in seedlings of winter-flowering populations. Map 53. The leaves of plants of this species turn brownish when under drought stress, while those of A. lutescens (no. 78) turn yellowish. A. cryptopoda is not stoloniferous, as A. lutescens is. The inflorescence of A. cryptopoda is more broadly conical than that of A. lutescens , and the flowers are slightly clavate, not cylindric. The specific epithet, derived from two Greek words meaning ‘hidden foot’, refers to the pedicels which are largely (certainly in the basal portion) hidden by the bracts. In seKone, the common name of this species is ngafane (Reynolds 1950). Map 53. — Aloe cryptopoda ALOACEAE: Aloe Vouchers: Buitendag 836 (NBG, PRE); Codd 2962 (PRE); Marloth 5140 (PRE, STE); Reynolds 1945 (BOL, PRE); Van der Schijff 3006 (PRE). Hybrids: 1. A. cryptopoda x A. greatheadii var. davyana (no. 46b). See A. greatheadii var. davyana. 2. A. cryptopoda x A. arborescens (no. 96). Voucher: Leach 353 (SRGH). 3. A. cryptopoda x A. castanea (no. 102). Voucher: Barnard s.n. (PRE). 4. A. cryptopoda x A. marlothii subsp. mar- lothii (no. 104a). Voucher: Barnard 1134 (PRE). 78. Aloe lutescens Groenew. ex Pole Evans in The Flowering Plants of South Africa 18: t. 707 (1938c); Reynolds: 337 (1950); Jeppe: 60 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 183 (1972); West: 66 (1974); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 146 (1996). Type: Northern Province, Tshipise, F.Z. van der Merwe 1377 (PRE!). Plants short-stemmed, 500-800 mm tall excluding inflorescence, sometimes suckering to form lax to dense groups. Leaves ± 30, arcuate- erect to spreading, 400-600 x 60-90 mm, yel- lowish green. Inflorescence usually 3-branched; sterile bracts only subtending branches; racemes dense; bracts broadly ovate-acuminate, 10-15 x 5-15 mm, ± 7-nerved. Flowers scarlet in bud, yellow at flowering, 23-35 mm long; all seg- ments free; pedicels 13-15 mm long, lengthen- ing to 17-25 mm in fruit. Anthers exserted up to 3 mm. Ovary 5-8 x 2—4 mm, green; style exsert- Map 54. — Aloe lutescens ed 2-6 mm. Fruit 16-30 x 12-15 mm, grey to reddish. Flowering time July to August. Aloe lutescens grows in hot savanna wood- land in the Northern Province; also in Mozam- bique and Zimbabwe. It grows in very sandy soils and sometimes on calcrete. Nowhere in its distribution range does it encounter frost or high rainfall. Map 54. In this species the leaves turn yellowish when drought-stricken, rather than reddish or brownish as in A. cryptopoda (no. 77). Other differences between this species and A. cryp- topoda are discussed under that species. The Latin word lutescens may be translated as ‘becoming yellow’ or ‘yellowish’. The for- mer meaning describes the flowers, and the lat- ter fits the leaves. Vouchers: Galpin 13200 (PRE); Plowes 2590 (NH, PRE); Reynolds 2509 (PRE); Van der Schijff 3183 (PRE). 14. Section Chabaudia Section Chabaudia Glen & D.S. Hardy, sect. nov. Type species: A. chabaudii Schonland. Series Aethiopicae A. Berger in Das Pflanzenreich 33: 242 (1908); Reynolds: 339 (1950) pro parte, excl. typ. Type species: A. aethiopica (Schweinf.) A. Berger. ALOACEAE: Aloe 89 Plantae solitariae vel soboliferae, acaulescentes vel breve caulescentes; foliis immaculatis vel obscure lineatis vel maculatis, marginibus grosse vel subtiliter dentatis; inflorescentiis ramosis, in A. sujfulta scandentibus; perianthio trigonose indentato; antheris styloque inclusis vel breve exsertis. Plants stemless to short-stemmed, often suckering freely. Leaves rosulate. deltoid to ensiform, obscurely lined, often spotted, sometimes unmarked, shallowly channelled, margins dentate. Inflorescence usually much-branched, erect, sometimes climbing; sterile bracts only subtending inflorescence branches; racemes capitate to cylindric, dense to lax; pedicels half as long as flow- ers; bracts small, deltoid-acuminate. Flowers with a basal swelling enclosing ovary, later trigo- nously indented, straight to arcuate-decurved, usually red; outer segments connate for half or more of their length. Anthers included to shortly exserted. Style included to shortly exserted. Leaves distinctly spotted; inflorescence climbing 19. A. sujfulta Leaves unspotted, rarely obscurely spotted; inflorescence erect (self-supporting) . . 80. A. chabaudii The trigonous indentations in the flower above the ovary distinguish this group from all others. Plants are solitary or clumped, with unspotted to distinctly randomly spotted leaves. The inflores- cences are much-branched panicles with lax to dense racemes, and may twine around surrounding bushes for support. The following species, both occurring only in tropical Africa, are to be placed in this section: A. bukobana and A. rivae. The type of Berger’s series Aethiopicae , A. aethiopica (Schweinf.) A. Berger (a synonym of A. elegans Tod.) is excluded. This species is closer to section 13, Latebracteatae. Some species from East Africa with randomly spotted leaves and subtrigonous flowers, such as A. pirottae and A. somaliensis , quite probably belong here. A. sujfulta seems to be intermediate between these species and those listed above, which are more similar to A. chabaudii than A. pirottae. 79. Aloe suffulta Reynolds in Journal of South African Botany 3: 151 ( 1937d); Reynolds: 343 (1950); Jeppe: 103 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 187 (1972); West: 63 (1974); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 222 (1996). Type: Mo- zambique, Marracuene, Reynolds 2457 (PRE, holo.!; BOL!). Plants solitary, short-stemmed; stems up to 200 mm long with distinct internodes. Leaves ± 16, sheathing at base, blade narrowly deltoid, spreading to recurved, 300-500 x 20^10 mm, green with many dull white spots. Inflorescence a climbing panicle, 1.75-2.25 m long; racemes lax, cylindric; bracts deltoid, 5-7 x 2^1 mm, ± 7-nerved. Flowers reddish, mouth whitish, 18-35 mm long; outer segments free for 3-7 mm, inner segments mostly dorsally adnate to outer; pedicels 5-9 mm long. Anthers exserted 1-6 mm. Ovary’ 5.0-6.0 x 2.0-3.5 mm. green; style exserted 1-8 mm. Fruit not seen. Flower- ing time June to July. The type locality of this species is in thorny scrub on consolidated beach dunes. It occurs on sand with loose humus or on black cotton soil in very hot places in KwaZulu-Natal; also in Mozambique and Zimbabwe. It is very suscep- tible to cold. Map 55. Plants of A. suffulta, unlike those of A. cha- baudii (no. 80), are climbing and solitary, with distinct intemodes between the copiously spot- ted recurved leaves. The inflorescence is 1.5-2.25 m tall and climbing, as the peduncle is too thin to support itself. This species is one of the most distinctive in the whole genus. This specific epithet is derived from the Latin word sujfulcire, meaning to 'prop up" or ‘sup- 90 ALOACEAE: Aloe 5 C.leUy d-e 1- Figure 14. — Section Chabaudia. Aloe chabaudii: 1, habit, much reduced; 2, single flower; 3, median longitudinal sec- tion of flower; 4, inflorescence; 5, upper part of leaf. Taken from Christian ( 1938b). ALOACEAE: Aloe 91 port'. The inflorescence of this species is sup- ported by the bushes between which it grows. Vouchers: Harrison PRE39405 (PRE); Leach & Brunton 1193 (PRE); Pooley 1658 (NU); Strey 10409 (NH. PRE). 80. Aloe chabaudii Schonland in The Gar- deners' Chronicle 3, 38: 102 ( 1905c); A. Berger: 244 (1908); Pole Evans: t. 164 (1925a); Reynolds: 339 (1950); Reynolds: 23 (1954); Reynolds: 102 (1966); Jeppe: 6 (1969); Born- man & D.S. Hardy: 185 (1972); West: 53 (1974); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 128 (1996). Type: Zimbabwe, no precise locality, Schonland s.n. (GRA!). A. chabaudii Schonland var. verekeri Christian: t. 699 (1938b); Reynolds: 342 (1950); Reynolds: 107 (1966); West: 62 (1974). Type: Zimbabwe, Sabi Gorge. Vereker PRE23027{ PRE!). Plants stemless or short-stemmed, 300-500 mm tall excluding inflorescence, forming large dense groups. Leaves ± 20 per rosette, bicon- vex, 300-500 x 60-110 mm. grey-green to glaucous green, upper surface sometimes with few spots. Inflorescence a panicle 0.6- 1.0 m tall; racemes capitate to cylindric, lax to sub- dense; bracts deltoid, 3. 0-5.0 x 1. 5-3.0 mm, 3-5-nerved. Flowers scarlet to brick-red, 1 8-40 mm long; outer segments free for 4-8 mm, inner segments free but dorsally adnate to outer; pedicels 19-25 mm long. Anthers exserted 1-2 mm. Ovary 6. 0-7.0 x 2. 0-2. 5 mm, brownish green; style exserted 2-4 mm. Fruit ±21 x 12 mm. Flowering time June to July. Figure 14. Found in Botswana, the Northern Province, Mpumalanga, Swaziland and KwaZulu-Natal; also in Democratic Republic of the Congo, Tanzania, Zambia, Malawi, Mozambique and Zimbabwe. A. chabaudii var. mlanjeana is re- stricted to Malawi and therefore not treated here. A. chabaudii usually grows on bare rock on granitic domes, or in shallow soil pockets. It is very variable in climatic requirements, but it is frost-sensitive. Map 56. The leaves of this species are sometimes spotted, but the flowers lack the inflated flower base which is characteristic of section 9, Pictae. Instead, the flower tube is trigonously indented near the base. The nearest relatives of A. cha- baudii are probably A. milne-redheadii and A. mzimbana, both of which occur in northern Zambia and Malawi. A. chabaudii is at once distinguished from A. suffulta (no. 79) by its stoloniferous habit, usually unspotted or only obscurely spotted, spreading to incurved leaves and relatively short (up to 1 m tall) nonclimbing inflorescence. The type specimen of this species was given to Schonland by Mr J.A. Chabaud, after whom 92 ALOACEAE: Aloe it is named. Mr Chabaud grew the plant in his garden in Port Elizabeth, and had obtained it from Mr J.M. Brown, who collected it in the course of a hunting trip to the Zambezi. Vouchers: Codd 2901 (PRE); Compton 29052 (NBG, PRE); Galpin 13201 (PRE); Reynolds 5468 (BOL, PRE, SAM); Van der Schijff 509 (PRE). Hybrid: A. chabaudii var. chabaudii x A. excelsa (no. 115). Voucher: Leach 9292 (SRGH). 15. Section Macrifoliae Section Macrifoliae (Haw.) Glen & D.S. Hardy, stat. nov. Type species: A. ciliaris Haw. Series Macrifoliae Haw. in the Philosophical Magazine 66: 280 (1825); A. Berger: 254 (1908); Reynolds: 345 (1950). Series Striatulae A. Berger: 47 (1905a). Plants shrubby or climbing, several-stemmed. Leaves spirally arranged, sheathing, separated by distinct internodes, linear-lanceolate, thin, flat, margins dentate to denticulate, ciliate in one species. Inflorescence a lateral panicle with simple, cylindric, lax to subdense or capitate and dense racemes; sterile bracts few; flowers pendulous. Flowers cylindric, slightly trigonous, sometimes subventricose or with a constriction about the middle; segments ± connate. Anthers included or exserted. Style included or exserted. la Sheathing leaf bases auriculate and ciliate 82. A. ciliaris lb Sheathing leaf bases not auriculate or ciliate: 2a Floriferous part of raceme shorter than 90 mm, capitate 84. A. commixta 2b Floriferous part of raceme longer than 90 mm, subdense or lax but not capitate: 3a Pedicels longer than 6 mm 83. A. gracilis 3b Pedicels up to 6 mm long: 4a Flower up to 20 mm long 8 1 . A. tenuior 4b Flower longer than 30 mm 85. A. striatula The cane-like stems of plants of this section, with their thin, slender, sheathing unspotted and generally nonstriate leaves with minute marginal teeth, immediately distinguish this section from all others. The flowers of plants of this section are unusual in that although the outer perianth seg- ments are connate almost to the apex, the inner segments are free to the base, not only from one another, but from the outer segments as well. 81. Aloe tenuior Haw. in The Philosophi- cal Magazine 66: 281 (1825); Salm-Dyck: 25, t. 3 (1840); Baker: 317 (1896a); A.Berger: 257 (1908); Marloth: t. 23 (1915); Reynolds: 105 (1936i); Reynolds: 347 (1950); EVerd.: t. 1352 (1961b); Jeppe: 1 1 1 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Har- dy: 189 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 102 (1996). Iconotype: Bauer plate at K, reproduced in Reynolds: 347 (1950). A. tenuior Haw. var. glaucescens Zahlbr.: 16(1 900). Type: Eastern Cape, Kei River, Krook in Penther 780 (W). A. tenuior Haw. var. rubriflora Reynolds: 108 (1936i); Reynolds: 350 (1950); Jeppe: 111 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 189 (1972). Type: Eastern Cape, Mlengana, Reynolds 1750 (PRE!), A. tenuior Haw. var. decidua Reynolds: 111 (1936i); Reynolds: 351 (1950); Jeppe: 111 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 189 (1972). Type: Eastern Cape, Alice, Reynolds 1760 (PRE, holo.!: BOL!). ALOACEAE: Aloe 93 A. tenuior Haw. var. densiflora Reynolds: 349 (1950); Jeppe: 111 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 189 (1972). Type: Eastern Cape, Breakfast Vlei, Reynolds 2390 ( PRE! ). Plants 1-3 m tall; stems leafless below lax apical tuft of leaves. Leaves ± 12-20 per stem, erect to spreading, thin to slightly fleshy, 100- 190 x 10-18 mm, glaucous green. Inflorescence a simple, sublax to subdense raceme, 250-400 mm long; bracts narrowly deltoid-acuminate, 3-7 x 1-2 mm, obscurely nerved. Flowers lemon-yellow to scarlet, cylindric, 10-19 mm long, mouth slightly expanded; outer segments mostly connate, inner segments free; pedicels 2-6 mm long, scarcely longer in fruit. Anthers exserted 2-6 mm. Ovary ± 3.0 x 1.0-1. 5 mm. lemon; style exserted 3-6 mm. Fruit 10-13 x 6-7 mm, dark brown to dark grey. Flowering time (August to) October to December (to May). Figure 15. This species is found in Mpumalanga, KwaZulu-Natal and the Eastern and Western Cape and occurs in open country on sandy soil with Encephalartos longifolius , grasses, forbs, various members of the Mesembryanthemaceae and other small succulents. It rarely occurs in valley bushveld. Map 57. Aloe tenuior has a large, subtuberous to sub- woody rootstock. This species differs from A. ciliaris (no. 82) in that the leaf bases are not at all auriculate, and the anthers and style are long-exserted. The flowers of A. tenuior are somewhat smaller than those of A. ciliaris. In A. striatula (no. 85) the racemes are dense, and the flowers are decurved and about twice as long as those of A. tenuior. Haworth (1825) gave the English trivial name ‘green-sheathed narrow-leaved (aloe)’ to this species; the specific epithet indicates that it is in all parts a finer, more slender plant than A. striatula and A. ciliaris, which he described in the same paper. Other common names recorded for this species include ikhalene (Xhosa) and intelezi (Fingo) (Reynolds 1950). In folk medicine, a decoction of the roots of this species is used as a remedy for tapeworm (Reynolds 1950). Vouchers: Acocks 11882 (PRE); Bayliss 1271 (PRE); Plowes 3167 (PRE); Strey 9620 (PRE); Wells 2632 (PRE). 82. Aloe ciliaris Haw. in The Philosophical Magazine 66: 281 (1825); Salm-Dyck: 25, t. 1 (1837); Baker: 317 (1896a); A.Berger: 255 (1908); Marloth: t. 23 (1915); R.A.Dyer: t. 910 (1943); Reynolds: 352 (1950); Jeppe: 110 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 191 ( 1 972); B .- E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 94 (1996). Iconotype: unpublished Duncanson plate at K. A. ciliaris Haw. var. flanaganii Schonland: 42 (1903). Type: Eastern Cape, Komga, Flanagan 1326 (GRA, holo.!; BOL!. PRE!). Stems shrubby or climbing, up to 5 m long; leaves present only near apex. Leaves 30-60, spreading, distinctly auriculate, usually ciliate at base, linear-lanceolate, 70-180 x 12-25 mm. thin to slightly fleshy, glaucous. Inflorescence a simple, cylindric, dense raceme, 200-400 mm long; bracts narrowly deltoid-acuminate, 3-5 x 1-2 mm, 1-3-nerved; pedicels 4—8 mm long. Flowers scarlet, cylindric, 25^40 mm long; outer segments free for 5-7 mm. inner segments free. Anthers exserted 2-4 mm. Ovary ± 4-5 x 2 mm. pale green; style exserted 2—4 mm. Fruit ± 18 x 9 mm. 94 ALOACEAE: Aloe Figure 15. — Section Macrifoliae. Aloe tenuior: 1, raceme; 2, terminal portion of stem with leaves and basal half of peduncle in axil of a leaf; 3, longitudinal section of flower, x 1.7; 4, portion of dry raceme with one persistent fruit. Taken from Verdoom (1961b). ALOACEAE: Aloe 95 Three varieties are recognised: 1 a Sheathing leaf bases distinctly auricu- late and ciliate; stems up to 5 m long; perianth longer than 27 mm; flowers subdensely arranged 82a. var. ciliaris lb Sheathing leaf bases minutely auricu- late and ciliate; stems up to 3 m long; perianth shorter than 27 mm; flowers laxly arranged: 2a Bracts 4-5 mm long; flowers 21-25 mm long 82b. var. redacta 2b Bracts 2-3 mm long; flowers 16-23 mm long 82c. var. tidmarshii 82a. var. ciliaris. Description as for species. Flowering time throughout the year. Endemic to the Western and Eastern Cape, except for a population in Kenya remarked upon by Reynolds (1950: 353). This is one of the few aloes in which flowering is equally probable at any time of the year. Map 58. Aloe ciliaris differs from all other southern African species in having distinctly auriculate and ciliate leaf bases, and (in this variety) in being hexaploid (2 n = 42; Brandham & Carter 1990). The typical variety differs from var. tid- marshii (no. 82c) in being larger in all its parts. Map 59. — ★ Aloe ciliaris var. redacta A A. ciliaris var. tidmarshii and in having dense racemes of significantly longer flowers. The specific epithet draws attention to the ciliate leaf bases. Haworth ( 1825) called this the 'fringing broader-leaved (aloe)’, with a note that the breadth of the leaf was remarkable only in this section. Vouchers: Britten 2413 (PRE); Fourcade 3680 (PRE, STE); Long 1156 (PRE); Reynolds 2393 (PRE); Wells 2656 (GRA, PRE). 82b. var. redacta S. Carter in Brandham & Carter in Kew Bulletin 45: 643 (1990). Type: Eastern Cape, Qolora Mouth, Wisura 2640 (K, holo.). Leaves 70-110 x ± 13 mm; cilia 1-2 mm long. Flowers 21-25 mm long; pedicels 3-5 mm long. Tetraploid (2 n = 28). Other characters as in var. ciliaris. It appears to be restricted to a small area on the Kei River in the Eastern Cape. Map 59. The rarest and most difficult to spot of the three varieties, the tetraploid (2 n = 28; Brand- ham & Carter, 1990) is known from only a few gatherings. In all characters it is intermediate between the other two varieties. 96 ALOACEAE: Aloe The Latin word redactus means ‘reduced’, and applies best to the limited range of this variety. Voucher: Pegler 1426 (BOL. K). 82c. var. tidmarshii Schonland in Records of the Albany Museum 1: 41 (1903); A. Berger: 255 (1908); Brandham & Carter: 643 (1990). Type: Eastern Cape. Grahamstown, Schonland 1487 (GRA. holo.!; BOL!). A. tidmarshii (Schonland) Muller in R. A. Dyer: t. 910 (1943); Reynolds: 354 (1950): Jeppe: 112 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 193 (1972). Stems scrambling, up to 3 m long, with leaves for much of their length. Leaves spreading, not auriculate, linear-lanceolate, 70-160 x 6-20 mm, thin to slightly fleshy, green. Inflorescence a sim- ple, cylindric, subdense raceme, 200-300 mm long; bracts narrowly deltoid-acuminate, ±4x2 mm, 1-5-nerved. Flowers coral-red to scarlet, cylindric, mouth region subventricose, 15-25 mm long; outer segments free for 4—8 mm, inner segments free; pedicels 4—6 mm long. Anthers not or hardly exserted. Ovary 4—6 x 1-2 mm, green; style exserted 1-3 mm. Flowering time November to April. The geographical range of var. tidmarshii is much more restricted than that of var. ciliaris (no. 82a). It is endemic to the Eastern Cape and occurs on stony, clayey soils at higher altitude further from the sea than var. ciliaris , in rela- tively dense savanna woodland. Map 59. The leaf bases of this variety are minutely ciliate and clasp the stem, unlike those of var. ciliaris, in which the leaf base forms a conspic- uous fringed collar around the stem. The short flowers are borne in a lax raceme. The anthers and styles are included or hardly exserted, in contrast to the long-exserted anthers and styles of A. tennior (no. 8 1 ). Plants of var. tidmarshii tend to become scramblers. This variety is named after Mr E. Tidmarsh, who kept a hotel near Grahamstown at about turn of the 19th to the 20th century, and who supplied Schonland with the plant from which the type specimen was prepared. Vouchers: Archibald 5859 (PRE); Bayliss 7492 (MO); Long 1156 (GRA, K); Story 2374 (K, PRE); Theron 1054 (PRE). 83. Aloe gracilis Haw. in The Philosoph- ical Magazine 66: 279 (1825); Haw.: 90 (1830); Reynolds: 95 (1947b); Reynolds: 356 (1950); Jeppe: 113 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 195 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 98 (1996) non Baker, nec Schonland. Iconotype: Bauer plate at K. reproduced in Reynolds: 357 (1950). A. laxiflora N.E.Br.: 130 (1906): A. Berger: 255 (1908); Pole Evans: t. 303 (1928e). Type: Western Cape, no precise locality, Griffiths s.n. ( K! ). A. gracilis Haw. var. decumbens Reynolds: 358 (1950); Jeppe: 113 (1969): Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 195 (1972). Type: Western Cape, Riversdale Division, Muir 5383 (PRE!). Plants shrubby, up to 2 m tall; stems erect, leaves present only in top 300-600 mm. Leaves spreading, not auriculate, 120-250 x 10-28 mm, slightly channelled, dull green. Inflorescence a simple, subdense, cylindric raceme, 200-400 mm long, sometimes branched; bracts narrowly deltoid-acuminate, 4—6 x 1. 5-3.0 mm, 1-3- nerved. Flowers scarlet, 26^15 mm long, cylin- dric; outer segments free for 6-12 mm, inner segments free; pedicels 6-9 mm long, not or hardly longer in fruit. Anthers exserted up to 2 mm. Ovary 4. 0-5.0 x 1.5-2. 5 mm; style exsert- ed up to 5 mm. Fruit ± 22 x 9 mm, almost black. Flowering time May to August. Aloe gracilis is endemic to the southern parts of the Western and Eastern Cape and occurs in the ecotone between forest and fynbos at the eastern end of the area of rain in all seasons, in stony places on the coastal plain or up to the top of the first range of mountains. Map 60. In vegetative characters this species resem- bles A. striatula (no. 85), but the leaves of this species are duller green and the leaf sheaths are not as distinctly striate as in that one. The flow- ers are borne in a lax raceme on slightly longer ALOACEAE: Aloe 97 Map 60. — • Aloe gracilis ★ A. commixta pedicels. They are similar to those of A. ciliaris (no. 82) but the leaf bases are very different and the racemes are much laxer than in that species. Haworth (1825) considered his ‘soft distant sword-leaved’ aloe to be closely related to, but more slender (Latin gracilis = slender) than A. caesia , which Reynolds (1950: 413) showed to be a hybrid between A. arborescens and A.ferox. Vouchers: Brandham & Cutler 1538 (K); Dahl strand 3190 (MO, PRE); Goldblatt 5427 (MO); Marloth 13445 (PRE); Paterson 53 (PRE). 84. Aloe commixta A. Berger in Das Pflan- zenreich 33: 260 ( 1908); Reynolds: 359 (1950); Adamson: 171 (1950); Jeppe: 115 (1969); Bornman & D.S.Hardy: 197 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 96 (1996). Type: Western Cape, Simonstown, Wright s.n. (K!). A. gracilis Baker: 170 (1880a); Baker: 318 (1896a) non Haw. Type: not cited. Plants shrubby, ± 1.5 m tall; stems with leaves for most of their length. Leaves erect to spreading, not auriculate, 110-200 x 1 7 — 42 mm, slightly channelled, dull green. Inflores- cence a simple, capitate, very dense raceme. 300-450 mm tall; bracts deltoid-acuminate, ± 4-6 x 2.5 mm, 1 -nerved. Flower yellowish to orange, 28-40 mm long, cylindric; outer seg- ments free to between middle and base, inner segments free; pedicels 6-8 mm long, lengthen- ing to ± 12 mm in fruit. Anthers exserted up to 4 mm. Ovary ±9x4 mm, green; style exserted up to 5 mm. Fruit not seen in ripe state. Flowering time August to September. Aloe commixta is one of two species restrict- ed to Table Mountain sandstone in the Western Cape. It receives very high winter rainfall, and is close to the base of the mist belt in summer. Map 60. The short, subcapitate racemes of flowers which change colour as they age, distinguish this species from others of this section. This is the only species in the section that occurs on the Cape Peninsula. The habit and leaves of this species recall A. striatula (no. 85), but the leaves are more erect and the leaf sheaths less prominently striate. The specific epithet is derived from the Latin word commiscere, ‘to mix’ or ‘join together’. Berger notes in the first description that this species was confused by Baker and Schonland with A. gracilis , and that it is a vicariant of A. striatula. Either note would explain the name. Vouchers: Fair BOL7941 (BOL); Marloth 8977 (PRE, STE); Pillans s.n. (BOL, GRA. PRE); Thode 7923 (STE). 85. Aloe striatula Haw. in The Philosoph- ical Magazine 66: 281 (1825); Baker: 318 (1896a); A. Berger: 259 (1908); Reynolds: 362 (1950); Jeppe: 1 14 ( 1969); Bornman & D.S.Har- dy: 199 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 100 ( 1996). Iconotype: Bauer plate at K, reproduced in Reynolds: 362 (1950). A. macowanii Baker: 170 (1880a); Baker: 318 (1896a); Schonland: 42 (1903). Type: Eastern Cape. Boschberg. MacOwan 1915 (K, holo.!; PRE, photo.!). A. aurantiaca Baker: 780 (1892b); Baker: 318 (1896a). Type: Hort. La Mortola. Hanbury s.n. (K!). A. cascadensis Kuntze: 313 (1898). Type: Eastern Cape, East London, Kuntze s.n. (NY, holo.; BOL, photo.!). 98 ALOACEAE: Aloe Plants shrubby, 1.0-1.75 m tall; stems with leaves for most of their length. Leaves spreading to re flexed, not auriculate, 110-250 x 9-25 mm, channelled, glossy green; sheath striate. Inflorescence a simple, cylindric-conical, sub- dense raceme, 200-400 mm tall; bracts narrowly deltoid-acuminate, inconspicuous, 3-6 x 1-2 mm, 3-5-nerved. Flowers reddish to orange, decurved, 35^45 mm long; outer segments free almost to base, inner segments free but lightly adnate to outer; pedicels 3-6 mm long, lengthening to 8-10 mm in fruit. Anthers exserted 2-5 mm. Ovary 5. 0-6.0 x 2.0-4.5 mm, pale lemon-yellow; style exserted 2-7 mm. Fruit ± 18 x 14 mm. Aloe striatula occurs among rocks on moun- tain tops in the Eastern Cape. Its range is with- in the winter snow belt in one of the coldest parts of southern Africa. The prominent green striations on the leaf sheaths in this species remain as brown longitu- dinal stripes in dried specimens; they can be used to distinguish this species from all others in this section. The dense, cylindric racemes of flowers with long recurved flowers and long- exserted anthers and styles are also diagnostic for this species. Two varieties are recognised: Flower longer than 35 mm, reddish to orange 85a. var. striatula Flower shorter than 30 mm, yellow 85b. var. caesia 85a. var. striatula. Description as for species. Flowering time October to November. Found in the Eastern Cape. Map 61. Haworth (1825) called it the ‘stripe-sheathed narrow-leaved’ aloe, and the specific epithet draws attention to the striped leaf sheath.The Xhosa name for this species is ingcelwane. Notes on the specimen A. Hutchings 846 (KEI) indicate that this plant is used as a hedge for kraals. In addition, the roots are crushed in warm water as a treatment for constipation. The liquid is taken orally or as an enema. Vouchers; Acocks 11962 (BM, PRE); Burchell 3115 (K); Jacot Guillarmocl 4740 (PRE); Liebenberg 7678 (PRE); Story 4537 (BM, BOL, GRA, PRE). 85b. var. caesia Reynolds in The Flowering Plants of South Africa 16: t. 633 (1936j); Reynolds: 364 (1950); Jeppe: 1 14 (1969); Born- man & D.S. Hardy: 199 (1972). Type: Eastern Cape, near Hofmeyr, Reynolds 1607 (PRE, holo.!; BOL!). Map 62. — Aloe striatula var. caesia ALOACEAE: Aloe 99 Leaves 130-220 x 9-18 mm, glaucous green, denser than in var. striatula. Flowers yel- low throughout, straight, 20-30 mm long. Flowering time (November to) December to January. Other characters as in var. striatula. Endemic to the Eastern Cape. Map 62. The varietal epithet caesia means ‘blue- grey’ and refers to the leaves, which are more glaucous than in the typical variety. Vouchers: Galpin 2620 ( BOL, GRA, K, PRE); Hilliard & Burtt 14779 (NU); Reynolds 2199 (PRE, SAM); Theron 561 (PRE). 16. Section Aloe Section Aloe. Type species: A. perfoliata L. Section Mitriformes Salm-Dyck: 24 (1854). Type species: A. perfoliata L. (= A. mitriformis Mill.). Series Mitriformes (Salm-Dyck) A. Berger: 273 (1908); Reynolds: 371 (1950). Type species: A. mitriformis Mill. Plants pendent or decumbent to erect, 1 -many-stemmed. Leaves spirally arranged, crowded or separated by distinct internodes, ovate-acute to ensiform or deltoid, margins and sometimes keel with ± stout teeth. Inflorescence simple or branched, usually with scattered sterile bracts; racemes usually capitate; flowers spreading to pendulous. Flowers cylindric; segments variously free or connate. Anthers not or hardly exserted. Style not or hardly exserted. la Leaves reflexed: 2a Plant erect; anthers and style distinctly exserted 86. A. pearsonii 2b Plant pendent; anthers and style not or hardly exserted 90. A. dabenorisana lb Leaves erect to spreading: 3a Flower shorter than 25 mm; plants pendent from rock cracks 89. A. meyeri 3b Flower longer than 25 mm; plants erect or decumbent on sand: 4a Leaves copiously spotted; leaf teeth shorter than 2 mm 88. A. arenicola 4b Leaves not spotted or with few spots; leaf teeth longer than 2 mm 87. A. perfoliata In this section the flowers are borne on very thin and wiry pedicels ± as long as the flowers. The racemes are subdensely subcapitate, and the inflorescences are generally simple or with few branches. The stems are elongated, but the leaves are much broader and stouter than those of sec- tion 15, Macrifoliae. In section Aloe, the stems are often decumbent, a character that is very unusual in Macrifoliae. 86. Aloe pearsonii Schonland in Records of the Albany Museum 2: 229 (1911); H. Pearson: 190 (1911); Reynolds: 366 (1950); Jeppe: 23 (1969); Soldi, Roessler & Merxm.: 18 (1970); D.S. Hardy: t. 1594 (1970); Bomman & D.S.Har- dy: 201 (1972); Jankowitz: 44 (1975); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 118 (1996). Type: Northern Cape, Richtersveld, Pearson 6091 (GRA, holo.!; BM!, BOL!, SAM!; PRE. photo.!). Plants erect, shrubby, 1-2 m tall. Leaves appearing 4- or 5-ranked, reflexed, 50-90 x 15-30 mm, biconvex to slightly channelled, maroon-red to greenish, with faint reddish stri- ae, keel not dentate. Inflorescence lateral, sim- ple to 3-branched, with scattered sterile bracts; racemes conical, subdense to capitate, very dense; bracts ± 6-7 x 4 mm, 1-3-nerved. Flow- ers golden yellow, or red with golden expanded mouth, straight, narrow, 20-25 mm long; outer segments free to middle, inner segments free but dorsally adnate to outer for ± half their length; pedicels ± 21 mm long. Anthers exsert- ed 2^1 mm. Ovaiy 6-7 x 2-3 mm; style exsert- 100 ALOACEAE: Aloe ed 5-6 mm. Fruit ± 22 x 7-8 mm. Flowering time January to February. Aloe pearsonii occurs in pockets of sandy soil among rocks in one of the hottest and driest parts of the Namaqualand fog belt in Namibia and the Northern Cape. Precipitation is mostly from nocturnal mist, and rain is very scanty, mostly in winter. Map 63. The habit of A. pearsonii recalls that of species of section 15, Macrifoliae , but the leaves of this species are much thicker, shorter and more leathery than any in that section. The flowers of A. pearsonii are narrow and cylin- dric, borne on long pedicels, unlike any in sec- tion Macrifoliae. These characters, and micro- scopical details of the leaf surface anatomy, indicate that this species is much better placed here. The leaves of A. pearsonii are smaller than those of any species in section Aloe except A. arenicola (no. 88). In that species the stems are decumbent, and the leaves are incurved, with white spots and cartilaginous margins. In A. pearsonii the stems are rigidly erect, the leaves are reflexed and unspotted and the margins are not cartilaginous. A. dabenorisana (no. 90) is similar to A. pearsonii in having reflexed leaves, but in that species the leaves are larger, the plant is pendent not erect, and the anthers and style are not or hardly exserted. This is one of the slowest-growing of all aloes, and some of Map 63. — • Aloe pearsonii ★ A. perfoliata the large shrubs in the Richtersveld are proba- bly several hundred years old. Prof. H.H.W. Pearson (1870-1916), after whom this species is named, was the first Harry Bolus Professor of Botany at the South African College (now University of Cape Town), and founded the National Botanical Gardens at Kirstenbosch. He collected the type specimen of this species on the first Percy Sladen Memorial Expedition to the Richtersveld in 1910-1911. Vouchers: Dinter 8185 (BM, BOL, K, PRE); Glen 1501 (PRE); Leistner 3411 (PRE); Rodin 1601 (PRE). 87. Aloe perfoliata L., Species plantarum: 320 (1753); Webb: 20 (1980) non Thunb. Iconotype: Aloe africana mitraeformis spinosa Dillenius, Hortus elthamensis 21, t. 17, fig. 19 (1732). A. perfoliata L. var. v L.: 320 (1753). Iconotype: Aloe africana mitraeformis spinosa Dillenius, Hortus elthamen- sis 21, t. 17, fig. 19 (1732). A. mitriformis Mill.: no. 1 (1768); Lam.: 87 (1783): DC.: t. 99 (1802); Ker Gawl.: t. 1270 (1810b); W.T.Aiton: 293 (1811); Haw.: 77 (1812); Haw.: 43 (1821): Salm-Dyck: 24, t. 4 (1854); Baker: 319 (1896a); A. Berger: 276 (1908); Reynolds: 371 (1950); Jeppe: 20 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 203 (1972); Marais (1980): B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 116 (1996). A perfoliata L. var. mitriformis (Mill.) Aiton: 467 (1789). Iconotype: Aloe africana mitrae- formis spinosa Dillenius, Hortus elthamensis 21, t. 17, fig. 19 (1732). A. mitriformis Mill. var. angustior Lam.: 87 (1783). Type: not cited. A. perfoliata L. var. b rev if o l ia Aiton: 467 (1789). A. mitri- formis Mill. var. brevifolia (Aiton) W.T.Aiton: 294 (1811); Ker Gawl.: t. 1362 (1811b). Type: not cited. A. peifoliata L. var. k Willd. : 186 (1799). Type: not cited. A. albispina Haw.: 22 (1804); Haw.: 78 (1812); Baker: 320 (1896a). A. mitriformis Mill. var. albispina (Haw.) A. Berger: 278 (1908). Type: not cited. A. brevifolia (Aiton) Haw.: 23 (1804) non Mill. Type: not cited. A. flavispina Haw.: 22 (1804); Haw.: 77 (1812); Salm- Dyck: 24, t. 2 (1863). A. mitriformis Mill. var. flavispina ALOACEAE: Aloe 101 (Haw.) Baker: 171 (1880a); Baker: 319 (1896a); A. Berger: 278 (1908). Type: not cited. A. mitriformis Mill. var. elatior Haw.: 23 (1804). Type: not cited. A. mitriformis Mill. var. humilior Haw.: 23 (1804); Willd.: 282 (1811). Type: not cited. A. commelinii Willd.: 282 (1811); Haw.: 47 (1819); Haw.: 43 (1821); Salm-Dyck: 24, t. 5 (1863). A. mitriformis Mill, var. commelinii (Willd.) Baker: 171 (1880a); Baker: 319 (1896a); A. Berger: 277 (1908). Type: not cited. A. xanthacantha Willd.: 282 (1811); Salm-Dyck: 24, t. 3 (1854). A. mitriformis Mill. var. xanthacantha (Willd.) Baker: 172 (1880a); Baker: 319 (1896a); A.Berger: 277 (1908). Type: not cited. A. distans Haw.: 78 (1812); Haw.: 43 ( 1821); Salm-Dyck: 24, t. 1 (1854); Baker: 319 (1896a); A.Berger: 274 (1908); Reynolds: 377 (1950); Jeppe: 21 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 205 (1972): B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 112 (1996) — synon. nov. Type: not cited. A. parvispina Schonland: 283 (1905a); A.Berger: 280 (1908). Type: Western Cape. Heerenlogementsberg. Zeyher 4176 (SAM?). A. comptonii Reynolds: 382 (1950); Jeppe: 19 (1969): Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 209 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 108 (1996). Type: Western Cape, Uniondale, Reynolds 5725 (PRE!). Plants erect to decumbent, rarely pendent, 0. 3-1.0 m tall, decumbent and pendent forms with stems up to 2 m long, rarely longer. Leaves 20 or more per stem, in a rosette or spirally arranged, erectly spreading to arcuate-incurved, 120-300 x 50-150 mm, glaucous green to dull green, keels usually dentate. Inflorescence 2-5-branched, 400-600 mm tall, with sterile bracts above first branch; racemes very dense, capitate to shortly conical; bracts 7-10 x 3-6 mm, 3-5-nerved. Flowers coral-red to scarlet, 25^15 mm long; all segments free; pedicels 25-45 mm long. Anthers very shortly exserted. Ovary 7-8 x 2-3 mm, green; style very shortly exserted. Fruit 24-28 x 8-12 mm, grey-brown. Flowering time August to February, depending on locality. Aloe perfoliata occurs in the Western and Eastern Cape, on sand and clay, and even in cracks in rock on cliffs, where it may become pendent. The surrounding vegetation is usually a form of dry fynbos, though at the eastern end of its range this species may grow in karoo or grassland. Map 63. Some forms of this variable species ap- proach A. arenicola (no. 88) very closely. The leaves of that species are copiously spotted and have whitish horny margins, while in A. perfo- liata the leaves are not or sparsely spotted, and the margins are not horny. Large-leaved forms of this species bear a superficial resemblance to A. meyeri (no. 89), which usually has a simple, much shorter inflorescence in which the flowers are shorter and narrower. Linnaeus (1737, 1748) and Van Royen (1740) used a phrase-name for this plant indi- cating that the leaf bases clasp the stem. This evidently suggested the specific epithet (trivial name), which indicates that the stem passes through the leaves, to Linnaeus. Vouchers: Boucher 3550 (PRE, STE); Hardy 249 (PRE); Leach & Carp 11359 (PRE); Marsh 1373 (PRE, STE); Reynolds 4839 (BM, PRE, SAM). Hybrid: A. peifoliata x A. maculata (no. 45). See A. metadata. 88. Aloe arenicola Reynolds in Journal of South African Botany 4: 21 (1938e); Reynolds: 379 (1950); I.Verd.: t. 1467 (1966); Jeppe: 22 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 207 (1972); B.- E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 106 ( 1996). Type: North- ern Cape, near Kleinzee, Reynolds 2574 (PRE, holo.!; BOL!). Plants decumbent, 1 50 — 400 mm tall, leaves present in apical 200-300 mm of stems. Leaves ± 20 per stem, broadly deltoid, 120-200 x 35-60 mm, bluish green with scattered white spots, keels rarely dentate. Inflorescence a sim- ple to twice-branched, very dense, capitate raceme, up to 500 mm tall; peduncle with few sterile bracts; bracts ovate, 9-1 1 x 3-5 mm, 5- 102 ALOACEAE: Aloe Figure 16. — Section Aloe. Aloe meyeri: habit, x 0.8. Taken from Glen & Hardy (1993). ALOACEAE: Aloe 103 Map 64. — • Aloe arenicola ★ A. meyeri ▲ A. dabenorisana nerved. Flowers orange-red, 30^-0 mm long; outer segments free for ± half their length, inner segments free but adhering to outer for ± half their length; pedicels 35-50 mm long. Anthers exserted up to 3 mm. Ovary 7-8 x 2-3 mm; style exserted up to 6 mm. Fruit not seen. Flowering time October to January. Aloe arenicola occurs in the Northern and Western Cape, and grows only on sand within a few hundred metres of the beach, in the winter- rainfall area in coastal fynbos and succulent karoo. Map 64. Differences between this species and A. per- foliata (no. 87) are dealt with under that species. The leaves of A. arenicola are similar in size to those of A. meyeri (no. 89), but the two species differ in numerous characters and are difficult to confuse. A. arenicola is decumbent on sand near the coast, with leaves which clothe the elongated stem, whereas A. meyeri is pendent on rocks further inland, and bears its leaves in a distinct rosette. The inflorescences of A. areni- cola are longer than those of A. meyeri , and bear larger flowers on longer pedicels. The specific epithet describes the habitat of this species; it is derived from two Latin words (h)arena (= sand) and colere (= to dwell, fre- quent or inhabit), hence, the sand-dwelling aloe. Vouchers: Compton 21885 (NBG); Hardy 1934 (PRE); Leach & Carp 11378 (K, PRE, SRGH); Le Roux 2640 (BOL); Pillans 8368 (BOL). Hybrid: A. arenicola x A. krapohliana (no. 30). See A. krapohliana. 89. Aloe meyeri Van Jaarsv. in Journal of South African Botany 47: 567 (1981); Vorster: 175 (1983); Glen & D.S. Hardy: t. 2065 (1993); B. -E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 114 (1996). Type: Northern Cape. Richtersveld, Van Jaarsveld 6137 (NBG!). A. richtersveldensis Venter & Beukes: 675 (1982). Type: Northern Cape. Richtersveld, Venter 8264 (BLFU, holo.; K, PRE!). Plants pendent; stems simple or branched. Leaves in an elongated rosette ± 300 mm long; spreading to erect, not recurved, lanceolate, 130-200 x 30-A0 mm, dull green, sometimes tinged reddish brown. Inflorescence a simple, rarely branched, dense, capitate raceme, 150-250 mm long; peduncle reflexed, with sterile bracts; bracts ± 5 x 2-3 mm, 3-nerved. Flowers orange-red, tipped green, 20-23 mm long; all segments free; pedicels 17-20 mm long. Anthers exserted up to 3 mm. Ovary ± 4—5 x 2 mm, green; style exserted up to 3 mm. Fruit not seen. Flowering time December to February. Figure 16. Aloe meyeri is endemic to the Northern Cape and grows in rock cracks on cliffs in one of the most arid parts of the winter-rainfall area. In the range of this species, most of the precipitation received is in the form of condensation from fog. Map 64. Differences between this species on the one hand and A. perfoliata (no. 87) and A. arenico- la (no. 88) on the other are dealt with under those species. The leaves of A. meyeri are erect to spreading, unlike those of A. dabenorisana (no. 90), which are reflexed, and are smaller than those of that species. The inflorescence is 104 ALOACEAE: Aloe smaller and the bracts are 3-nerved, not 1- nerved. This species is named after Rev. L.G. Meyer (1867-1958), who discovered it while on an expedition to the Richtersveld with A.G.J. Herre in 1939. Rev. Meyer was a missionary in Namaqualand, where he collected many plants and insects. L. Bolus named a number of his new discoveries in the Mesembryanthemaceae after him (Gunn & Codd 1981). Vouchers: Ihlenfeldt PRE639897 (PRE); Van Jaarsveld 5530 (NBG). 90. Aloe dabenorisana Van Jaarsv. in Jour- nal of South African Botany 48: 419 (1982); B.- E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 110 (1996). Type: Northern Cape, Dabenoris Mts, Van Jaarsveld & Kritzinger 6426 (NBG, holo.!; PRE, photo.!). Plants pendent, usually in clumps up to 800 mm in diameter. Leaves 4- or 5-ranked in young plants, later rosulate, rosettes up to ± 450 x 450 mm, strongly recurved, narrowly lanceolate- acuminate, 200-400 x 40-55 mm, slightly channelled, green to reddish, striate when green. Inflorescence usually a 2-4-branched, dense, capitate to conical raceme, 250-300 mm long; peduncle reflexed, with few sterile bracts; bracts 6-10 x 2-3 mm, 1 -nerved. Flowers red to yellow, 23-25 mm long; all segments free; pedicels 20-30 mm long. Anthers not or slight- ly exserted. Ovary 5-7 x 2-3 mm, green; style not or slightly exserted. Fruit not seen. Flower- ing time sporadically throughout the year, but mostly August to November. Aloe dabenorisana is endemic to the North- ern Cape and grows on almost inaccessible cliffs on the highest of the Orange River hills, in an area of arid Namaqualand Broken Veld. Rain is equally unlikely in all seasons, and mist pre- cipitation is probably important in the water relations of this species. Map 64. With its pendent habit, recurved leaves and 1 -nerved bracts, this species is difficult to con- fuse with any other. Differences between it on the one hand and A. pearsonii (no. 86) and A. meyeri (no. 89) on the other are discussed under those species. This species is named after the type locality, an almost inaccessible hill near the lower Orange River. Voucher: Van Jaarsveld & Patterson 6638 (NBG). 17. Section Purpurascentes Section Purpurascentes Salm-Dyck , Monographia generum Aloes et Mesembryanthemi: 22 (1842). Type species: A. succotrina All. Series Purpurascentes (Salm-Dyck) A. Berger: 282 (1908); Reynolds: 389 (1950). Plants solitary or in dense groups, stemless or caulescent. Leaves densely rosulate, ensiform, with or without white spots, margins dentate with stout teeth. Inflorescence a simple to 8-branched cylindric to conical raceme with sterile bracts. Flowers spreading to pendulous, cylindric to cylin- dric-trigonous, sometimes subventricose or widening gradually towards mouth; segments free. Anthers variously exserted. Style variously exserted. la Plants solitary: 2a Bracts shorter than pedicels; flower cylindric, subclavate 92a. A. microstigma subsp. microstigma 2b Bracts longer than pedicels; flower cylindric-trigonous, ventricose 93. A. gariepensis lb Plants in clumps: ALOACEAE: Aloe 105 3a Inflorescence simple; leaves usually unspotted; sap purple 91 . A. succotrina 3b Inflorescence branched; leaves usually copiously spotted; sap yellow 92b. A. microstigma subsp . frame sii Species of this section are typically plants of the winter-rainfall area of the Western and Northern Cape, unlike those of section 18, Arborescentes, which with few exceptions grow in the summer-rainfall area. The leaves of plants in this section are often randomly spotted or lined. When fresh, they are green tinged with purple, or even rust-brown with no trace of green in A. gariepen- sis , but only in A. succotrina do they dry deep purple. 91 . Aloe succotrina AIL, Auctarium ad sy- nopsin methodicam stirpium horti regii Taurinensis: 13 (1773); Lam.: 85 (1783); Salm- Dyck; 22, t. 1 (1842); Baker: 321 (1896a); A. Berger: 282 (1908); Reynolds; 1 (1948b); Reynolds: 389 (1950); Adamson: 171 (1950); Jeppe: 50 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 213 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 88 (1996). Iconotype: A. succotrina, angustifolia spinosa, flore purpureo J.Commelijn, Horti medici Amstelaedamensis 1: 91, t. 48 (1697). A. perfoliate i L. var. L.: 320 (1753). Type: not cited. A. vera Mill.: no. 15 (1768) non (L.) Burm.f. Type: not cited. A. perfoliata L. var. purpurascens Aiton: 466 (1789). A. purpurascens (Aiton) Haw.: 20 (1804): W.T. Aiton: 292 (181 1); Haw.: 75 (1812); Salm-Dyck: 22, t. 2 (1842); Baker: 322 (1896a); A. Berger: 284 ( 1908). A. socotrina DC. b pur- purascens (Aiton) Ker Gawk: t. 1474 (1812b). Type: not cited. A. perfoliata L. var. succotrina (Lam.) Aiton: 466 (1789); Curtis: t. 472 (1800). Type: not cited. A. sinuata Thunb.: 61 (1794); Thunb.: 311 (1823). Type: not cited. A. socotrina DC.: t. 85 (1802). Type: not cited. A. soccotorina Schult. & Schult.f.: 701 (1829). Type: not cited. A. succotrina All. var. saxigena A. Berger: 283 (1908). Type: Western Cape, Steenbras River Mouth, Marloth 4357 (B). Plants in dense groups, almost stemless to shrubby, 1-2 m tall. Leaves many, arcuate-erect, 250-500 x 35-100 mm, grey to grey-green, obscurely lined, sometimes with few white spots. Inflorescence usually a simple, dense, conical raceme 0.75-1.0 m tall; peduncle with many sterile bracts; bracts lanceolate-acute to obovate- acute, 15-21 x 5-10 mm, 5-many-nerved. Flowers glossy red to salmon, 25—40 mm long; pedicels 20-30 mm long. Anthers exserted 3-5 mm. Ovary 7-9 x 2-3 mm, green; style exserted 5-8 mm. Fruit not seen. Flowering time July to August. Aloe succotrina occurs in mountain fynbos on Table Mountain sandstone in the southwestern comer of the Western Cape in areas of high win- ter rainfall, generally close to the sea. Map 65. This species is easily confused with A. ar- borescens (no. 96). It may be distinguished by the leaf sap, which dries such an intense shade of purple that the whole dried leaf is stained almost black (not golden yellow), and by the narrower almost cylindric racemes of slightly shorter flowers on shorter pedicels. A. microstigma (no. Map 65. — • Aloe succotrina ★ A. gariepensis 106 ALOACEAE: Aloe 92) has more broadly conical racemes, which are often bicoloured as the flowers in most popula- tions of that species change colour as they mature, and has leaves with many more spots and which do not dry purple. Reynolds (1950: 394) offers two explana- tions of the specific name, and points out that both rest on misunderstandings of the plant in question. The simpler is that this species was thought to be the source of the drug Socotran aloes, and so the word succotrina should be translated as ‘Socotran’. The other is that it is derived from the Latin phrase succo citrino meaning 'with yellow juice’ (although one of the most distinctive features of this species is its purple juice). Vouchers: Boucher 582 (PRE, STE); Mac- Murtry 202 (PRE); Marloth 10033 (PRE); Reynolds 5132 (PRE); Van Balen 951 (PRE). Hybrid: A. succotrina x A. arborescens Mill. (no. 96). Voucher: Becker s.n. (K) is possibly this hybrid. 92. Aloe microstigma Salm-Dyck , Mono- graphia generum Aloes et Mesembryanthemi: 26, t. 4 (1854); Baker: 316 (1896a); A. Berger: 285 (1908); Reynolds: 396 (1950); Jeppe: 33 (1969); Solch, Roessler & Merxnr.: 18 (1970); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 215 (1972); Jankowitz: 26 (1975); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Snr.: 176 ( 1996). Iconotype: Salm-Dyck, Monographia generum Aloes et Mesembryanthemi: 26, t. 4 (1854). A. juttae Dinter: 159 (1923b). Type: Namibia, between Gubub and Aus. Dinter 3601 (B, holo.: BOL!, PRE!). A. brunnthaleri A.Berger ex Cammerloher: 131 (1933). Type: Western Cape, Matjiesfontein, Brunnthaler (Bf?). A. khamiesensis Pillans: 25 (1934b); Reynolds: 404 (1950); Jeppe: 51 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 221 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 174 (1996). Type: Northern Cape, Khamieskroon, Pillans 6665 (BOL, holo.!; NBG!). Plants solitary, stemless or caulescent, 0.5- 2.0 m tall. Leaves many, lanceolate-deltoid, arcuate-erect, 200-500 x 15-80 mm, green with reddish tinge, obscurely lined, with irregular H- shaped white spots. Inflorescence a simple, dense, conical raceme, 2-5 simultaneously; peduncle with many sterile bracts; bracts lance- olate-acute to ovate-acute, 15-19 x 4-8 mm, 7-many-nerved. Flowers dull red to yellow in bud, orange later, greenish yellow or yellow at flowering, subventricose with slight constric- tion at mouth. 18-30 mm long; pedicels 14-30 mm long. Anthers exserted 1-3 mm. Ovary 4. 0-8.0 x 1. 5-3.0 mm, green; style exserted up to 3 mm. Fruit 20.0-30.0 x 7. 5-9.0 mm, grey- brown tinged with maroon. Differences between this species on the one hand and A. succotrina (no. 91) and A. gariep- ensis (no. 93) on the other, are discussed under those species. This is a very variable species, and individual characters seem to vary indepen- dently. The specific epithet is derived from two Greek words meaning ‘small stigma'. Two subspecies are recognised: Plants solitary; stems, where visible, re- cumbent to erect; plants from inland localities 92a. subsp. microstigma Plants in clumps; stems, where visible, decumbent, rarely oblique to erect; most plants from coastal plain .... 92b. subsp. frame sii 92a. subsp. microstigma. Description as for species. Flowering time May to August. Aloe microstigma subsp. microstigma grows on rocky outcrops in karoo, desert, semidesert and Namaqualand broken veld, generally inland of the Western Cape escarpment (Western and Northern Cape Provinces) and as far north as Aus in Namibia. Map 66. Plants of this subspecies may be almost stemless or have oblique to erect stems, but the ALOACEAE: Aloe 107 Map 66. — • Aloe microstigma subsp. microstigma ★ A. microstigma subsp. framesii stems are usually not recumbent. They occur as solitary individuals or rarely with stems branch- ed once or twice. The inflorescences are usual- ly simple and the racemes bicoloured. Vouchers: Giess 13368 (MO. PRE, WIND); Hardy 5056 (PRE); Lewis 3217 (SAM); Muir 3619 (PRE); Reynolds 5440 (PRE. SAM). Hybrids: E A. microstigma subsp. microstigma x A. humilis (no. 29). See A. humilis. 2. A. microstigma subsp. microstigma X A. afri- cana (no. 109). Voucher: Reynolds 1422 (PRE). 92b. subsp. framesii (L.Bolus) Glen & D.S. Hardy, comb, et stat. nov. Type: Northern Cape, near Port Nolloth, Frames BOL19186 (BOL!). A. framesii L.Bolus in South African Gardening and Country Life 23: 140 (1933); Pole Evans: t. 731 (1939c); Reynolds: 403 ( 1950); Jeppe: 26 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 219 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 170 (1996). A. amoena Pillans: 168 (1933c). Type: Western Cape, near Vanrhynsdorp. Pillans BOLI6024 (BOL!). Plants in dense groups. Leaves lanceolate, arcuate-incurved to erectly spreading, grey- green to bluish green, with 0-many irregular white spots. Inflorescence usually 2- or 3- branched below middle, up to 700 mm tall; peduncles with few ovate-acuminate sterile bracts. Flowers scarlet to orange, 25-35 mm long; style exserted 2-6 mm. Flowering time June to August. Aloe microstigma subsp. framesii grows on sand on the coastal plain of the Northern and Western Cape, below the escarpment. One exceptional gathering of this subspecies is known from the top of the escarpment. Map 66. Plants of this subspecies are almost stemless or with short, recumbent or rarely oblique stems. They rarely occur as solitary individuals, but usually in large clumps. The inflorescences are usually 2- or 3-branched, with unicoloured racemes. This subspecies is named after Mr P. Ross Frames (1863-1947), an enthusiastic collector of succulent plants and sometime member of the Board of Trustees of the National Botanic Gardens (Kirstenbosch), who collected the type specimen. Vouchers: Hall 731 (NBG); Marloth 10996 (PRE); Marsh 186 (PRE); Pole Evans s.n. (K); Reynolds 2558 (BOL, PRE). 93. Aloe gariepensis Pillans in South African Gardening and Country Life 23: 213 (1933a); Reynolds: 400 (1950); Jeppe: 32 (1969); Solch, Roessler & Merxm.: 16 (1970); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 217 (1972); I.Verd.: t. 1654 (1972); Jankowitz: 28 (1975); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 172 (1996). Type: Namibia, near Warmbad, Pillans 6557 (BOL!). A. gariusana Dinter: 31 (1928) nom. nud. Plants usually solitary, stemless to short- stemmed, up to 1 m tall. Leaves many, lanceo- late to deltoid, arcuate-erect to arcuate- incurved. 250-500 x 50-90 mm, dull green to reddish brown, obscurely lined, with or without spots. Inflorescence a simple, very dense, cylin- 108 ALOACEAE: Aloe 2 Figure 17. — Section Purpurascentes. Aloe gariepensis: 1, portion of leaf, lower and apical section of raceme; 2, bract from base of raceme, x 1.3; 3, longitudinal section of flower, x 1.5; 4, habit. Taken from Verdoom (1972). ALOACEAE: Aloe 109 dric to conical raceme, 3-5 simultaneously, 0.8-1. 2 m tall; peduncle with many sterile bracts; bracts narrowly lanceolate-acuminate, 17-26 x 6-8 mm, 5-7-nerved. Flowers usually yellow, rarely brick-red, 16-27 mm long; pedicels 12-20 mm long, lengthening to ± 25 mm in fruit. Anthers exserted 1-5 mm. Ovary 4.0-5. 0 x 1 .5-2.0 mm, green; style exserted 3-6 mm. Fruit ± 14-16 x 8-9 mm, yellow-brown. Seeds ± 5 x 2 x 1 mm, black with pale trans- verse wings at each end. Flowering time July to September. Figure 17. This species is found in Namibia and the Northern Cape. Typically it grows in rock cracks on steep slopes close to the Orange River in the driest part of its course. In some localities it occurs in small pockets of sandy soil on rocky outcrops. Map 65. Aloe gariepensis is the only species in this section in which the flowers are usually yellow both in bud and at flowering. Plants are usually solitary, unlike the much-branched, shrubby A. succotrina (no. 91), and the leaf sap does not dry purple, with the result that dried leaves are not this colour. The leaves of A. gariepensis are lined, and may be spotted or unspotted. The eastern form of this species is much more robust than the type. This species is named after the type locality Igarib , a Khoikhoi word meaning a large (or possibly permanent) river, and in particular the Orange River. Vouchers: Dinter 5211 (BOL, PRE); Giess 14510 (PRE); Hardy 2314 (PRE); Marloth 13249 (PRE, STE); Reynolds 2555 (PRE). Hybrid: A. gariepensis xA. krapohliana (no. 30). See A. krapohliana. 18. Section Arborescentes Section Arborescentes Salm-Dyck, Monographia generum Aloes et Mesembryanthemi: 26 (1849). Type species: A. arhorescens Mill. Series Arborescentes (Salm-Dyck) A. Berger: 287 (1908); Reynolds: 406 ( 1950). Plants stemless to tree-like; stems with few to many branches. Leaves densely rosulate, ensiform, margins dentate with cartilaginous teeth. Inflorescence simple or branched, cylindric to conical racemes; peduncles with sterile bracts. Flowers pendulous at anthesis, straight, cylindric, segments free. Anthers hardly to distinctly exserted. Style hardly to distinctly exserted. la Inflorescence simple: 2a Plants erect; usually in dense clumps; stem branched at or near- ground level; inflores- cence ± 800 mm tall 96. A. arhorescens 2b Plants pendent; solitary; inflorescence ± 250 mm tall 95. A. hardyi lb Inflorescence branched: 3a Plants with a distinct trunk, 2 to 3 m tall; leaves up to 60 mm wide 97. A. pluridens 3b Plants almost stemless, up to 600 mm tall; leaves wider than 80 mm 94. A. vanbalenii In tropical Africa the shrubby aloes are a very difficult group, with polyploidy and hybridisation frequently complicating an already involved picture. The southern African representatives of this section may be regarded as illustrating the extremes of variation in the group, with two species being arborescent, one being pendent and one forming dense, low clumps. Unlike section 17, Purpurascentes, this section occurs in the summer-rainfall area or in the area of rain in all seasons. 110 ALOACEAE: Aloe 3 Figure 18. — Section Arborescentes. Aloe hardyi: 1, upper part of leaf, x 0.9; 2, inflorescence, x 0.9; 3, habit, much reduced; 4, transverse section of leaf, x 0.9. Taken from Glen (1987). ALOACEAE: Aloe with only isolated populations of A. arborescens in the winter-rainfall area. Flowers in this section have broader flower tubes and more exserted anthers and stamens than those in section Purpurascentes. The leaves of the arborescent aloes lack the spots, longitudinal lines and purplish tinge of those of section Purpurascentes ; in no species in this section do they dry purple. 94. Aloe vanbalenii Pillans in South African Gardening and Country Life 24: 25 (1934b); Pole Evans: t. 608 (1936i); Reynolds: 420 (1950); Jeppe: 104 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 229 (1972); Compton: 102 (1976); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 90 (1996). Type: KwaZulu-Natal, near Mahlabathini, J.C. van Balen NBG2778/29 (BOL!). Plants almost stemless, 300-600 mm tall, in dense groups. Leaves many per rosette, 500- 800 x 90-150 mm, deeply channelled, green to copper-red. Inflorescence a 2- or 3-branched dense, cylindric-conical raceme ± 1 m tall; peduncle without sterile bracts below first branch; bracts ovate-obtuse, 15-17 x 6-7 mm, 7-many-nerved. Flowers orange-yellow, dull red or bicoloured, 30-40 mm long; pedicels 14-23 mm long, lengthening to 25-30 mm in fruit. Anthers exserted 1-10 mm. Ovary ±5x2 mm; style exserted 9-12 mm. Fruit not seen. Flowering time June to July. Aloe vanbalenii grows on flat rocks and rocky outcrops with minimal amounts of soil in Acocks’s (1988) Nkonkoni Veld and Zululand Thornveld in Swaziland and KwaZulu-Natal. This area is frost-free and has moderately high summer rainfall. Map 67. The almost stemless, suckering habit and broad, deeply channelled (U-shaped in section), recurved leaves of this species distinguish it from all others of this section. The leaves resemble those of A. alooides (no. 101), but that species is caulescent and has much smaller, ses- sile flowers. The species is named after Mr J.C. van Balen (1894-1956), a noted horticulturist, who col- lected the type specimen. The Zulu common names icenalamatshe and icenandhlovu are recorded for this species (Reynolds 1950). Map 67. — • Aloe vanbalenii ★ A. hardyi ▲ A. pluridens Vouchers: Christian 615 (SRGH); Gerstner 564 (BOL); Reynolds 5376 (BM, PRE); Ward 2628 (NH, NU, PRE). 95. Aloe hardyi Glen in The Flowering Plants of Africa 49: t. 1942 (1987); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 82 (1996). Type: Mpumalanga, Lydenburg District, Fourie 3252 (PRE!). Plants pendent; stems up to ± 1.5 m long, rosettes 300-600 x 300-600 mm. Leaves some- times distichous, 12-20 per rosette, hanging, 400-700 x 50-80 mm, glaucous blue-green. Inflorescence a simple, subdense, conical to subcapitate raceme, 2 or 3 simultaneously, ± 250 mm long; peduncle with few truncate ster- ile bracts; bracts obovate-acute, 14-17 x 10-15 mm, many-nerved. Flowers pink to red. slight- ly trigonously indented, 25-35 mm long; pedicels 15-30 mm long. Anthers exserted up to 5 mm. Style exserted up to 8 mm. Flowering time June to August. Figure 18. Aloe hardyi occurs in almost inaccessible places on cliffs on the escarpment in the Northern 112 ALOACEAE: Aloe Province. Its exact range is not known because of the difficulty of approaching plants. It grows in the mist belt in an area of high summer rainfall, warm summers and cold winters. The area in which it occurs is notable for the high proportion of endemism in the local flora. Map 67. The two aloes most similar to this species are A. arborescens (no. 96) and the Angolan species A. mendesii. Differences between this species and A. arborescens are discussed under that species. A. mendesii is also a pendent species with hanging leaves and conical racemes, but it has much narrower bracts with only 5 nerves, shorter pedicels and flowers, and less exserted anthers and styles. This species was named after the late Dave Hardy in recognition of his many years of study of all African succulents, but particularly of the genus Aloe. This study has culminated in his valued co-authorship of this treatment. Voucher: Glen 1807 (PRE). 96. Aloe arborescens Mill., The gardener’s dictionary: no. 3 (1768); DC.: t. 38 (1800); Andrews: t. 468 (1807); Ker Gawk: t. 1306 (1810c); W.T.Aiton: 292 (1811); Haw.: 76 (1812); Salm-Dyck: 26, t. 3 (1849); Baker: 322 (1896a); A. Berger: 288 (1908); Reynolds: 407 (1950); Adamson: 171 (1950); Jeppe: 48 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 223 (1972); Palmer & Pitman: 375 (1972); West: 91 (1974); Compton: 97 (1976); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 74 (1996). Neotype: Eastern Cape, Fort Cunyng- hame, Galpin 2463 (PRE, holo.!; GRA!), here designated. A. perfoliata L. var. r| L.: 320 (1753). Iconotype: A. africana caulescens, foliis glaucis caulem amplectentibus C.Commelijn. Horti medici Amstelaedamensis: 27, t. 14 (1706). A. arborea Medik.: 305 (1783). Based on A. arborescens Mill. A. fruticosa Lam.: 87 ( 1783); Pers.: 378 (1805). Type: not cited. Catevala arborescens (Mill.) Medik.: 67 (1786). Type: not cited. A. perfoliata L. a arborescens (Mill.) Aiton: 466 (1789). Type: not cited. A. frutescens Salm-Dyck: 30 (1817); Haw.: 46 (1819). A. arborescens Mill. var. frutescens (Salm-Dyck) Link: 339 (1821); Baker: 322 (1896a); A. Berger: 293 (1908); Pole Evans: t. 187 (1925b). Type: not cited. A. natalensis J.M.Wood & M.S. Evans: 9 (1900); J.M.Wood & M.S. Evans: 170 (1901); J.M.Wood & M.S. Evans: t. 258 (1902). A. arborescens Mill. var. natal- ensis (J.M.Wood & M.S. Evans) A. Berger: 290 (1908); C.H. Wright: t. 8663 (1916). Type: KwaZulu-Natal. Inanda, Wood 4342 (NH, holo.!; K!; PRE, photo.!). A. arborescens Mill. var. milleri A. Berger: 288 (1908). Type: Hort. Palermo, Schweinfurth s.n. (B?). A. arborescens Mill. var. pachythyrsa A. Berger: 292 (1908). Iconotype: AiBerger in Das Pflanzenreich 33: 292 (1908). A. mutabilis Pillans: 167 (1933c); Pole Evans: t. 611 (1936j): Reynolds: 418 (1950); Jeppe: 49 (1969): Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 227 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 84 (1996). Type: Northern Province, near Warmbaths, J.C. van Balen BOL20477 (= NBG2720/29 ) (BOL!). Much-branched arborescent shrubs up to 3 m tall; if on rock faces then solitary to few- branched. Leaves many per rosette, spreading to slightly reflexed, 250-600 x 20-70 mm, blue- green. Inflorescence usually a simple, rarely branched, dense, broadly conical, ± 800 mm long raceme; bracts ovate-acute, 12-20 x 7-12 mm, many-nerved. Flowers scarlet throughout, or becoming yellow at anthesis, 3CM-0 mm long; pedicels 2CM-0 mm long. Anthers exsert- ed 1-5 mm. Ovary 4-10 x 1. 5-3.0 mm, green; style exserted 3-9 mm. Fruit ± 22 x 6-7 mm, pale grey. Flowering season (April to) June to July, depending on locality. Aloe arborescens is found in Botswana, Swaziland, the Northern Province, North-West, Gauteng, Mpumalanga, KwaZulu-Natal, the Western and Eastern Cape; also in Malawi, Mozambique and Zimbabwe. It usually occurs in pockets of rich soil on rocky outcrops in mountains in areas of high summer rainfall. The Cape Peninsula populations are also found in rocky places, but here the highest rainfall is in winter. Plants growing on deep soil probably indicate abandoned sites of cultivation. Map 68. ALOACEAE: Aloe 113 This species is one of the most variable of the southern African representatives of the genus Aloe. It differs from A. pluridens (no. 97) in branching much more freely and in having broader, more glaucous green leaves. The racemes of A. arborescens are denser, broader and more obtuse than those of A. pluridens. A. hardyi (no. 95) is always pendent, whereas A. arborescens is seldom truly pendent with hang- ing leaves. In A. Iiardyi the raceme is only about half the length of that of A. arborescens and it is somewhat laxer. The pedicels and flowers are somewhat shorter, but the two species overlap in these characters. The specific epithet can be traced back to the pre-Linnaean phrase-name Aloe africana caules- cens, foliis glaucis caulem amplectentibus (Commelijn 1701). The Latin word arborescens {- tree-forming) was evidently regarded as a synonym of caulescens (= stem-forming), al- though the plant becomes a large, much- branched shrub rather than a tree. Many com- mon names are recorded for this species, in- cluding the following: inhlazi, umhlabana, inkalene ( encane ) (Zulu), sayyan (seKone), and kransaalwyn (Afrikaans) (Reynolds 1950, 1966; Palmer & Pitman 1972). Although Com- melijn gives a picture of his plant, which is cited by Miller (1768), it is at best difficult to identi- fy Commelin’s seedling with any particular species of Aloe. Accordingly, a neotype is cho- sen to stabilise current usage. Leaf pulp of this species was tested for use in the treatment of X-ray burns. Although Rey- nolds (1950) reported that initial results were encouraging, nothing seems to have come of this. Several tribal uses have been recorded for this species, of which the most conspicuous is as living fences around kraals. In the Eastern Cape, kraals abandoned within about 50 years, are easily visible because of the remains of hedges of this species. Vouchers: Acocks 10474 (BOL, PRE); Cul- verwell 815 (PRE); Dyer 3443 (PRE); Reynolds 1290 (PRE); Ward 4192 (PRE). Hybrids: 1. A. arborescens x A. chortolirioides var. cliortolirioides (no. 9a). See A. chortolirioides var. chortolirioides. 2. A. arborescens x A. nubigena (no. 13). See A. nubigena. 3. A. arborescens x A. pratensis (no. 35). See A. pratensis. 4. A. arborescens x A. lineata var. lineata (no. 38a). See A. lineata var. lineata. 5. A. arborescens x A. maculata (no. 45). See A. maculata. 6. A. arborescens x A. cryptopoda (no. 77). See A. cryptopoda. 7. A. arborescens x A. succotrina (no. 91). See A. succotrina. 8. A. arborescens x A. speciosa (no. 98) (= A. x drepanophylla Baker). Voucher: Cooper s.n. (K). 9. A. arborescens x A. marlothii var. marlothii (no. 104a). Vouchers: King 47 (PRE); Reynolds 1315 (BOL); F.Z. van derMenve 308 (PRE). 10. A. arborescens x A. ferox (no. 110) (= A. x salmdyckiana Schult. & Schult.f.). Vouchers: Berger s.n. (K); Pillans 967 (BOL, GRA); Marloth 5492 (PRE); Pole Evans 166 (BM. PRE); Sparks s.n. (PRE). 114 ALOACEAE: Aloe 97. Aloe pluridens Haw. in The Philo- sophical Magazine 64: 299 (1824); Baker: 322 (1896a); A.Berger: 294 (1908); Marloth: 76 (1915); Pole Evans: t. 610 (1936k); Reynolds: 415 (1950); Jeppe: 47 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 225 (1972); Glen & G.F.Sm.: 41 (1995); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 60 (1996). Neotype: Eastern Cape, near Fort Beaufort, Reynolds 1419 (PRE!). A. atherstonei Baker: 170 (1880a). Type: Eastern Cape, no precise locality, Atherstone s.n. (K). A. pluridens Haw. var. beckeri Schonland: 43 (1903). Type: Hort. (?) Mauritius, Becker s.n. (GRAI). Plants arborescent, 2-3(-5) m tall; stems with few branches, rarely simple. Leaves 30^40 per rosette, spreading to recurved, 450-700 x 35-60 mm, pale green to yellow-green, obscurely lined. Inflorescences dense, conical racemes with up to 4 branches, 0.8- 1.0 m tall, without sterile bracts below first branch; bracts ovate-acute to obovate-obtuse, 15-20 x 6-12 mm, many-nerved. Flower salmon-pink to scar- let, 35-45 mm long; pedicels 17-35 mm long. Anthers exserted up to 4 mm. Ovary 6-1 1 x 2^4 mm, green; style exserted up to 8 mm. Fruit ± 20 x 1 1 mm, yellow-brown. Flowering time May to June. Aloe pluridens is found in KwaZulu-Natal and the Eastern Cape. Near the southern Cape coast it usually occurs on relatively deep sandy soil in valley bushveld. In this area rain may fall at any time, with a summer maximum, and the average annual rainfall is relatively low. Map 67. This species is taller and more sparsely branched than A. arborescens (no. 96). The leaves are narrower and more yellowish green, and the racemes are laxer, narrower and more acute than those of A. arborescens. The leaf teeth are pinkish white, not glaucous white, and the leaf sap has a distinctive sharp odour. The only other tall, single-stemmed Aloe in the range of A. pluridens is A. ferox (no. 110), which is a much stouter plant with broader, firmer leaves and dense subcylindric racemes of subsessile flowers. The ‘many-toothed tree-aloe’ has leaves in which the teeth are somewhat more distinct than in A. arborescens , hence the Latin and English names given by Haworth. Common names recorded for this species include French aloe, fransaalwyn (Afrikaans) and garaa (Khoi) (Palmer & Pitman 1972). Vouchers: Bayliss BRI-B226 (PRE); Mac- Owan 1825 (BM, GRA, K, SAM); Marloth 5137 (PRE); Paterson 69 (PRE); Reynolds 2386 (PRE). Hybrid: A. pluridens x A. ferox (no. 110). Voucher: Reynolds 1424 (BOL, PRE). 19. Section Principales Section Principales (A.Berger) Glen & D.S. Hardy, stat. nov. Type species: A. speciosa Baker. Series Principales A.Berger in Botanische Jahrbiicher 36: 48 ( 1905a); A.Berger: 296 (1908): Reynolds: 422 (1950). Plants arborescent, 3^)(-6) m tall; stems simple or branched, rosettes usually tilted slightly side- ways. Leaves many, rosulate, erect to spreading, 400-800 x 40-95 mm, slightly channelled to D- shaped in section, green to glaucous green with bluish to reddish tinge, margins with minute distant pink teeth. Inflorescence a simple, very dense, cylindric, arcuate-erect raceme ± 500 mm long; pedun- cle with many sterile bracts; bracts broadly ovate-acute, 10-20 x 8-11 mm, 7-many-nerved. Flowers red in bud, greenish white at flowering, cylindric-ventricose, 22-35 mm long; outer segments free almost to base, inner segments free; pedicels 3-10 mm long. Anthers exserted 9-16 mm. Ovary 5-6 x 2-A mm, green; style exserted 10-16 mm. Fruit not seen. Flowering time August to September. ALOACEAE: Aloe 1 15 98. Aloe speciosa Baker in Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Botany 18: 178 (1880a); Baker: 323 (1896a); A.Berger: 299 (1908); Pole Evans: t. 606 (19361); Reynolds: 422 (1950); Jeppe: 43 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 231 (1972); Palmer & Pitman: 377 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 66 (1996). Type: Eastern Cape, near Fish River, MacOwan 1922 (K, holo. ! ; PRE, photo.!). Description as for section. Figure 19. Aloe speciosa occurs mainly in noorsveld, but also in valley bushveld and fynbos, on very stony ground in the Western and Eastern Cape. Its range is mostly in the drier parts of the region where rain occurs in all seasons, with a summer maximum in the east. Map 69. In this very distinctive species the rosette of leaves is slightly oblique, a character not found in any other southern African single-stemmed Aloe. The leaves have very fine pink to red mar- gins with the finest teeth of all arborescent aloes, and the simple inflorescences with cylin- dric, very dense, bicoloured racemes are other very distinctive characters. A. rubroviolacea (indigenous to Yemen) also has oblique leaf rosettes and inflorescences with very dense racemes, but the plant is shorter and the racemes are unicoloured. The Latin word speciosus means ‘showy’ or 'beautiful', and is an apt description of the inflorescence of this aloe. Palmer & Pitman (1972) record the following common names for this species: slapoor, slaphoringaalwyn, spans- aalwyn and spanareaalwyn (all Afrikaans). Vouchers: Bayliss 6056 (PRE); Marloth 13125 (PRE); Muir 1750 (PRE); Reynolds 2619 (PRE); Thode A2773 (NH, PRE). Hybrids: 1. A. speciosa xA. arborescens (no. 96). See A. arborescens. 2. A. speciosa x A. africana (no. 109). Voucher: Johnson 660 (PRE). 3. A. speciosa x A. ferox (no. 1 10) (= A. x tomlinsonii Marloth). Vouchers: L. Bolus NBG161 5/32 (NBG); Tomlinson in Marloth 13691 (PRE); Reynolds 1420 (BOL). 20. Section Anguialoe Section Anguialoe Reynolds in Journal of South African Botany 6: 1 1 1 (1940b); Reynolds: 428 (1950). Type species: A. spicata L.f. (= A. sessiliflora Pole Evans). Plants short-stemmed to arborescent; stems simple or branched. Leaves densely rosulate, nar- rowly deltoid to ensiform, margins dentate. Inflorescence a simple cylindric, very dense raceme, 1-5 per rosette; peduncles with many sterile bracts. Flowers sessile or subsessile, spreading, cam- panulate; segments free. Anthers exserted for ± half their total length. Style exserted for ± half its total length. Figure 1 9. — Section Principales. Aloe speciosa: 1 , median longitudinal section of flower; 2, bract; 3 & 4, flower buds; 5, open flower; 6, cross section of leaf; 7, portion of leaf margin; 8, habit. Taken from Pole Evans (19361). ALOACEAE: Aloe 1 17 la Plants up to 2 m tall, may be almost stemless: 2a Leaves flat; racemes over 50 mm in diameter 99. A. vryheidensis 2b Leaves channelled; racemes less than 50 mm in diameter 100. A. spicata lb Adult plants over 2 m tall; stems conspicuous, branched or unbranched: 3a Stem unbranched; leaves recurved; inflorescence up to 1.3 m tall 101. A. alooides 3b Stem branched above ground; leaves ascending to spreading; inflorescence 1.5 m tall or more 102. A. castanea This section is characterised by the inflorescences, which are simple and relatively long, with narrowly cylindric racemes. The flowers are sessile or subsessile and campanulate with free seg- ments, long-exserted anthers and styles, and copious nectar. 99. Aloe vryheidensis Groenew. in Tyd- skrif vir Wetenskap en Kuns 15: 129 (1937c); Reynolds: 111 (1940b); R.A.Dyer: t. 805 (1941); Reynolds: 428 (1950); Jeppe: 107 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 233 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 70 (1996). Type: KwaZulu- Natal, Heine near Vryheid, F.Z. van der Merxve 266 (PRE!). A. dolomitica Groenew.: 178 (1938b): Reynolds: 111 (1940b); Reynolds: 434 (1950); Jeppe: 108 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 239 (1972); Palmer & Pitman: 379 (1972). Type: Mpumalanga, Strydpoort Mts, F.Z. van der Merwe 235 (PRE!). Plants almost stemless to arborescent, 1-2 m tall; stems simple. Leaves 20-50, ascending to arcuate-incurved, flat, 400-800 x 80-130 mm, dark green to glaucous green. Inflorescences 2-3(-5) per rosette, 0.6-1. 5 m tall, over 50 mm in diameter; bracts ovate-acute, 8-15 x 5-10 mm, 3-5-nerved. Flowers sessile, rose or brown- ish honey-yellow to greenish yellow, 8-20 mm long. Anthers exserted 6-15 mm. Ovary ± 5-6 x 3 mm, orange; style exserted 7-17 mm. Fruit not seen. Flowering time July to August. Aloe vryheidensis is found in the Northern Province, Mpumalanga and KwaZulu-Natal, where it usually occurs on alkaline soils derived from shales or dolomite. The entire range of this species falls within the summer-rainfall region, but rainfall amounts and temperatures vary con- siderably. Map 70. In this species the peduncle is more or less oblique, while the raceme is erect. There is thus Map 70. — Aloe vryheidensis a distinct angle at the base of the raceme. The leaves are flat to D-shaped in section and the flowers are pinkish brown. Plants may be stem- less or caulescent. In A. spicata (no. 100), the only species with which A. vryheidensis is like- ly to be confused, the leaves are channelled, the raceme is narrower and the flowers are greenish yellow. The specific epithet indicates the type local- ity, while the synonym and common name indi- cate the preferred substrate of this aloe; Palmer & Pitman (1972) record the common name dolomite aloe for this species. Vouchers: Dyer 3501 (PRE); Hardy 40 (PRE); Jacobsen 2939 (PRE); Reynolds 2000 (PRE. SAM); Verdoorn 2522 (PRE). 118 ALOACEAE: Aloe Figure 20. — Section Anguialoe. Aloe spicata: 1, transverse section of leaf; 2. median longitudinal section of flower showing upward inclination of style from apex of ovary x 3; 3, habit, much reduced; 4, flower and attachment to raceme, x 1 .5. Taken from Dyer (1931b). ALOACEAE: Aloe 119 100. Aloe spicata L./.', Supplementum plan- tarum: 205 (1782); Thunb.: 61 (1794); Willd.: 1 85 ( 1 799); Thunb.: 1 82 ( 1 800); Haw.: 76 ( 1 8 1 2) pro parte; Salm-Dyck: 28 (1817); Haw.: 39 (1821) pro parte; Thunb.: 309 (1823); A. Berger: 304 (1908); N.E.Br.: 142 (1923); Reynolds: 425 (1950); Glen & D.S.Hardy: 99 (1995); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 86 (1996). Type: southern Africa, no precise locality, Thunberg 8599 (UPS, holo.!; BM!, PRE!, STE!, photo.). A. sessiliflora Pole Evans: 708 (1917); Pole Evans: t. 180 (1925c); R. A. Dyer: t. 435 (1931b); Reynolds: 111 (1940b); Reynolds: 431 (1950); Jeppe: 106 (1969); Bornman & D.S.Hardy: 235 (1972); Palmer & Pitman: 379 (1972); West; 80 (1974); Compton: 102 (1976). Type: Mpumalanga, Barberton District, Thorncroft PRE43 (PRE!). A. tauri L.C. Leach: 363 (1968); West: 79 (1974). Type: Zimbabwe, Mt Igar, Leach & Bullock 13321 (SRGH. holo.!; BM, G. K!, LISC, PRE!). Plants almost stemless to arborescent, 1-2 m tall; stems simple or branched. Leaves ± 30 per rosette, spreading to slightly recurved, 500-700 x 50-95 mm, channelled, green to reddish. Inflorescences 1-5 per rosette, 0.6-1. 2 m tall, less than 50 mm in diameter; bracts ovate-acute, 10-11 x 5-7 mm, 3-5-nerved. Flowers sessile, brownish red in bud, greenish yellow to almost white at flowering, 7-15 mm long. Anthers exserted 5-15 mm. Ovary ± 4. 0-5.0 x 2.5 mm, orange; style exserted 3-15 mm. Fruit ±13x6 mm, almost black. Seeds ± 2.0 x 1 .25 x 0.7 mm, black, without wings. Flowering time June to August. Figure 20. Aloe spicata occurs on a wide variety of soils at high and low altitudes on the Northern Pro- vince and Mpumalanga highveld and lowveld and adjacent areas of southern Zimbabwe, Swaziland and the Mozambique and KwaZulu- Natal coastal plain. Temperatures are generally high, with variable amounts of summer rain. Map 71. Differences between A. spicata and A. vry- heidensis (no. 99) are discussed under that species. This pair is unlikely to be confused with any other aloe. The salient differences between A. tauri and A. spicata mentioned in the first Map 7 1 . — Aloe spicata description of the former were dimensions and ratios of dimensions in the inflorescence and of the leaves. In almost all of these, there was at least some overlap, the only exception being in Leach’s measurements of the raceme length and hence of the raceme:peduncle ratio. Reynolds’s (1950: 431) and our measurements indicate that here, too, there is overlap. The specific epithet highlights the spicate inflorescence. Vouchers: Compton 27909 (NBG, PRE); Hardy & Scott 1522 (PRE); Mogg 16636 (PRE); Reynolds 1985 (PRE, SAM); Ward 4186 (PRE). Hybrids: 1 . A. spicata x A. greatheadii var. davyana (no. 46b). See A. greatheadii var. davyana. 2. A. spicata x A. marlothii var. marlothii (no. 104a). Voucher: Reynolds 1916 (PRE). 3. A. spicata x A. aculeata (no. 105). Voucher: Bey 7 (SRGH). 101. Aloe alooides (Bolus) Druten in Bothalia 6: 544 (1956); Jeppe: 109 (1969); Bornman & D.S.Hardy: 243 (1972); Palmer & Pitman: 380 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 44 (1996). Type: Mpumalanga, near Mac-Mac, 120 ALOACEAE: Aloe MacLea BOL3011 (BOL, holo.!; K!, SAM!; PRE, photo.!). Urginea alooides Bolus: 395 (1881). Notosceptmm alooides (Bolus) Benth.: 775 (1883); Baker: 285 (1896b). A. recurvifolia Groenew.: 39 (1935); Reynolds: t. 601 (1936k); Reynolds: 111 (1940b); Reynolds: 436 (1950). Neotype: Mpumalanga, near Graskop, F.Z. van der Merwe 73 (PRE!, designated by Reynolds 1950). Trees 2-4 m tall; stems usually simple, rare- ly branched near base. Leaves many, recurved, 600-1300 x 70-180 mm, deeply channelled, olive-green, sometimes slightly reddish. Inflores- cence simple, 3-5 simultaneously, up to 1.3 m tall; bracts ovate-acute, 5-8 x 3-5 mm, 3-5- nerved. Flowers sessile, lemon-yellow, 8-10 mm long. Anthers exserted 3-7 mm. Ovary ± 3 x 3 mm, orange; style exserted 3-8 mm. Fruit ± 9x7 mm. Flowering time July to August. Aloe alooides grows in shallow soil on dolomite outcrops in a limited area of the Mpu- malanga escarpment. It sometimes occurs in association with Encephalartos humilis. The summers in this area are warm and rainy, the winters dry and cold. Map 72. The flowers of this species are the smallest in the entire genus, and plants are the slowest- growing. Among the species of this section, this species stands out because of its deeply chan- nelled, sharply recurved leaves and very long, narrow inflorescences. Map 72. — Aloe alooides The specific epithet highlights the confusion sumounding the identity of this plant when it was discovered. The type specimen is an inflo- rescence with neither leaves nor notes on leaves and habit, and so it was first placed in the genus Urginea , a group of small, inconspicuous bul- bous plants. The name first given to it means ‘the Urginea that looks like an Aloe\ The com- bination Aloe alooides had to be used when it was realised that this plant was, in fact, an Aloe , and so the present name means ‘the aloe that looks like an aloe’. Voucher: Reynolds 1459 (PRE). 102. Aloe castanea Schonland in Records of the Albany Museum 2: 138 (1907); A. Berger: 330 (1908); Reynolds: 111 (1940b); Reynolds: 438 (1950); Jeppe: 109 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 245 (1972); Palmer & Pitman: 380 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 76 (1996). Type: Mpumalanga, Ohrigstad Valley, Burtt Daw 2856 (GRA!). Trees 2-4 m tall; stems branched. Leaves many per rosette, ascending to spreading, 500-1000 x 50-100 mm, channelled, glaucous. Inflorescence simple, 1-5 per rosette, 1. 5-2.0 m tall; bracts 8-14 x 5-8 mm, 3-5-nerved. Flowers chestnut-brown, 15-18 mm long; pedicels up to 3 mm long. Anthers exserted 4-15 mm. Ovary 4-7 x 2-3 mm, deep orange; style exserted 6-15 mm. Fruit 1 1-15 x 7-8 mm, olive-brown. Seeds ± 4.0 x 1.75 x 1.25 mm, ochre. Flowering time July to August. Aloe castanea occurs in hot, dry thorny wood- land (mostly Acocks's (1988) Mixed Bushveld and Sourish Mixed Bushveld) on the highveld side of the Mpumalanga escarpment (Gauteng, Mpumalanga and the Northern Province and Swaziland) on a variety of soils. Map 73. This is the only species of the section in which the stems are often branched, and plants may occasionally form much-branched trees. The racemes are rarely rigidly erect as they are in other species of this section, being usually ALOACEAE: Aloe 121 The Latin word castaneus means ‘chestnut- coloured’ and refers to the flowers of this species. The seKone common names borolo and suwopa are recorded for this species (Reynolds 1950). The leaf ash prepared from this species is used as a weevil-repellent preservative for stored grain in Sekhukhuneland (Reynolds 1950). Vouchers: Barnard & Mogg 1006 (PRE); Dahlstrand 1866 (PRE); Henderson 1738 (NBG); Reynolds 2471 (PRE). Hybrids: 1 . A. castanea x A. greatheadii var. davyana (no. 46b). See A. greatheadii var. davyana. 2. A. castanea x A. crvptopoda (no. 77). See oblique, bent (simply or with an S-bend) or ^ cryptopoda twisted. The flowers are subsessile, with pedicels up to 3 mm long; in other species in 3. A. castanea x A. aculeata (no. 105). this section the flowers are completely sessile. Voucher: E.R. Harrison s.n. (PRE). 21. Section Ortholophae Section Ortholophae ( Christian ) Glen & D.S. Hardy, stat. nov. Type species: A. secundiflora Engl. Subsection Ortholophae Christian in Journal of South African Botany 6: 188 (1940b). Plants stemless to arborescent, solitary with simple or branched stems, or suckering to form small or large groups. Leaves rosulate, deltoid to lanceolate, arcuate-incurved to spreading, green to glaucous, unspotted, margins dentate, surfaces sometimes with irregular prickles. Inflorescences simple or branched, erect to horizontal, lax to dense, usually secund, rarely cylindric racemes; peduncles usually without sterile bracts except those subtending branches, rarely few sterile bracts present. Flowers cylindric-trigonous, cylindric, clavate or ventricose; outer segments shortly con- nate, inner segments usually dorsally adnate to outer, sometimes completely free; pedicels short. Anthers variously exserted. Style variously exserted. Plants stemless; racemes lax to sublax (peduncle visible between flowers) ... 103. A. globuligemma Plants caulescent; racemes dense (peduncle not visible between flowers) 104. A. marlothii The secund racemes are a certain indicator of this section, except in some populations of A. marlothii in KwaZulu-Natal, where the racemes may be cylindric. Species of this group are stemless and sucker- ing to caulescent and solitary, with leaves with or without surface prickles. The racemes are lax to very dense, and the inflorescence may be simple or with few to many branches. In the southern African species of this section the anthers and styles are long-exserted. In Aloe, the secund flowers point upwards, but in species of Kniphofia with secund flowers, the flowers point obliquely downwards. 122 ALOACEAE: Aloe 103. Aloe globuligemma Pole Evans in Transactions of the Royal Society of South Africa 5: 30 (1915): Pole Evans: t. 2 (1921c); Christian: 188 (1940b); Reynolds: 443 (1950); Reynolds: 223 (1966); Jeppe: 6 (1969); Bomman & D.S.Hardy: 247 (1972); West: 74 (1974); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 138 (1996). Type: Hort. Pretoria. Pole Evans 20 (PRE!). Plants stemless, 400-600 mm tall excluding inflorescence, suckering and forming large dense groups. Leaves ± 20 per rosette, erectly spreading to slightly incurved, with recurved apices, 400-600 x 55-90 mm, glaucous. In- florescence of lax, secund racemes, with 8-18 horizontal to ascending branches, up to 1 m tall; bracts ovate-acute to lanceolate-acute, 3-8 x 3-4 mm, 3-5-nerved. Flowers deep dull red in bud, sulphur-yellow to ivory-coloured at flow- ering, 18-26 mm long; outer segments connate in basal third, inner segments free; pedicels 2-5 mm long. Anthers exserted 5-12 mm. Ovary > ± 6x2 mm; style exserted 5-14 mm. Fruit ± 25 x 13 mm. Flowering time July to August. This species occurs on stony soil in hot, dry, thorny bushveld in Botswana, the Northern Pro- vince and Mpumalanga; also in southern Zimbabwe. Map 74. Aloe globuligemma is similar to A. guerrae and A. procera (both indigenous to Angola), A. Map 74. — Aloe globuligemma ortholopha (indigenous to Zimbabwe) and A. mawii (indigenous to Malawi and Mozam- bique). In A. guerrae the flowers are somewhat laxer than in A. globuligemma , the inflores- cences are much taller and plants are solitary, not forming great masses. In A. procera the inflorescences are laxer and taller than in A. globuligemma, and the flowers do not change colour as they age. Plants of A. ortholopha are solitary, with very dense, unicoloured racemes in inflorescences which are only once or twice branched, and flowers on much longer pedicels than those of A. globuligemma. A. mawii is shortly ( 1-2 m) caulescent and has simple, very dense racemes in which the bracts are very small and obscurely veined. In A. globuligem- ma, unlike all the other members of this section, the flowers are clavate. The specific epithet is composed of two Latin words, globulus a ‘small ball' or ‘cluster', and gemma a ‘bud' or ‘jewel’, an allusion to the round buds. The seKone common name for this species is lekopane (Reynolds 1950). In Sekhu- khuneland this species is considered to be an aid to long-term weather forecasting. When the ter- minal raceme points eastwards, this indicates that the following rainy season will be poor, while a westward-pointing terminal raceme indi- cates good rains to come (Reynolds 1950). Plants in cultivation both in Pretoria and Johannesburg generally had terminal racemes pointing close to due north in both good and poor rain years. The inflorescences of cultivat- ed plants of this species in the Pretoria National Botanical Garden are avidly eaten by rock hyraxes (dassies. Procavia capensis). West (1974: 75) reports that the leaves contain a water-solu- ble toxic principle which has been implicated in some cases of culpable homicide. Vouchers: Eller y 238 (PRE); Leach 11127 (MO. PRE. SRGH); Pole Evans 221 (BM, PRE); Reynolds 5475 (BOL, PRE, SAM); Van Vuuren 1538 (PRE). Hybrid: A. globuligemma x A. aculeata (no. 105). Voucher: Leach 9251 (SRGH). ALOACEAE: Aloe 123 104. Aloe marlothii A. Berger in Botan- ische Jahrbiicher 38: 87 (1905b); A. Berger: 312 (1908); J.M.Wood: t. 579 (1912); N.E.Br.: t. 8484 (1913); Marloth: 102b (1915); Sim: 151 (1919); Pole Evans: t. 171 ( 1925d); Reynolds: 7 (1935); Reynolds: 479 (1950); Jeppe: 36 (1969); Bornman & D.S.Hardy: 271 (1972); Palmer & Pitman: 390 (1972); Compton: 100 (1976); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 58 (1996). Type: Botswana, near Lobatse, Marloth 3325 (B, holo.; PRE!, BOL! [= BOL24327]). A. supralaevis Haw. var. hanburyi Baker: 327 (1896a). Type: Hort. La Mortola, Hanbury s.n. (K!). A. ferox Mill. var. xanthostachys A. Berger: 310 (1908). Type: KwaZulu-Natal, Ladysmith, Marloth 4157 (B). A. marlothii A. Berger var. bicolor Reynolds: 34 (1936f); Reynolds: 482 (1950). Type: Mpumalanga, Barberton, Reynolds 1440 (PRE, holo.!; BOL!). A. spectabilis Reynolds: 129 (1937e); Reynolds: 477 (1950); Jeppe: 38 (1969); Bornman & D.S.Hardy: 269 (1972); Palmer & Pitman: 389 (1972). Type: KwaZulu- Natal. Tugela Ferry, Reynolds 2033 (PRE, holo.!; BOL!). Trees 2 — 4(— 10) m tall; stems simple. Leaves 40-50, arcuate-incurved to spreading or slight- ly recurved with age, 750-1500 x 75-250 mm, channelled to D-shaped in section, glaucous, usually with irregular prickles on both surfaces, these normally fewer on upper surface. Inflorescence of spreading to rarely erect, usu- ally secund, rarely cylindric racemes, with up to 30 branches; bracts ovate-acute, 4-9 x 2-5 mm, 3-5-nerved. Flowers yellow to red in bud, yel- low to orange at flowering, cylindric to ventri- cose, 22-35 mm long; outer segments connate for one third to half their length, inner segments adnate to outer in basal third; pedicles 3-5 mm long. Anthers exserted 8-20 mm. Ovary 5. 0-9.0 x 1. 5-5.0 mm, green; style exserted 6-20 mm. Fruit 19-21 x 10-12 mm, grey. Aloe marlothii characteristically grows on rocky hills on the highveld of the Northern Province, Mpumalanga and Gauteng, but may occur in a wide variety of habitats elsewhere. The vegetation and climate vary considerably across its range. Records of this species from Zimbabwe and Malawi (e.g. Jeppe 1969: 36) are probably based on misidentifications of A. excelsa (no. 115), which appears similar when not in Power or fruit. This species and A. mawii are the only arborescent members of this section. In A. mar- lothii the inflorescence is a much-branched pan- icle with up to 30 racemes of orange to yellow flowers subtended by bracts 4—9 mm long. In A. mawii the inflorescence is a simple raceme of red to orange flowers subtended by minute bracts no more than I mm long. The leaves of A. excelsa are slightly shorter, narrower and more spreading than those of A. marlothii , tend to be slightly more purplish in colour when affected by cold, and have somewhat inrolled margins. Two subspecies are recognised: Stems solitary, taller than 2 m; leaves with many surface prickles 104a. subsp. marlothii Stems in clumps, shorter than 2 m; leaves with few surface prickles 104b. subsp. orientalis 104a. subsp. marlothii. Description as for species. Flowering time June to August. Found in Botswana, the Northern Province, North-West, Gauteng, Mpumalanga, Swaziland and KwaZulu-Natal. Map 75. The specific epithet honours the discoverer, H.W.R. Marloth ( 1855-1931), pharmacist, ana- lytical chemist and botanist. Marloth's collec- tions and publications are among the most important of his period for the study of southern African botany. Many common names are re- corded for this species, including the following: mountain aloe, bergaalwyn (Afrikaans), inhla- ba (siSwati), bindamutsho and khopha (Tshi- venda), umhlaba, inhlaba, ikliala and inhlabane (Zulu) and ngopa nara (seKone) (Reynolds 1950; Palmer & Pitman 1972). 124 ALOACEAE: Aloe Figure 21. — Section Ortholophae. Aloe marlothii subsp. orientalis: 1, leaf apex, x 0.8; 2, one raceme, x 0.8; 3, fruit, x 0.8. Taken from Glen & Hardy (1987c). ALOACEAE: Aloe 125 Map 75. — 0 Aloe marlothii subsp. marlothii ★ A. marlothii subsp. orientalis Aloe marlothii subsp. marlothii is eaten by eland in the Pietersburg Game Reserve (G. Bredenkamp pers. comm.). Small plants are browsed as they are found, but the animals push over large individuals to reach the crowns. The baKgatla use the leaf boiled in water with sugar as a tapeworm remedy (Watt & Breyer- Brandwijk 1963). The same authors report that this species contains the same carcinogens as cigarette smoke. The leaves are widely used to scrape hides and thin them for use as clothing. Ash from burned dry leaves is used to adulter- ate snuff. The Zulu use a decoction of green leaves and roots against roundworm, and a decoction of the shoots for digestive troubles. The leaf sap is rubbed on a mother’s breasts to hasten weaning. Vouchers: Acocks 10526 (NH, PRE); Bui- tendag 567 (NBG, PRE); H. Hall 927 (MO); Moll 3292 (PRE); Story 5641 (PRE). Hybrids; 1. A. marlothii subsp. marlothii x A. great- headii var. greatheadii (no. 46a). See A. great- headii var. greatheadii. 2. A. marlothii subsp. marlothii x A. cryp- topoda (no. 77). See A. cryptopoda. 3. A. marlothii subsp. marlothii x A. arhorescens (no. 96). See A. arborescens. 4. A. marlothii subsp. marlothii x A. spicata (no. 100). See A. spicata. 5. A. marlothii subsp. marlothii x A. acidea- ta (no. 105). Voucher: Reynolds 1366 (PRE). 6. A. marlothii subsp. marlothii x A. ferox (no. 110). Vouchers: Moll 3287 A-D (NU). 7. A. marlothii subsp. marlothii x A. angeli- ca (no. 111). Voucher: Reynolds 1382 (BOL, PRE). 8. A. marlothii subsp. marlothii x A. rupestris (no. 112). Voucher: Henderson 1752 (NBG). 104b. subsp. orientalis Glen & D.S. Hardy in The Flowering Plants of Africa 49: t. 1943 (1987c). Type: KwaZulu-Natal, Mtunzini District, Plowes 2260 (PRE, holo.!; LISC!, SRGH!). Plants caulescent, 1.0-1.75 m tall, suckering to form small groups. Leaves glaucous to blue- green, with no to few surface prickles. Flowers somewhat shorter than in subsp. marlothii. Anthers exserted 8-12 mm. Style exserted 8-12 mm. Flowering time July to August. Other char- acters as in subsp. marlothii. Figure 21. Found in Swaziland and KwaZulu-Natal; also in Mozambique. The first two vouchers cited are from Mozambique; the type is among the few known gatherings from southern Africa. Map 75. This subspecies suckers when growing in sandy soil, while subsp. marlothii does not form clumps. Unlike subsp. marlothii, this sub- species can grow on beach sand, and generally favours sandier soils at lower altitude than the typical subspecies. A. marlothii subsp. oriental- is is characterised by no or few surface prickles on the leaves, shorter stems than the typical subspecies and racemes which are usually oblique rather than usually horizontal. The subspecific epithet (Latin orientalis = eastern) indicates that the natural range of 126 ALOACEAE: Aloe this subspecies lies to the east of the range of the typical one. Anderson & Pooley (1977) record that leaves of A. marlothii are rarely eaten by nyala ( Tragelaphus angasi) in the Ndumu Game Reserve. They probably refer to the subsp. orientalis, which seems to be fairly common in that reserve (HFG, sight record). Vouchers: Jansen & De Koning 7311 (MO); Leach 11129 (PRE); Pooley 643 (NH); C.J. Ward 2645 (NH. PRE); M.C. Ward 1049 (PRE). 22. Section Pachythamnos Section Pachythamnos Glen & D.S. Hardy, sect. nov. Type species: A. petricola Pole Evans. Plantae acaulescentes; inflorescentia simplice vel parce ramosa; racemis cylindricis vel sub- cylindricis; bracteis angustis; floribus subsessilibus. Plants stemless or short-stemmed, not suckering. Leaves rosulate, deltoid to lanceolate, spreading to arcuate-incurved, green to glaucous, unspotted, margins dentate. Inflorescence simple or with few branches; peduncles with sterile bracts; racemes erect to decurved, conical to cylindric, dense; pedicels short. Flowers cylindric-trigonous to ventricose, straight or curved; outer segments connate in lower half, inner segments free or adnate to outer. Anthers long-exserted. Style long-exserted. la Perianth mouth upturned: 2a Pedicels longer than 4 mm; plants from KwaZulu-Natal 108. A. gerstneri 2b Pedicels shorter than 4 mm; plants from Mpumalanga, Swaziland or Northern Province 106 . A. petricola lb Perianth mouth straight or downtumed: 3a Leaves with random surface prickles throughout 105. A. aculeata 3b Leaves with no or few prickles in median line 107. A. reitzii At first sight some species of this section may appear to belong to section 13, Latebracteatae. In this section the inflorescences are simple to much more sparsely branched than in that section and the bracts are shorter and significantly narrower than in that section. Flowers in this section are sub- sessile to shortly pedicellate, not long-pedicellate, and have long-exserted anthers and styles. No member of section Latebracteatae has leaves with prickles resembling those of A. aculeata. The name of this section is formed from the Greek words pachys meaning ‘thick', and thamnos for ‘shrub’, by analogy with section 23, Pachydendron. This section differs from that chiefly in being stemless or short-stemmed rather than tree-like. 105. Aloe aculeata Pole Evans in Trans- actions of the Royal Society of South Africa 5: 34 (1915); Pole Evans: t. 371 (1930); Reynolds: 447 (1950); Reynolds: 241 (1966); Jeppe: 1 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 249 (1972); West: 77 (1974); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 122 (1996). Lectotype: Northern Province, near Pietersburg, Pole Evans PRE55 (PRE!. desig- nated by Reynolds 1966). Plants stemless, 300-600 mm tall excluding inflorescence, solitary. Leaves ± 30, 250-600 x 50-120 mm, shallowly channelled, grass-green to glaucous, upper surface with few prickles, lower surface with many prickles, these on both surfaces scattered, dark brown, arising from white tubercles. Inflorescence of erect, cylin- dric, very dense racemes, 2^1-branched, ± 1 m tall; bracts ovate-acuminate, 6-10 x 4—7 mm, ALOACEAE: Aloe 127 many-nerved. Flowers reddish orange to yellow in bud, orange to yellow at flowering, 23 — 40 mm long, mouth straight; outer segments con- nate for less than half their length, inner seg- ments free; pedicels 2-7 mm long. Anthers exserted 7—15 mm. Ovary 4.0-6. 0 x 1. 5-3.0 mm, green; style exserted 7-18 mm. Fruit ± 18-10 mm. Flowering time (May to) June to August. Aloe aculeata occurs in warm parts of the highveld and the Limpopo valley of the Northern Province and Mpumalanga; also in similar parts of southern and central Zimbabwe and Mozambique. Its habitat varies from rocky outcrops in grassland to dry sandy bushveld. Map 76. Reynolds (1966) states that the Zimbabwe form of this species may be distinguished from the South African form by having leaf prickles arising from white tubercular bases. Plants from the Northern Province (north of the Soutpans- berg) match the Zimbabwean form, both in the field and in cultivation. The presence of irregu- larly scattered prickles, not in a median line, on the leaf surfaces distinguishes this species from all others in the section. A. aculeata differs from A. petricola (no. 106) in having many-nerved, not 3-5-nerved, bracts which are shorter than in the latter species. The pedicels and flowers in A. aculeata tend to be longer than those of A. pet- ricola, though there is overlap in these charac- ters. The specific epithet (Latin aculecitus = prick- ly) highlights the fact that this is the only species in the section with leaves with surface prickles. The seKone common names ngopani and sekope have been recorded for this species (Reynolds 1950). A drawing of A. aculeata was part of the reverse design of the South African 10c piece from 1965 to 1989 (Letty 1966). Vouchers: Codd 2902 (PRE); Liebenberg 2559 (PRE); Marloth 7332 (PRE); Reynolds 5566 (MO, PRE, SAM, SRGH); Van der Schijjf 3876 (PRE). Hybrids: 1. A. aculeata x A. spicata (no. 100). See A. spicata. 2. A. aculeata x A. castanea (no. 102). See A. castanea. 3. A. aculeata x A. globuligemma (no. 103). See A. globuligemma. 4. A. aculeata x A. marlothii subsp. marlothii (no. 104a). See A. marlothii subsp. marlothii. 5. A. aculeata x A. excelsa (no. 115). Voucher: Bey 52 (SRGH). 106. Aloe petricola Pole Evans in Trans- actions of the Royal Society of South Africa 5: 707 (1917); Pole Evans: t. 155 (1924e); Reynolds: 450 (1950); Jeppe: 4 (1969); Bom- man & D.S. Hardy: 251 ( 1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 152 (1996). Lectotype: Mpumalanga, near Nelspruit, Pole Evans PRE196 (PRE!, here designated). Plants stemless, 0. 5-1.0 m tall excluding inflorescence, solitary. Leaves 20-30, 400-600 x 55-100 mm, shallowly channelled, glaucous to olive-green, upper surface sometimes with few scattered prickles, lower surface usually with prickles in median line, sometimes also scattered. Inflorescence of erect to suberect. 128 ALOACEAE: Aloe cylindric, very dense racemes, (0-)2-3(-6)- branched, up to 1 m tall; bracts ovate-acute to deltoid-acuminate, 12-14 x 3-5 mm, 3-7- nerved. Flowers dull red to coral-red in bud, orange to ivory at flowering, 17-30 mm long, slightly ventricose, mouth upturned; outer seg- ments connate in basal third, inner segments free; pedicels 2-4 mm long. Anthers exserted 5-12 mm. Ovary 3. 5-5.0 x 2. 0-3.0 mm; style exserted 5-12 mm. Fruit not seen. Flowering time July to August. Aloe petricola always occurs on rocky out- crops in a small area of hilly granite and sand- stone country in the Northern Province and Mpumalanga lowveld. Map 77. Differences between this species and A. aculeata (no. 105) are dealt with under that species. A. petricola has a shorter inflorescence than A. reitzii (no. 107), and has shorter, ventri- cose flowers. The leaves of A. petricola are nar- rower and more spreading than those of A. reitzii. A. gerstneri (no. 108) has more erect leaves, a longer inflorescence, longer pedicels and a different flowering season. In this species, flower colour varies considerably, not only from plant to plant, but within the same raceme, as the flowers age. The specific epithet comes from a Greek Map 77. — • Aloe petricola ★ A. gerstneri word and suffix meaning ‘tending (hence, inhabiting) rocks’, and refers to the habitat of this species. Vouchers: Buitendag 596 (PRE); Kluge 594 (PRE); Reynolds 5471 (BOL, PRE, SAM); Rogers 20248 (GRA); Van der Schijff 612 (PRE, SRGH). Hybrid: A. petricola x A. greatheadii var. davyana (no. 46b). See A. greatheadii var. davyana. 107. Aloe reitzii Reynolds in Journal of South African Botany 3: 135 (1937c); I.Verd.: t. 911 (1943); Reynolds: 452 (1950); Jeppe: 2 (1969); Bornman & D.S.Hardy: 253 ( 1972); B.- E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 158 (1996). Type: Mpumalanga, near Dullstroom, Reynolds 2308 (PRE, holo.!; BOL!). Plants usually solitary, stemless or with short procumbent stem, 600-900 mm tall excluding inflorescence. Leaves many, arcuate-erect, 400-650 x 85-120 mm, very shallowly chan- nelled, glaucous to dull green, lower surface with few prickles in apical median line. Inflorescence of erect, very dense, cylindric- conical racemes, 2-6-branched, 1-1.3 m tall; bracts ovate-acute, 10-15 x 5-7 mm, many- nerved, reflexed. Flowers red above, lemon below, cylindric, arcuate-decurved, 32-50 mm long; mouth downturned; outer segments con- nate for 20-30 mm, inner segments free but dorsally adnate to outer in lower half; pedicels 2-3 mm long. Anthers exserted 2-10 mm. Ovary 5. 0-9.0 x 1. 5-4.0 mm, olive-green; style exserted 8-12 mm. Fruit ± 25 x 14 mm. Both varieties of A. reitzii grow in rocky mountain grassland with severe winters and summer rain. The long, recurved cylindric flowers of A. reitzii distinguish it from other species of this section. Differences between this species and A. petricola (no. 106) are discussed under that species. The inflorescence of A. reitzii tends to ALOACEAE: Aloe 129 be more freely branched than that of A. gerstneri (no. 108), and the pedicels are shorter. A. reitzii shares with A. aculeata (no. 105) the character of flower colour being different on the upper and lower parts of the same flower. In A. reitzii the flowers are red above and yellow below. This species is named after Mr F.W. Reitz, who discovered it and drew Reynolds’s atten- tion to it. Two varieties are recognised: Bracts ovate-acute, 10-15 mm long; cap- sule ± 25 mm long 107a. var. reitzii Bracts deltoid-acuminate, up to 6 mm long; capsule ± 15 mm long 107b. var. vernalis 107b. var. vernalis D.S. Hardy, in D.S. Har- dy & Reid in Bothalia 13: 451 (1981). Type: KwaZulu-Natal, Vryheid District, Hardy 3589 (PRE!, holo.). Leaves narrow, 400-640 x 50-90 mm. In- florescence of cylindric racemes, 700-750 mm tall; bracts deltoid-acuminate, ± 6 x 4-5 mm. Flowers 32^10 mm long. Fruit ± 15 x 10 mm. Other characters as in var. reitzii ■ Flowering time August to September. Endemic to KwaZulu-Natal. Map 78. The leaves are narrower than in the typical variety, the bracts are deltoid-acuminate, not lanceolate-acute, and the fruits are much small- er than in the typical variety. 107a. var. reitzii. Description as for species. Flowering time February to March. Found in the Northern Province, Gauteng, Mpumalanga and Swaziland. Map 78. Vouchers: Code 1 6471 (PRE); Henderson 1447 (NBG); Reynolds 2315 (= NBG63/41) (NBG, PRE). Map 78. — • Aloe reitzii var. reitzii ★ A. reitzii var. vernalis The varietal epithet refers to the flowering season; the Latin word vernalis means ‘pertain- ing to springtime’. Voucher: Hardy 3589 (PRE). 108. Aloe gerstneri Reynolds in Journal of South African Botany 3: 133 (1937c); Rey- nolds: 454 (1950); Jeppe: 3 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 255 (1972); Glen & D.S.Hardy: t. 2008 (1990b); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 134 (1996). Type: KwaZulu-Natal, Nondweni Bridge, Reynolds 2320 (PRE, holo.!; BOL!). Plants stemless to short-stemmed, 400-700 mm tall excluding inflorescence, solitary. Leaves 20-30, arcuate-erect to arcuate- incurved, lanceolate-ensiform, 400-600 x 60-90 mm, slightly channelled to D-shaped in section, glaucous to dull green, lower surface sometimes with apical median line of few prickles. Inflorescence of very dense, cylindric racemes, 1-3-branched, 1.0-1. 3 m tall; bracts narrowly lanceolate, 18-20 x 5-6 mm, ± 5- nerved. Flowers orange in bud, chrome-yellow at flowering, 24-30 mm long, cylindric-ventri- cose, mouth slightly narrowed and upturned; outer segments free for ± half their length, inner segments free but dorsally adnate to outer seg- 130 ALOACEAE: Aloe Figure 22. — Section Pachythamnos. Aloe gerstneri: 1, upper portion (except apex) of inflorescence, x 0.8; 2, upper portion of leaf, x 0.8; 3, half-flower, x 0.8; 4, habit, much reduced. Taken from Glen & Hardy (1990b). ALOACEAE: Aloe 131 merits in lower third; pedicels 5-6 mm long. Anthers exserted up to 13 mm. Ovary ±5x3 mm, pale green; style exserted 4-14 mm. Fruit not seen. Flowering time February to March. Figure 22. Aloe gerstneri occurs in rocky grassland in KwaZulu-Natal, in an area of cold winters and reasonably high rainfall. Map 77. Differences between this species on the one hand and A. petricola (no. 106) and A. reitzii (no. 107) on the other are discussed under those species. A. aculeata (no. 105) differs from this species in geographical range and flowering time and in having larger flowers and copious prickles on the leaves. Born in Augsburg, Germany in 1 888, Father Jacob Gerstner (after whom this species is named) arrived in South Africa in 1924 as a Roman Catholic missionary with an interest in botany. Fie was Superior of Mission Farms in Zululand from 1928 to 1942 and collected many plant specimens and much information con- cerning African names and uses of plants. He died in 1948, while collecting material of Strophanthus in Zambia for chemical study. At the time of his death he was also engaged in writing a Flora of Zululand; unfortunately it does not appear that this project was completed. Any manuscript of this work seems to have van- ished without trace. Father Gerstner first col- lected this species in Zululand in 1931, when he sent living plants to Kirstenbosch. It seems that N.S. Pillans recognised these plants as a new species, but although he intended to describe this new species under the name by which we now know it, he did not do so. Gerstner records the Zulu common name isihlabane for this species. Vouchers: Gerstner 557 (BOL); Gibson s.n. (NU); Reynolds 5745 (PRE). 23. Section Pachydendron Section Pachydendron (Flaw.) Salm-Dyck , Monographia generum Aloes et Mesembryanthemi: 27 (1842); Baker: 304 (1896a); A. Berger: 305 (1908); Reynolds: 442 (1950). Type species: A. ferox Mill. Pachidendron Haw.: 35 (1821 ) pro genus. Plants arborescent; stems usually simple, rarely branched, not suckering. Leaves rosulate, del- toid to lanceolate or ensiform, arcuate-incurved to reflexed, green to glaucous, unspotted, margins dentate, surfaces sometimes with prickles. Inflorescence a panicle with usually few branches; peduncles with sterile bracts; racemes dense, erect, cylindric to narrowly conical; pedicels short. Flower cylindric to clavate, straight or variously curved; outer segments connate in lower half, inner segments free or adnate to outer. Anthers usually long-exserted. Style usually long-exserted. la Leaves with surface prickles: 2a Perianth mouth straight: 3a Bracts ovate; plants occurring from KwaZulu-Natal to Western Cape 1 10. A. ferox 3b Bracts deltoid; plants occurring in Botswana, Northern Province and tropical Africa 1 1 5 . A. excelsa 2b Perianth mouth upturned: 4a Plant occurring in Western and Eastern Cape; leaves up to 650 mm long; perianth cylindric 109. A. africana 4b Plant occurring in KwaZulu-Natal; leaves at least 1 m long; perianth ventricose .... 113 . A. thraskii 132 ALOACEAE: Aloe lb Leaves without surface prickles: 5a Bracts shorter than or as long as pedicels: 6a Plants 6-8 m tall; bracts as long as pedicels, these up to 2 mm long; perianth mouth straight 1 12. A. rupestris 6b Plants 3^1 m tall; bracts shorter than pedicels, these over 10 mm long; perianth mouth upturned 1 1 1 . A. angelica. 5b Bracts longer than pedicels: 7a Racemes relatively lax; bracts lanceolate; perianth cylindric-trigonous; pedicels over 6 mm long 1 14. A. littoralis 7b Racemes very dense; bracts deltoid; perianth ventricose; pedicels up to 5 mm long . . 115. A. excelsa This section comprises tall, single-stemmed aloes with symmetrical racemes. In most cases the racemes are cylindric with subsessile to shortly pedicellate flowers subtended by small, inconspi- cuous bracts. Extra-tropical southern African representatives of this section retain the old, dry leaves, but some tropical species shed them. In southern Africa, this section typically occurs in parts of the summer-rainfall area with moderate to low rainfall. 109. Aloe africana Mill.. The gardener’s dictionary: no. 4 (1768); W.T.Aiton: 296 (1811); Haw.: 76 (1812); Haw.: 46 (1819); Salm-Dyck: 27, t. 2 (1863); Baker: 327 (1896a); A. Berger: 306 (1908); Pole Evans: t. 333 (1929b); Reynolds: 456 (1950); Jeppe: 41 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 257 (1972); Palmer & Pitman: 381 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 42 (1996). Neotype: Western Cape, Mossel Bay, Pole Evans 225 (PRE, holo.!; BM!), here designated. A. peifoliata L. var. |3 L.: 320 (1753). Iconotype: C.Commelijn, Praeludia botanica: 69. t. 18 (1703). A. peifoliata L. (3 africana (Mill.) Aiton: 466 (1789). Pachidendron africanum (Mill.) Haw.: 38 (1821). A. africana Mill. var. latifolia Haw.: 47 (1819). Type: not cited. A. africana Mill. var. angustior Haw.: 47 (1819); Sims: t. 2517 (1824). Lecto-iconotype: Curtis’s Botanical Magazine 51: t. 2517 (1824). A. angustifolia Haw.: 47 (1819). P. angustifolium (Haw.) Haw.: 38 (1821). Type: not cited. P. africanum (Mill.) Haw. var. latum Haw.: 36 (1821). Based on A. africana Mill. var. latifolia Haw. P. africanum (Mill.) Haw. var. angustum Haw.: 37 (1821). Based on A. africana Mill. var. angustior Haw. A. bolusii Baker: 179 (1880a). Type: Eastern Cape, no precise locality. Bolus s.n. (K!). Plants tree-like, 2-4 m tall, stems usually simple, rarely branched near base. Leaves ± 30, spreading to recurved, 300-650 x 35-120 mm, shallowly channelled, green to glaucous green, upper surface with or without few scattered prickles, lower surface with prickles in apical median line, sometimes also scattered. Inflores- cence of very dense, cylindric-conical racemes, 2^4-branched, 600-800 mm tall; bracts ovate- acute, 8-13 x 5-10 mm, obscurely many- nerved. Flowers yellow to orange, 28-55 mm long, cylindric, mouth upturned; outer segments connate in lower two thirds, inner segments free but cohering to outer in lower two thirds; pedicels 2-6 mm long. Anthers exserted 8-15 mm. Ovary 6.0-9.0 x 2.0-4. 5 mm, pale lemon; style exserted 9-20 mm. Fruit 20-22 x 12-14 mm, yellow-brown. Flowering time June to July. Aloe africana occurs on sandy soil in coastal and valley bushveld in the Western and Eastern Cape. The area is frost-free and receives rain throughout the year, with a summer maximum. Map 79. When flowering, A. africana is immediately distinguished from A. ferox (no. 110) by the flower tube, which is so sharply upcurved that the exserted portion of the style stands at right angles to the ovary. In A. ferox the flower is ALOACEAE: Aloe 133 Map 79. — • Aloe africana ★ A. angelica A A. rupestris straight. The leaves of A. africana are thinner, narrower and more openly spreading to recurved, and the prickles on the undersurface are in a median line, whereas in A. ferox the prickles on the undersurface are randomly scattered. The specific epithet is the first adjective in the pre-Linnaean phrase name Aloe africana caulescens, folds minus glands caulem am- plectentibus, clorsi parte superiore spinosa (Commelijn 1703). It signifies that the plant is an Aloe, not an Agave ; in the early eighteenth century these two genera were not distinguished from each other, and the few species of Agave known then had phrase names starting Aloe americana ... . Palmer & Pitman (1972) record the common names Uitenhage aloe and Uiten- haagse aalwyn (Afrikaans) for this species. Vouchers: Bayliss 1278 (PRE); Dahlstrand 1915 (PRE, STE); Fourcade 4011 (BOL. PRE, STE); Reynolds 2617 (PRE); Thompson 917 (STE). Hybrids: 1 . A. africana x A. striata subsp. striata (no. 61a). See A. striata subsp. striata. 2. A. africana xA. microstigma subsp. micro- stigma (no. 92a). See A. microstigma subsp. microstigma. 3. A. africana x A. speciosa (no. 98). See A. speciosa. 4. A. africana x A. ferox (no. 1 10). Voucher: Reynolds 876 (BOL). 110. Aloe ferox Mill., The gardener’s dic- tionary: no. 22 (1768); Lam.: 87 (1783); DC.: t. 32 (1800); W.T.Aiton: 293 (1811); Haw.: 76 (1812); Sims: t. 1975 (1818); Salm-Dyck: 27, t. 5 (1842); Baker: 326 (1896a); Pole Evans; t. 169 (1925e); Reynolds: 123 (1937e); Reynolds: 460 (1950); Jeppe: 40 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 259 (1972); Palmer & Pitman: 383 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 52 (1996). Neotype: Eastern Cape, Kobonqaba Hills, Pegler 1201 (PRE, holo.!; BM!, BOL!, GRA!, K!, STE!), here designated. A. perfoliata L. var. 8 L.: 320 (1753). Iconotype: C. Commelijn, Praeludia botanica: 71. t. 20 (1703). A. perfoliata L. var. yL.: 320 (1753); Willd.: 185 (1799). Iconotype: C. Commelijn. Praeludia botanica: 70, t. 19 (1703). A. perfoliata L. var. 0 (Mill.) Aiton: 467 (1789). Type: not cited. A. perfoliata Thunb.: 6 (1785); Thunb.: 61 (1794); Thunb.: 182 (1800); Thunb.: 310 (1823). Type: Cape, no precise locality, Thunberg 8593 (UPS. holo.!: PRE, photo.!). A. peifoliata L. var. C, Willd.: 186 ( 1799). Type: not cited. A. supralaevis Haw.: 22 (1804); Haw.: 77 (1812); Salm- Dyck: 27, t. 6 (1863); Baker: 327 (1896a); A.Berger: 308 (1908). Pachidendron supralaeve (Haw.) Haw.: 38 (1821). Lecto-iconotype: C. Commelijn, Praeludia botanica: 71, t. 20(1703). A. pseudo-ferox Salm-Dyck: 31 (1817). P. pseudo-ferox (Salm-Dyck) Haw.: 38 (1821 ). Type: not cited. P. ferox (Mill.) Haw.: 38 (1821). A. subferox Spreng.: 73 (1825). Type: not cited. A. ferox Mill. var. incurva Baker: 180 (1880a): Baker: 327 (1896a). Type: Hort., Cooper s.n. (K, holo.!; PRE. photo.!). A. galpinii Baker: 135 (1901b). A. ferox Mill. var. galpinii (Baker) Reynolds: 127 (1937e). Type: Eastern Cape. Queenstown. Gaipin 2335 (K. holo.; BOL!. PRE!: PRE. photo.!). A. candelabrum A.Berger: 246 (1906b); A.Berger: 306 (1908); R. A. Dyer: t. 945 (1944); Reynolds: 468'’(1950); Jeppe: 39 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 261 (1972); 134 ALOACEAE: Aloe Palmer & Pitman: 384 (1972). Type: KwaZulu-Natal, no precise locality. Medley Wood 4345 (B, holo.; NH!). A. supralaevis Haw. var. erythrocarpa A. Berger: 309 (1908). Type: Hort. La Mortola. Anon. s.n. (B). Trees; stems simple, 2-4(-5) m tall. Leaves 50-60, arcuate-erect to spreading, 500-1000 x 65-150 mm, shallowly channelled, dull green to glaucous, sometimes reddish tinged, both surfaces with or without prickles. Inflorescence of cylindric or narrowly conical, very dense racemes, 5-12-branched, ± 1 m tall; bracts ovate-acute, 7-11 x 3-6 mm, 3-many-nerved. Flowers scarlet to orange, very rarely yellow or white, 23-35 mm long; subclavate to ventri- cose; outer segments connate in lower third, inner segments free but dorsally adnate to outer in lower third; pedicels 3-8 mm long. Anthers exserted 9-25 mm. Ovary 5-7 x 2-4 mm, green; style exserted 12-25 mm. Fruit 20-23 x 10-12 mm, yellowish grey-brown. Seeds almost black, ± 5.0 x 3.0 x 0.6 mm, broadly winged. Flowering time (May to) June to August (to November), depending on locality and minimum winter temperatures. Aloe ferox is found in KwaZulu-Natal, Lesotho, the Eastern and Western Cape. It grows in vast numbers on rocky hillsides in grassland on the margins of the karoo. It also occurs in grassy fynbos (e.g. in the Bontebok National Park near Swellendam), in the Little Karoo and in grassland in Lesotho, southern KwaZulu-Natal and the Eastern Cape. Winters may be very severe to mild, and this species tol- erates winter, summer and all-seasons rainfall. Map 80. Differences between this species on the one hand and A. pluridens (no. 97) and A. africana (no. 109) on the other are discussed under those species. The leaves of A. ferox are more spread- ing than those of A. marlothii (no. 104). The erect, symmetrical racemes of red to orange (rarely white) flowers in A. ferox differ from the usually subhorizontal, secund racemes of orange to yellow flowers in A. marlothii. The bracts of A. ferox are about twice as long as those of A. marlothii. Adult plants of A. ferox Map 80. — Aloe ferox are relatively light and can be carried by one strong man. Adult plants of A. marlothii. on the other hand, are much heavier at the same size, and require several strong men to lift one. The specific epithet (Latin ferox = war-like) refers to the prickly leaf surfaces, which were mentioned in the pre-Linnaean phrase-names (e.g. Commelijn 1703). Several common names are recorded for this species, including bitter aloe, red aloe, bitteraalwyn , tapaalwyn (both Afrikaans), umhlaba (Zulu), ikhala (Xhosa) and hlaba and lekhala la Quthing (aloe of Quthing [Moyeni], seSotho) (Reynolds 1950; Palmer & Pitman 1972). This species is the classic source of the drug Cape aloes and Reynolds (1950) describes the extraction of this substance at some length. The fleshy part of the leaves is used in the northern parts of the Eastern Cape to make jam, and the juice has also been used in the manufacture of cosmetics. Tribal uses of the plant include living fences for stock kraals and the use of leaf ash as an adulterant for snuff. It is reported that the leaf smoke acts as an insect repellent and that the leaf juice features in a tribal cure for venereal disease. Watt & Breyer- Brandwijk (1963) record a superstition that over-indulgence in the nectar produces persis- tent weakness in the joints. This is one of the few plant species that is recognisable in a Bushman rock-painting, which is reproduced by Reynolds (1950). ALOACEAE: Aloe 135 Vouchers: Dieterlen 943 (PRE, SAM); Galpin 2335 (BOL, PRE); Moll 3283 (NU, PRE); Reynolds 2049 (PRE); Strey 8704 (NH, PRE, SRGH). Hybrids: 1 . A. ferox x A. broom 'd var. broom 'd (no. 26a). See A. broomii var. broomii. 2. A. ferox x A. maculata (no. 45). See A. maculata. 3. A. ferox x A. striata subsp. striata (no. 61a). See A. striata subsp. striata. 4. A. ferox x A. arborescens (no. 96) (= A. x salmdyckiana Schult.f.). See A. arborescens. 5. A. ferox x A. pluridens (no. 97). See A. pluridens. 6. A.feroxxA. speciosa (no. 98) (= A. x tom- linsonii Marloth). See A. speciosa. 7 . A. ferox x A.marlothii subsp. marlothii (no. 104a). See A. marlothii subsp. marlothii. 8. A. ferox x A. africana (no. 109). See A. africana. 111. Aloe angelica Pole Evans in The Flowering Plants of South Africa 14: t. 554 (1934b); Reynolds: 470 (1950); Jeppe: 36 (1969); Borninan & D.S. Hardy: 263 (1972); Palmer & Pitman: 385 (1972): B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 46 (1996). Type: Northern Province, Wyllies Poort, Pole Evans PRE13040 (PRE!). Trees; stems simple or branched, 3—4 in tall. Leaves many, spreading to recurved, 500-800 x 70-120 mm, shallowly channelled, green, with- out surface prickles. Inflorescence repeatedly branched, with up to 20 racemes; these short, cylindric, subcapitate, very dense; bracts ovate- acute to deltoid-acute, 8-10 x 3-10 mm, 3-5- nerved. Flowers orange-red to red in bud, yel- low to greenish yellow at flowering, subventri- cose, 24-26 mm long, mouth upturned; outer segments connate in basal third, inner segments free; pedicels 11-25 mm long, lengthening to ± 45 mm in fruit. Anthers exserted 7-15 mm. Ovary ±7x2 mm; style exserted 6-15 mm. Fruit 32-35 x 9-11 mm, buff-grey. Flowering time May to June. Figure 23. Aloe angelica is restricted to rocky slopes in the Soutpansberg and the Blouberg in the Northern Province. Rainfall is low in its distribu- tion range, and the winters are mild to warm. As this species occurs in the mist belt, it is to be expected that much of the moisture it receives is precipitated as condensation from mist. Map 79. The capitate, bicoloured racemes of this species are unique in the section. With its tall stem and strongly recurved leaves, A. angelica may recall A. alooides (no. 101) when not in flower, but the inflorescences of these two species differ in every detail. This species is named after Mrs R.C. Wallace (Angelique), whose husband was sometime Chief Engineer of the South African Railways. Col. Wallace brought the species to the attention of Dr Pole Evans, who described it. Vouchers: Hall 920 (NBG); Hutchinson & Gillett 3233 (K); Pole Evans 303 (BM. PRE, SAM); Prosser 1925 (PRE); Van der Schijff 3823 (BOL. PRE, SRGH). Hybrid: A. angelica x A. marlothii subsp. marlothii (no. 104a). See A. marlothii subsp. marlothii. 112. Aloe rupestris Baker in T.-Dyer, Flora capensis 6: 327 (1896); A. Berger: 313 (1908); Pole Evans: t. 178 (1925f): Reynolds: 473 (1950); Jeppe: 44 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Hardy: 265 (1972); Palmer & Pitman: 387 ( 1972); Compton: 101 (1976); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm. : 64 (1996). Type: Hort. Cape Town. MacOwan 1556 (= SAM22686) (K, holo.!; SAM!; PRE, photo.!). A. nitens Baker: 170 (1880a): Baker: 325 (1896a); C.H. Wright: t. 8147 (1907); A. Berger: 313 (1908); Pole Evans: t. 221 (1926b) non Schult. & Schult.f.. Type: Eastern Cape (?), no precise locality, Barkly s.n. (K!). 136 ALOACEAE: Aloe Figure 23. — Section Pachydendron. Aloe angelica: 1, habit, much reduced; 2, bract; 3, longitudinal section of flower; 4, inflorescence; 5, flower, seen from above, x 0.8; 6, flower and pedicel, lateral view, x 0.8. Taken ftom Pole Evans ( 1934b). C.L«t t.y del. ALOACEAE: Aloe 137 Trees; stems 6-8 m tall, usually simple. Leaves 30-40, erect to recurved, 300-750 x 35-100 mm, channelled, deep green, without surface prickles. Inflorescence with 12-18 racemes, 1.0-1. 3 m tall; racemes very dense, cylindric; bracts oblong, 1-2 x 2-3 mm. Flowers orange-yellow in bud, lemon at flowering, 15-20 mm long, cylindric-ventricose; outer segments connate in lower half, inner segments free but dorsally adnate to outer for ± 5-6 mm; pedicels 1-2 mm long. Anthers exserted 7-15 mm; fila- ments vermilion. Ovary 4-5 x 2-3 mm, green; style deep orange, exserted 7-20 mm. Fruit not seen. Flowering time August to September. Aloe rupestris occurs in Swaziland, KwaZulu-Natal and Mozambique in Zululand thornveld. sometimes in dense bush, usually on rocky outcrops. It grows in areas with warm, completely frost-free winters. There is a sight record of this species from southern Mozam- bique, quoted by Reynolds (1950: 475). Map 79. This species is close to A. thraskii (no. 1 13) and A. excelsa (no. 115). The stem of A. rupestris sometimes branches, unlike A. excel- sa, and the leaves are smaller and lack the sur- face prickles which are common in A. excelsa. The racemes of A. rupestris are erect, while those of A. excelsa are more or less oblique. In A. thraskii, the leaves are much longer than those of A. rupestris, and are deeply channelled and reflexed. The racemes of A. thraskii are much broader than those of A. rupestris, the flowers are longer and brown, not orange-yel- low becoming lemon-yellow, and the exserted portions of the stamens and styles of A. thraskii emerge from the flower at an angle, not straight as in A. rupestris. Palmer & Pitman’s (1972) statement that this species occurs in Zimbabwe is probably due to a misidentification of A. excelsa. A. rupestris is, however, among the most widely cultivated species of Aloe. The specific epithet means ‘associated with rocks or cliffs’. Common names recorded for this species include inkalane, um- hlabanhlazi and uphondonde (Zulu), and inhlaba (siSwati) (Palmer & Pitman 1972). Vouchers: Henderson 1764 (NBG); Medley Wood 4410 (K); Moll 3295 (NU, PRE); Reynolds 5498 (BOL, NH, PRE); Ward 4221 (PRE). Hybrid: A. rupestris x A. marlothii subsp. marlothii (no. 104a). See A. marlothii subsp. marlothii. 113. Aloe thraskii Baker in Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Botany 18: 180 (1880a); Baker: 328 (1896a); A. Berger: 315 (1908); Sim: 153 ( 1919); Van der Merwe: t. 923 (1944); Reynolds: 475 (1950); Jeppe: 42 (1969); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 267 (1972); Palmer & Pitman: 389 (1972); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 68 (1996). Type: South Africa, no precise local- ity, Cooper s.n. (K, holo. ! ; PRE, photo.!). Trees; stems simple, 1 — 2( — 4) m tall. Leaves many, 1.0-1. 6 x 0.13-0.22 m, deeply chan- nelled, olive-green, upper surface without prickles, lower surface with few prickles in median line. Inflorescence with 4—8 racemes, 500-800 mm tall; racemes cylindric-conical, very dense; bracts ovate-acute, 7-9 x 4-6 mm, 5-7-nerved. Flowers greenish to orange in bud, lemon-yellow to pale orange at flowering, 18-29 mm long, ventricose; outer segments connate in basal third, inner segments free but adnate to outer in basal quarter; pedicels 1-2 mm long. Anthers exserted 4-20 mm. Ovary 5. 0-6.0 x 2. 0-3. 5 mm, lemon to pale green; style exserted 4-20 mm. Fruit ± 30 x 16 mm, reddish brown. Flowering time June to July. Endemic to KwaZulu-Natal. This is one of the very few species of Aloe not occurring away from the sea. In nature it grows only on beach dunes, and in cultivation it will not flourish away from the coast. Map 8 1 . The recurved, deeply channelled leaves of this species recall those of A. alooides (no. 101), but they are somewhat larger and less strongly recurved in this species. The inflores- cence of A. thraskii differs from that of A. alooides in every detail. Differences between 138 ALOACEAE: Aloe Map 81. — • Aloe thraskii ★ A. littoralis this species and A. rupestris (no. 112) are dealt with under that species. Palmer & Pitman (1972) report that it is not known after whom this species is named. Common names recorded include dune aloe, strandaalwyn (Afrikaans) and umhlaba (Zulu). Vouchers: Leach 102 (SRGH); Marloth 5129 (BOL, PRE); Medley Wood 11688 (NH, SAM); Reynolds 2023 (PRE, SAM); Van der Mem’e 2655 (BM, PRE). 114. Aloe littoralis Baker in Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 1: 263 (1878b); Baker: 467 (1898a); A. Berger: 223 (1908); Reynolds: 81 (1960); Reynolds: 317 (1966); Jeppe: 46 (1969); Solch, Roessler & Merxm.: 17 (1970); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 175 (1972); Palmer & Pitman: 371 (1972); West: 84 (1974); Jankowitz: 8 (1975); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 56 (1996). Type: Angola, near Luanda, Welwitsch 3727 (BM, holo.!; K!, LISU; PRE, photo.!). A. rubrolutea Schinz: 39 (1896): Baker: 460 (1898a); A. Berger: 221 (1908); A. Berger (1909); Van der Merwe: t. 802 (1941); Reynolds: 327 (1950). Syntypes: Namibia, Rehoboth, Fleck 497a (Z); Namibia, ! Kuisib. Fleck 472 (Z); Botswana, Olifantskloof, Fleck 263 (Z). A. schinzii Baker: 459 (1898a). Type: Botswana, Olifantskloof, Schinz 42 (K). Trees; stems solitary, 2^1 m tall. Leaves 30-40, arcuate-erect to slightly reflexed, 300- 650 x 65-130 mm, shallowly channelled, grey- ish green to yellowish green, sometimes tinged reddish, usually unspotted, rarely with white spots, without prickles. Inflorescence of coni- cal, sublax racemes; many-branched, 1.0-1. 5 m tall; bracts lanceolate-acuminate, 9-18 x 4-8 mm, 5-many-nerved. Flowers red or pink, rarely yellow, 23-34 mm long, cylindric-trigo- nous; outer segments connate in lower half, inner segments free but adnate to outer in lower half; pedicels 6-12 mm long. Anthers exserted 1-5 mm. Ovary 5. 0-8.0 x 2. 5-4.0 mm, olive- green; style exserted 2-10 mm. Fruit 18-28 x 10-15 mm, grey. Seeds ± 9.0 x 4.0 x 1.5 mm, charcoal-grey, with broad, pale grey, dark-spot- ted wing. Flowering time July to February, varying according to locality. This species is found in Namibia, Botswana and the Northern Province; also in Angola, Zambia and Zimbabwe. It usually grows on rocky outcrops in mixed open woodland and grassland. It may also occur on calcrete or sand. Its preferred habitat is characterised by summer rain and very dry, warm to cool win- ters. Map 81. Aloe littoralis is easily distinguished from all other tall-stemmed aloes in the western part of our region (and, in fact, most members of sec- tion Pachydendron) by its much-branched inflorescence with numerous laxly flowered erect racemes. This character suite can be used in the field at almost any time of the year, as it can be seen on dead inflorescences which per- sist for many months before disintegrating. The flowers of this species vary in colour from crim- son to dirty yellow. The specific epithet (Latin littoralis - per- taining to the sea-shore) indicates that this species was first known from the coast near Luanda, Angola. Common names recorded for this species include otjindombo (otjiHerero) and goresib (Nama) (Reynolds 1950). This is the species figured on the Windhoek coat of arms. ALOACEAE: Aloe 139 Vouchers: Codd 8672 (PRE); Giess 13333 (PRE); Leach & Bayliss 12974 (PRE); Reynolds 5732 (PRE); Van der Schijff 3083 (PRE).' Hybrids: E A. littoralis x A. greatheadii var. grecit- headii (no. 46a). See A. greatheadii var. great- headii. 2. A. littoralis x A. zebrina (no. 56). This is the apparent ancestry of A. angolensis (no. 57). 115. Aloe excelsa A. Berger in Notizblatt des Botanischen Gartens und Museums zu Berlin 4: 247 (1906b); A. Berger: 314 (1908); Pole Evans: t. 62 (1922c); Reynolds: 314 (1966); Jeppe: 45 (1969); Bomman & D.S. Har- dy: 273 (1972); West: 81 (1974); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 50 (1996). Type: Zimbabwe, Bulawayo, F. Eyles 1240 in Herb. Marloth 3888 (PRE, holo.!; BOL!). Trees; stems simple, 2-4 m tall. Leaves ± 30, 500-900 x 60-150 mm, channelled, olive- green, tinged reddish, lower surface usually with few scattered prickles. Inflorescence with ± 6-12 racemes, 0. 8-1.0 m tall; racemes erect to suboblique, cylindric-conical, very dense; bracts deltoid-acute, 4-6 x 3-6 mm, 3-5- nerved. Flowers scarlet to reddish orange, 25-35 mm long, cylindric-ventricose; outer segments connate in basal quarter, inner seg- ments free; pedicels 1-5 mm long. Anthers exserted 7-15 mm. Ovary ±6x2 mm; style exserted 10-15 mm. Fruit 17-20 x 11-12 mm, blue-grey. Flowering time July to September. Aloe excelsa is found in Botswana and the Northern Province; also in Zambia and Zimbabwe. It occurs on rocky outcrops and hill- sides, very often in shade in thick bush in mopane or msasa woodland. Its area of distribu- Map 82. — Aloe excelsa tion is characterised by hot summers with mod- erate to low rainfall and warm, dry winters. Map 82. Differences between this species and A. rupestris (no. 112) are discussed under that spe- cies. A. excelsa differs from A. thraskii (no. 113) in habitat (not occurring in nature anywhere near the sea), in having spreading to erect, not recurved leaves with surface prickles, and in having oblique racemes of brilliant red, orange or yellow (rarely white) but not brown flowers. The specific epithet means ‘high’ or ‘eminent’, referring to the tall stems. Vouchers: Hardy 5680 (PRE); W. Jacobsen 3458 (PRE); Plowes 2905 (PRE); P.A. Smith 2462 (SRGH); Williamson 1087 (PRE). Hybrids: 1. A. excelsa x A. chabaudii var. chabaudii (no. 80a). See A. chabaudii var. chabaudii. 2 A. excelsa x A. aculeata (no. 105). See A. aculeata. 24. Section Dracoaloe Section Dracoaloe A. Berger in Botanische Jahrbiicher 36: 48 (1905a); A. Berger: 317 (1908); Reynolds: 486 (1950). Type species: A. dichotoma Masson. Plants shrubby to arborescent, much branched, not suckering. Leaves rosulate, narrowly lorate- lanceolate or ensiform, erectly spreading to reflexed, glaucous, unspotted, margins minutely den- 140 ALOACEAE: Aloe Figure 24. — Section Dracoaloe. Aloe dichotoma: 1, habit, much reduced; 2, cross section of leaf; 3, median longitudinal section of flower; 4, raceme, x 1 ; 5, upper part of leaf, x 0.8; 6, base of inflorescence, x 0.4. Taken from Pole Evans ( 1938d). ALOACEAE: Aloe 141 tate, surfaces sometimes with soft prickles in juvenile plants. Inflorescence a panicle with usually few branches; peduncles without sterile bracts; racemes cylindric, sublax. Flowers cylindric-ven- tricose, yellow, segments connate in lower half; pedicels short. Anthers long-exserted. Style long- exserted. Inflorescence erect; plant a much-branched tree or large shrub 1 16. A. dichotoma Inflorescence pendent; plant a sparsely branched tree 1 17. A. pillansii The species of this section are dichotomously branched trees or large shrubs with fleshy yellow flowers and very narrow olive-green leaves. They grow in arid parts of the Northern Cape and sim- ilar parts of Namibia. 116. Aloe dichotoma Masson in Philo- sophical Transactions of the Royal Society 66: 310 (1776); L.f.: 206 (1782); Lam.: 91 (1783); Thunb.: 6 (1785); Aiton: 466 (1789); Thunb.: 61 (1794); Willd.: 184 (1799); Thunb.: 182 (1800); W.T. Aiton: 296 (1811); Haw.: 72 (1812); Thunb.: 309 (1823); Baker: 325 (1896a); Baker: 468 (1898a); A. Berger: 317 (1908); H. Pearson: 44 (1914); Marloth: 91 (1915); Dinter: 85 (1917); Pole Evans: t. 709 (1938d); Reynolds: 488 (1950); Jeppe: 57 (1969); Soldi, Roessler & Merxm.: 16 (1970); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 277 (1972); Palmer & Pitman: 392 (1972); Jankowitz: 38 (1975); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 32 (1996). Type: Cape of Good Hope, Thunberg 8587 (UPS, holo.!; PRE, photo.!). A. ramosa Haw.: 26 (1804). Lecto-iconotype: Pluk., Phytographia 129.4 (1691). Rhipidodendron dichotomum (Masson) Willd.: 166 (1811). A. montana Schinz: 39 (1896): Baker: 458 (1898a). A. dichotoma Masson var. montana (Schinz) A. Berger: 319 (1908). Type: Namibia, Gamsberg, Fleck 461 (Z). Trees 3-9 m tall, with many dichotomous branches. Leaves 10-20 per rosette, lorate- lanceolate, 200-350 x 20-50 mm, slightly biconvex to shallowly channelled, glaucous green. Inflorescence robust, erect, 3-5- branched, 150-300 mm tall; bracts deltoid-cir- rhous, 4. 0-8.0 x 0. 5-3.0 mm, 1-3-nerved. Flowers lemon-yellow to canary-yellow, 27^10 mm long, cylindric-ventricose; outer segments connate in basal third, inner segments free; pedicels 5-10 mm long. Anthers exserted 1-20 mm. Ovary 1 6-9 x 3-5 mm, pale brown; style exserted 9-15 mm. Fruit 30^45 x 15-20 mm, yellow-ochre. Seeds ochre-grey, ± 16.5 x 9.0 x 3.0 mm including a broad wing. Flowering time June to July. Figure 24. Aloe dichotoma occurs on arid, rocky hill- sides in Namaqualand broken veld, succulent karoo and various karroid grassland veld types. Rainfall is minimal, with winter or summer maxima. Two varieties are recognised: Trees with trunks ± 3. 0-4. 5 m tall in adult specimens 116a. var. dichotoma Shrubs with many stems from ground level 116b. var . ramosissima 1 16a. var. dichotoma. Description as for species. Found in Namibia and the Northern Cape. Trees of this species are usually solitary, but in at least three localities they form sparse 'forests'. Map 83. The erect inflorescence is the most reliable character separating this species from A. pillan- sii (no. 117). The trunks of this species tend to be larger in diameter than those of A. pillansii ; hence the common names used in the Richtersveld for these two species. The branch- es in A. dichotoma tend to be more oblique than 142 ALOACEAE: Aloe Map 83. — Aloe dichotoma var. dichotoma those of A. pillansii. The leaves of A. dichotoma are somewhat shorter and much narrower than those of A. pillansii , but there is little difference between the flowers of the two species. The specific epithet refers to the manner of branching, in which the growing point divides into two equal parts, and so there are neither main nor lateral branches. The common names kokerboom (Afrikaans), quiver tree and gar as (Nama) are recorded for this species. In the Richtersveld it is known as die dikke (Afrikaans), as opposed to A. pillansii, which is called die lange (Afrikaans) (Palmer & Pitman 1972). Vouchers: Dinter 5187 (BOL, PRE); Hardy 334 (PRE, SRGH); Leistner 3384 (PRE); Reynolds 5411 (PRE, SAM); Thompson 419 (PRE, STE). 116b. var. ramosissima (Pillans) Glen & D.S. Hardy, comb, et stat. nov. Type: Northern Cape, Richtersveld, Reynolds 2547 (BOL, holo.!; PRE!). A. ramosissima Pillans in Journal of South African Botany 5: 66 (1939); Reynolds; 486 (1950); Jeppe: 56 (1969); Solch, Roessler & Merxm.: 18 (1970); Bornman & D.S. Hardy: 275 (1972); Palmer & Pitman; 391 (1972); Jankowitz: 42 (1975); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 38 (1996). Large shrubs branching at or near ground level. Leaves fewer per rosette than in var. dichotoma, 150-200 mm long. Seeds ± 14 x 7 x 2 mm. Other characters as in var. dichotoma. Occurs in Namibia and the Northern Cape. Map 84. Typical plants of this variety branch copi- ously from ground level, whereas typical plants of var. dichotoma branch only 1-2 m above ground level. The leaves of this variety are slightly smaller than those of var. dichotoma. There are no differences in flower and inflores- cence characters between the two varieties. In the northern Richtersveld and even more so in the Sperrgebiet of Namibia the two varieties recognised here grade into each other. The varietal epithet means ‘very much branched’. Vouchers: Giess 14379 (PRE); Midler 747 (PRE); Pillans 5505 (BOL); Reynolds 5411 (PRE, SAM); Roux 540 (BOL). 117. Aloe pillansii L.Guthrie in Journal of Botany, British and Foreign 66: 15 (1928); Pillans: 36 (1935); Reynolds: 494 (1950); A.G.J.Herre: 203 (1967); Jeppe: 58 (1969); Solch, Roessler & Merxm.: 18 (1970); Bom- man & D.S. Hardy: 279 (1972); Palmer & Pitman: 396 (1972); Jankowitz: 40 (1975); ALOACEAE: Aloe 143 B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 34 (1996). Type: Northern Cape, Cornell’s Kop, Pillans 5012 (BOL!). Trees 10-12 m or more tall, sparsely branch- ed. Leaves many per rosette, 350-600 x 100-120 mm, shallowly biconvex to shallowly channelled, grey-green to brownish green. Inflorescence lateral, pendent, with up to 50 racemes; these oblique to erect, lax to subdense; bracts filiform, 3-6 mm long. Flowers lemon- yellow to butter-yellow, 25-35 mm long; outer segments connate for 7-10 mm, inner segments free; pedicels 7-15 mm long. Anthers exserted 7-10 mm. Ovary 6-7 x 2-6 mm, pale green; style exserted 12-20 mm. Fruit 24—50 x 18-25 mm, pale buff. Seeds buff, ± 14 x 7 x 2 mm, including a broad wing. Flowering time Sep- tember to October. Aloe pillansii is restricted to stony hillsides almost devoid of soil in succulent karoo at low altitude in the Richtersveld and adjacent parts of Namibia. In Namibia it seems to be an indicator of heavy-metal soils. Map 85. Differences between this species and A. dichotoma (no. 116) are dealt with under that species. The specific epithet honours Mr N.S. Pillans (1884—1964), who collected the type specimen. This species is one of many discovered by Pillans in the course of two expeditions to the Rich- tersveld, in 1924 and 1926. Pillans’s aloe is known in the Richtersveld as die lange (Afrikaans), as opposed to A. dichotoma , which is called die dikke (Afrikaans) (Palmer & Pitman 1972). Vouchers: Hardy 2624 (PRE); Leistner 3472 (PRE); Reynolds 4770 (BM, PRE); Rodin 1583 (BOL, K, MO, PRE); Werdermann & Ober- dieck 609 (B, K, PRE). 25. Section Aloidendron Section Aloidendron A. Berger in Botanische Jahrbiicher 36: 48 (1905a); A. Berger: 319 (1908); Reynolds: 498 (1950). Type species: A. barberae T.-Dyer. Trees 10-18 m tall, copiously dichotomously branched. Leaves ± 20 per rosette, spreading to recurved, ensiform, 400-900 x 32-90 mm, deeply channelled, dark green, unspotted, margins car- tilaginous, with small remote teeth. Inflorescence a 3-branched panicle 400-600 mm tall, of cylin- dric, dense racemes, without sterile bracts below branches; bracts linear, twisted, ± 6-10 x 1 mm. Flowers pink to blood-red, 25-37 mm long, cy segments free; pedicels 6-10 mm long. Anthers green; style exserted 6-20 mm. Fruit not seen. 118. Aloe barberae T.-Dyer in The Gar- deners’ Chronicle 1: 568 (1874); T.-Dyer: 90 (1875a); T.-Dyer: 49 (1875b); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 30 (1996). Type: Elort., Anon. s.n. (K!). iindnc; outer segments free almost to base, inner exserted 8-15 mm. Ovary ±8x6 mm, pale olive- A. bainesii T.-Dyer: 568 (1874); Baker: t. 6848 (1885); Baker: 326 (1896a); A. Berger: 319 (1908); Marloth: 92 (1915); Sim: 152 (1919); Reynolds: 498 (1950); Jeppe: 59 (1969); Bornmun & D.S. Hardy: 281 (1972); Palmer & Pitman: 399 (1972); Compton: 98 (1976). Type: KwaZulu- Natal, Greytown dist., T. Baines s.n. (K! ). 144 ALOACEAE: Aloe Figure 25. — Section Aloidendron. Aloe barberae: 1, habit; 2, leaf, x 0.4; 3, peduncle, slightly reduced; 4, raceme, slightly reduced; 5. flower, x 0.7; 6, longitudinal section of flower, x 0.7. Taken from Baker (1885). ALOACEAE: Aloe 145 A. bainesii T.-Dyer var. barherae (T.-Dyer) Baker: 326 (1896a). Description as for section. Flowering time May to June. Figure 25. Aloe barberae is found in Mpumalanga, Swaziland, KwaZulu-Natal and the Eastern Cape; also in Mozambique. It typically grows in dry for- est. The tallest specimens occur in the Lebombo foothills near the KwaZulu-Natal-Mozambique- Swaziland border; those with the greatest diame- ter occur near Grahamstown. Map 86. Thiselton-Dyer reduced his A. bainesii to syn- onymy under A. barberae the year after he pub- lished both names (Thiselton-Dyer 1875a). This paper seems to have been ignored by all subse- quent workers dealing with this species. As there are no grounds for challenging Thiselton-Dyer’s decision, it is necessary to discard the well- known name for this species in favour of the less familiar one (Smith, Van Wyk & Glen 1994). The form of the inflorescence varies, being either capitate or conical, and the flower colour is either salmon-orange or strawberry-pink. These characters have caused a number of enthusiasts to raise the possibility of recognis- ing two varieties, but it appears that in northern Zululand and southern Mozambique both forms grow together, and it is doubtful whether they would breed true (L.C. Leach pers. comm.). The tallest species of Aloe in southern Africa, A. barberae bears a superficial resem- blance to A. eminens, which occurs in northern Somalia. A. eminens is not as tall as A. barber- ae and has smaller leaves, shorter racemes, larg- er bracts and more shortly exserted stamens and styles. There are also differences in the micro- scopical structure of the leaf epidermis in the two species. A. barberae could hardly be con- Map 86. — Aloe barberae fused with A. dichotoma (no. 1 16) or A. pillan- sii (no. 117), as its bright green, deeply chan- nelled leaves are much larger than the leaves of either of those two species. A. barberae has erect, dense racemes of pink, not yellow, flow- ers and the flowers are not as fleshy as those of either A. dichotoma or A. pillansii. This species grows readily from truncheons, something that species in section Draeoaloe will not do at all. The specific epithet honours Mrs Mary Elizabeth Barber, who introduced the species to British horticulture. The Baines commemorated in the synonym is Thomas Baines, the artist and explorer. Many common names are recorded for this species, including the following: tree aloe, mikaalwyn, boomaalwyn (both Afrikaans), inkalane enkulu, umgxwala, indlabendlazi and impondondo (all Zulu) (Palmer & Pitman 1972). The Ronga common name xiteti is recorded on the specimen Mogg 30900 (J, K). Vouchers: BalkM’ill & Cron 360 (J, PRE); Compton 27976 (NBG); Flanagan 1329 (BOL, SAM); Reynolds 5378 (BM, PRE); Ward 2636 (NH, PRE). 26. Section Kumara Section Kumara (Medik.) Baker in Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Botany 18: 155 (1880a); Baker: 305 (1896a); Reynolds: 502 (1950). Type species: A. plicatilis (L.) Mill. 146 ALOACEAE: Aloe Figure 26. — Section Kumara. Aloe plicatilis: 1, habit, much reduced; 2, inflorescence, x 0.8; 3, half-flower, x 0.8; 4, unripe fruit, x 0.8. Taken from Glen (1988). ALOACEAE: Aloe 147 Kumara Medik.: 74 (1786) pro genus. Small trees or large shrubs up to ± 4 m tall; stems much-branched. Leaves ± 16-20 per branch, distichous, lorate, obtuse, ± 300 x 35 mm, blue-grey-green, margins entire or with minute dark maroon-brown teeth. Inflorescence racemose, lax; bracts ±7x4 mm. Flowers scarlet, 35-45 mm long; pedicels 7-11 mm long. Anthers exserted 1-2 mm. Ovary green, ±8x7 mm; style exserted 2-5 mm. Fruit pale buff, ± 20 x 16 mm. Seeds winged, dark brown to black. 119. Aloe plicatilis (L.) Mill., The garden- er’s dictionary: no. 7 (1768); Aiton: 470 (1789); Willd.: 190 (1799); Curtis: t. 457 (1799); DC.: t. 75 (1801); W.T. Aiton: 296 (1811); Haw.: 74 (1812); Salm-Dyck: 28, t. 2 (1849); Baker: 328 (1896a); A. Berger: 322 (1908); Marloth: 93 (1915); Reynolds: 502 (1950); Jeppe: 67 (1969); Bornman & D.S.Hardy: 283 (1972); Palmer & Pitman: 400 (1972); Glen: t. 1972 (1988); B.-E. van Wyk & G.F.Sm.: 36 (1996). Iconotype: Aloe africana arborescens montana non spinosa, folio longissimo plicatili, flore rubro J.Commelijn, Horti medici Amstelaedam- ensis 2: 5, t. 3 (1701). A. disticha L. var. plicatilis L.: 321 (1753); Burm.f.: 10 (1768). Rhipidodendrum plicatile (L.) Haw.: 45 (1821). A. linguaeformis L.f.: 206 (1782). Type: Cape of Good Hope, Thunberg 8590 (UPS, holo.!; PRE, photo.!). A. tripetala Medik.: 55 (1783). Type: not cited. A. lingua Thunb.: 7 (1785): Aiton: 469 (1789); Thunb.: 61 (1794); Thunb.: 183 (1800); Thunb.: 312 (1823); N.E.Br.: 141 (1923). Type: South Africa, no precise locality, Thunberg 8590 (UPS, holo.!; PRE, photo.!). Kumara disticha Medik.: 70, t. 4 (1786). Rhipidodendron distichum (Medik.) Willd.: 165 (1811).Type: not cited. A. flabellifonnis Salisb.: 246 (1796). Type: not cited. A. plicatilis (L.) Mill. var. major Salm-Dyck: 30 (1817); A. Berger: 324 (1908). Type: not cited. Description as for section. Flowering time August to October. Figure 26. Aloe plicatilis is endemic to the Western Cape where it occurs on Table Mountain sand- stone mountains in areas of very high winter rainfall, among fynbos. Map 87. The distichous, glaucous, linear, obtuse leaves of this species recall those of A. haeman- thifolia (no. 23), but there are no grounds for confusing the two. A. plicatilis is a large, dichotomously branching shrub or small tree, and the leaves are much smaller than those of A. haemanthifolia and without fibres. The raceme is lax and cylindric, not dense and capitate, the pedicels are shorter and the flowers both longer and broader than in A. haemanthifolia. The Latin word plicatilis means flexible or able to be folded. The earliest figure of this species shows a plant with distinctly floppy leaves (Commelijn 1701). Common names for this species include fan aloe, French Hoek aloe, waaieraalwyn and Franschhoekaalwee (both Afrikaans) (Palmer & Pitman 1972). Vouchers: Compton 13849 (NBG); MacOwan 2259 (K, STE); Marloth 5144 (PRE); Reynolds 3533 (PRE); Van der Merwe 1192 (PRE). 148 ALOACEAE: Aloe Species insufficiently known A. brownii Baker: 44 (1889a); Reynolds: 386 (1950). Type not explicitly cited. This is an unknown species. A. chloroleuca Baker: 38 (1877a); Reynolds: 427 (1950). This is a hybrid, probably with A. speciosa as one parent. A. cinnabarina Diels ex A. Berger: 65 (1905a); Reynolds: 369 (1950). Type: Mpumalanga. Lydenburg. Wilms 1480 (Bt). This is an unknown species. A. commutata Tod.: 75, t. 28 (1876); Reynolds: 293 (1950). This is probably A. maculata x A. grandidentata. A. consobrina Salm-Dyck: 18, t. 3 (1863); Reynolds: 370 (1950). Lecto-iconotype: Salm-Dyck: 18, t. 3 (1863), here designated. This is possibly a hybrid of unknown parentage. A. corifolia Pillans: 24 (1934b); Reynolds: 339 (1950). Type: Eastern Cape, Willowmore, Nel SUG5070 (BOLD. This is probably a hybrid of unknown parentage. A. deflexidens Pillans: 36 (1935); Reynolds: 292 (1950). Type: KwaZulu-Natal, Zululand, Struben NBG853/31 (NBG!). This is either an unusual form of A. maculata or a hybrid between that species and A. grandidentata. A. drepanophylla Baker: 814 (1875): Reynolds: 427 (1950). This is a hybrid, probably with A. speciosa as one parent. A. gasterioides Baker: 166 (1880a): Reynolds: 291 (1950). Type not explicitly cited. This is an unknown species. A. grahamii Schonland: 39 (1903): Reynolds: 292 (1950). Type: Hort., Schonland s.n. (GRA1). This is a hybrid, prob- ably with A. maculata as one parent. A. heteracantha Baker: 161 (1880a); Reynolds: 291 (1950). Type not explicitly cited. This is probably A. macu- lata x A. arborescens. A. hexapetala Salm-Dyck: 28 (1817): Reynolds: 427 (1950). Type not cited. This is a hybrid, probably with A. speciosa as one parent. A. longiflora Baker: 756 (1888); Reynolds: 427 (1950). Type not cited. This is possibly a hybrid of unknown parent- age. A. monteiroi Baker: 523 (1889b): Reynolds: 368 (1950). Type: Mozambique, Delagoa Bay. Monteiro s.n. (K). This is A. pan’ibracteata x some other species of Aloe. A. nobilis Haw.: 78 (1812); Reynolds: 385 (1950). Type not cited. This is probably A. arborescens x A. perfoliata. A. obscura A. Berger ex Schonland: 287 ( 1905a) non Mill. Type: Hort. La Mortola. Berger s.n. (GRA1). This is a hybrid. One parent is almost certainly A. maculata ; the other is possibly A. ferox or a related species. A. obscura Mill.: no. 6 (1768); Reynolds: 289 (1950). Type not cited. This may be a form of A. maculata. A. picta Thunb.: 4 (1785). Type not cited. This may be a form of A. maculata. A. runcinata A. Berger: 205 ( 1908); Reynolds: 292 ( 1950). Type: Hort. La Mortola, Berger s.n. A. serrulata (Aiton) Haw.: 18 (1804); Reynolds: 213 (1950). A. perfoliata L. var. serrulata Aiton: 467 (1789). Type not cited. This is probably A. variegata x A. maculata. A. sigmoidea Baker: 177 (1880a); Reynolds: 485 (1950). Type: Eastern Cape. Kaffraria, Cooper s.n. (K). This appears to be a hybrid with A. arborescens as one parent. A. sororia A. Berger: 280 (1908); Reynolds: 386 (1950). Type: Hort. La Mortola, Berger s.n. This is an unknown species. A. spuria A. Berger: 214 (1908); Reynolds: 292 (1950). Type: Hort. La Mortola, Berger s.n. This is a hybrid, prob- ably with A. maculata as one parent. A. stans A. Berger: 279 (1908); Reynolds: 385 (1950). Type: Eastern Cape, Bethelsdorp, Drege 8633. This is an unknown species. A. tricolor Baker: t. 6324 (1877b). Iconotype: Baker: t. 6324 (1877b). This is probably A. maculata x A. grandi- dentata. A. virens Haw.: 17 (1804); Reynolds: 172 (1950). Type not cited. This is possibly a hybrid of unknown parentage. Species excluded The nomenclature of Gasteria follows Van Jaarsveld (1994). The nomenclature of Haworthia species mostly fol- lows Bayer (1982), but Scott’s (1985) opinion is also quot- ed in some cases. A. acinacifolia J.Jacq. = Gasteria acinacifolia (J.Jacq.) Haw. A. albicans Haw. = Haworthia marginata (Lam.) Stearn (= H. albicans (Haw.) Haw.). A. altilinea (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia alti- linea Haw. Bayer (1982) considers this to be a nomen con- fusion, but Scott (1985) accepts it as a good species. A. angulata Willd. = Gasteria carinata (Mill.) Duval (= G. angulata (Willd.) Haw.). A. angustifolia (Aiton) Salm-Dyck. = Gasteria disticha (L.) Haw. (= G. angustifolia (Aiton) Haw.). ALOACEAE: Aloe 149 A. arachnoides Thunb. = Haworthia arachnoidea (L.) Duval. A. asperiuscula (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia viscosa (L.) Haw. (= H. asperiuscula Haw.). A. atrovirens DC. = Haworthia herbacea (Mill) Stearn (= H. atrovirens (DC.) Haw.). A. attenuata Haw. = Haworthia attenuata (Haw.) Haw. A. bayfieldii Salm-Dyck = a hybrid between Gasteria sp. and Haworthia sp. A. bicarinata (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f. = Astroloba bicari- nata (Haw.) Uitewaal. A. bicolor (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f. = Gasteria bicolor Haw. A. boureana Schult. & Schult.f. = Gasteria bicolor Haw. A. bowieana Salm-Dyck = Gasteria bicolor Haw. A. brachyphylla Salm-Dyck. = Gasteria brevifolia Haw. A. bradlyana Jacq. = Haworthia herbacea (Mill.) Stearn (= H. atrovirens (DC.) Haw.). A. bullulata Jacq. = Astroloba bullulata (Jacq.) Uitewaal. A. candicans (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f. = Gasteria acinaci- folia (Jacq.) Haw. (= G. candicans Haw.). A. carinata Mill. = Gasteria carinata (Mill.) Duval. A. chloracantha (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia chloracantha Haw. A. coarctata (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia coarc - tata Haw. A. concinna Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia viscosa (L.) Haw. (= H. viscosa (L.) Haw. var. concinna (Schult. & Schult.f.) Baker). A. congesta Salm-Dyck = Astroloba congesta (Salm- Dyck) Uitewaal. A. conspurcata Salm-Dyck = Gasteria disticha (L.) Haw. (= G. conspurcata (Salm-Dyck) Haw.). A. cordifolia (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia vis- cosa (L.) Haw. (= H. cordifolia Haw.). A. crassifolia (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f. = Gasteria dis- ticha (L.) Haw. A. croucheri Hook.f. = Gasteria croucheri (Hook.f.) Baker. A. cuspidata (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia cuspi- data Haw., a name which Bayer ( 1982) rejects, apparently as a nomen confusion. Scott in one place (1985: 91) regards this as a synonym of H. cymbiformis (Haw.) Duval and in anoth- er (1985: 143) treats it as a plant of hybrid origin. A. cylindracea Lam. = Haworthia sp. or Astroloba spiralis (L.) Uitewaal. A. cymbaefolia Schrad. = Haworthia cymbiformis (Haw.) Duval. A. cymbiformis Haw. = Haworthia cymbiformis (Haw.) Duval. A. decipiens (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f. = Gasteria nitida (Salm-Dyck) Haw. (= G. decipiens Haw.). A. deltoidea Hook.f. = Astroloba deltoidea (Hook.f.) Uite- waal. A. denticulata (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia denti- culata Haw., which is not known in nature, according to Bayer (1982). Scott (1985) treats it as a synonym of H. aris- tata Haw. A. dictyodes Schult. & Schult.f. = Gasteria bicolor Haw. A. disticha (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f. = Gasteria disticha (L.) Haw. A. disticha L. = Gasteria carinata (Mill.) Duval var. verru- cosa (Mill.) Van Jaarsv. partly. A. elongata Salm-Dyck = Gasteria trigona Haw., an am- biguous name. A. ensifolia (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f. = Gasteria acinaci- folia (Jacq.) Haw. A. excavata Willd. = Gasteria carinata (Mill.) Duval (= G. excavata (Willd.) Haw.). A. fasciata (Willd.) Salm-Dyck in Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia fasciata (Willd.) Haw. A. foliolosa Haw. = Astroloba foliolosa (Haw.) Uitewaal. A. formosa Schult. & Schult.f. = Gasteria brachyphylla (Salm-Dyck) Van Jaarsv. A. glabra (Haw.) Salm-Dyck = Gasteria carinata (Mill.) Duval. A. glabrata Salm-Dyck = Haworthia glabrata (Salm- Dyck) Baker. A. granata Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia pumila (L.) Duval. A. guttata Salm-Dyck = Gasteria subnigricans Haw. var. glabrior Haw., a name of no certain application. A. hebes Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia cymbiformis (Haw.) Duval, var. cymbiformis (= H. cymbiformis (Haw.) Duval var. obtusa (Haw.) Haw.). A. herbacea DC. = Haworthia reticulata (Haw.) Haw. A. Iioltzei Radi = Gasteria carinata (Mill.) Duval var. ver- rucosa (Mill.) Van Jaarsv. x Haworthia radula (Jacq.) Haw. 150 ALOACEAE: Aloe A. hyacinthoides L. = Sansevieria zeylanica Willd. A. hybrida Salm-Dyck = Haworthia hybrida ( Salm-Dyck ) Haw. Bayer (1982) rejects this name without comment; Scott ( 1985) regards it as possibly a garden hybrid. A. imbricata Haw. = Astroloba spiralis (L. ) Uitewaal. A. indurata Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia viscosa (L.) Haw. (= H. viscosa (L.) Haw. var. indurata (Haw.) Baker). A. intermedia Haw. = Gasteria carinata {Mill.) Duval var. verrucosa (Mill.) Van Jaarsv. A. laetepuncta (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f. = Gasteria cari- nata (Mill. ) Duval. A. laetevirens (Haw.) Link = Haworthia turgida Haw. (= H. laetevirens Haw.). A. laevigata Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia marginata (Lam.) Steam. A. lauchei Radi = Gasteria carinata (Mill) Duval var. ver- rucosa (Mill.) Van Jaarsv. x G. pulchra (Alton) Haw. A. lingua Ker Gawl. = Gasteria bicolor Haw. A. lingua Thunb. var. angustifolia Aiton = Gasteria dis- ticha (L. ) Haw. A. longifolia Lam. = Kniphofia uvaria (L.) Oken. A. longifolia Haw. = Gasteria disticha (L. ) Haw. A. maculata Ker Gawl. = Gasteria pulchra (Aiton) Haw. A. maculata Thunb. = Gasteria bicolor Haw. A. maculata Thunb. var. pulchra Aiton = Gasteria pulchra (Aiton) Haw. A. margaritifera Burm.f. = Haworthia pumila (L.) Duval. A. marginata Lam. = Haworthia marginata (Lam.) Steam. A. minor Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia pumila (L.) Duval. A. mirabilis Haw. = Haworthia mirabilis (Haw.) Haw. A. mollis (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f. = Gasteria disticha (L.) Haw. (= G. mollis Haw.). A. multifaria (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia mul- tifaria Haw., which Bayer (1982) considers to be probably a form of H. retusa (L.) Duval. Scott (1985) places Haworthia multifaria Haw. into synonymy under H. mirabilis (Haw.) Haw. A. nigra (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia nigra (Haw.) Baker. A. nigricans Haw. = Gasteria disticha (L.) Haw. A. nigricans Haw. var .fasciata Salm-Dyck = Gasteria fas- ciata (Salm-Dyck) Haw., an ambiguous name. A. nitens (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f. = Gasteria acinaci- folia (Jacq.) Haw. A. nitida Salm-Dyck = Gasteria nitida (Salm-Dyck) Haw. A. nitida Salm-Dyck var. obtusa Salm-Dyck = Gasteria nitida (Salm-Dyck) Haw. A. obliqua DC. = Gasteria pulchra (Aiton) Haw. A. obliqua Haw. = Gasteria bicolor Haw. A. obliqua Jacq. = Gasteria disticha (L.) Haw. A. obscura Willd. = Gasteria carinata (Mill.) Duval. A. obtusa (Salm-Dyck) Schult. & Schult.f. = Gasteria niti- da (Salm-Dyck) Haw. A. obtusifolia Salm-Dyck = Gasteria disticha (L.) Haw. A. pallida (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia her- bacea (Mill.) Steam (= H. pallida Haw.). A. papillosa Salm-Dyck = Haworthia pumila (L.) Duval (= H. papillosa (Salm-Dyck) Haw.). A. parva Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia venosa (Lam.) Haw. subsp. tessellata (Haw.) M.B. Bayer (= H. tessellata Haw. var. parva (Schult. & Schult.f.) Baker). A. pellucens Haw. = Haworthia translucens (W.T. Aiton) Haw. subsp. translucens (= H. pellucens (Haw.) Haw.). A. pentagona Haw. = Astroloba pentagona (Haw.) Uite- waal. A. planifolia (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia cymbi- formis (Haw.) Duval var. cymbiformis (= H. planifolia Haw.). A. pseudangulata Salm-Dyck = Gasteria carinata (Mill.) Duval. A. pseudonigricans Salm-Dyck = Gasteria subnigricans Haw., a name of doubtful application. A. pseudorigida Salm-Dyck = Haworthia tortuosa (Haw.) Haw. var. pseudorigida (Salm-Dyck) A. Berger, a name which Bayer (1982) rejects without comment. Scott (1985) was unable to trace specimens of this. A. pseudotortuosa Salm-Dyck = Haworthia viscosa (L.) Haw. (= H. viscosa (L.) Haw. var. pseudotortuosa (Salm- Dyck) Baker). A. pulchra (Aiton) Jacq. = Gasteria pulchra (Aiton) Haw. A. pumila L. var. margaritifera L. = Haworthia pumila (L.) Duval. A. pumilio Jacq. = Haworthia sp. A. racemosa Lam. = Gasteria carinata (Mill.) Duval var. verrucosa (Mill.) Van Jaarsv. A. radula Jacq. = Haworthia radula (Jacq.) Haw. A. radula Ker Gawl. = Haworthia attenuata (Haw.) Haw. A. recurva Haw. = Haworthia venosa (Lam.) Haw. subsp. venosa (= H. recurva (Haw.) Haw.). A. reinwardtii Salm-Dyck = Haworthia reinwardtii (Salm- Dyck) Haw. A. repens Schult. & Schult.f. = Gasteria carinata (Mill.) Duval var. verrucosa (Mill.) Van Jaarsv. A. reticulata Haw. = Haworthia reticulata (Haw.) Haw. ALOACEAE: Aloe 151 A. retusa L. = Haworthia retusa (L.) Duval. A. rigida DC. = Haworthia rigida (Lam.) Haw., which Bayer ( 1982) considers to be of hybrid origin. Scott (1985) could not trace any material of this. A. rigida Jacq. = Haworthia tortuosa (Haw.) Haw. var. pseudorigida (Salm-Dvck) A. Berger, which Bayer (1982) rejects without comment. Scott (1985) could not trace any material of this. A. rigida Salisb. = Kniphofia uvaria (L.) Oken. A. rugosa Salm-Dyck in Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia rugosa ( Salm-Dyck ) Baker, which Bayer (1982) rejects without comment. Scott (1985) places the name in synony- my under H. radula (Jacq.) Haw. A. scaberrima Salm-Dyck. = Gasteria carinata (Mill.) Duval var. verrucosa (Mill.) Van Jaarsv. A. scabra (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia scabra Haw. A. semiglabrata (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia pumila (L.) Duval (= H. semiglabrata Haw.). A. semimargaritifera Salm-Dyck. = Haworthia pumila (L. ) Duval. A. setosa Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia arachnoidea (L.) Duval (= H. setata Haw.). A. sordida (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia sordi- da Haw. A. spiralis Haw. = Astroloba pentagona (Haw.) Uitewaal var. willdenowii (Baker) Uitewaal. A. spiralis L. = Astroloba spiralis (L.) Uitewaal. A. stenopliylla Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia angustifo- lia Haw. A. subattenuata Salm-Dyck in Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia subattenuata (Salm-Dyck) Haw., a name which Bayer (1982) rejects without comment. Scott (1985) could not trace any material of this. A. subcarinata Haw. = Gasteria carinata (Mill.) Duval. A. subfasciata Salm-Dyck in Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia subfasciata (Salm-Dyck) Baker, a name which Bayer (1982) rejects without comment. Scott (1985) could not trace any material of this. A. subnigricans (Haw.) Spreng. = Gasteria subnigricans Haw., a name of uncertain application. A. subrigida Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia tortuosa (Haw.) Haw. var. pseudorigida (Salm-Dyck) A. Berger, a name which Bayer (1982) rejects without comment. Scott (1985) could not trace any material of this. A. subtortuosa Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia viscosa (L.) Haw. (= H. viscosa (L.) Haw. var. pseudotortuosa (Salm-Dyck) Baker). A. subulata Salm-Dyck in Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia subulata (Salm-Dyck) Baker, a name which Bayer (1982) rejects without comment. Scott (1985: 19) places it in syn- onymy under H. radula (Jacq.) Haw., but elsewhere (1985: 149) excludes it from the genus as he could not trace any material of it. A. subverrucosa Salm-Dyck = Gasteria carinata (Mill.) Duval var. verrucosa (Mill.) Van Jaarsv. A. sulcata Salm-Dyck = Gasteria carinata (Mill.) Duval. A. tessellata (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia venosa (Lam.) Haw. subsp. tessellata (Haw.) M.B. Bayer. A. torquata Salm-Dyck: = Haworthia viscosa (L.) Haw. (= H. viscosa (L.) Haw. var. torquata (Salm-Dyck) Baker). A. tortuosa Haw. = Haworthia tortuosa (Haw.) Haw., a name which Bayer (1982) rejects without comment. Scott (1985) speculates that it may be placed in synonymy under H. viscosa (L.) Haw. or H. nigra (Haw.) Baker. A. translucens W.T.Aiton = Haworthia translucens (W.T.Aiton) Haw. subsp. translucens. A. tricolor Haw. = Haworthia venosa (Lam.) Haw. A. trigona (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f. = Gasteria trigona Haw., a name of uncertain application. A. trigona Salm-Dyck = Gasteria nitida (Salm-Dyck) Haw. A. tristicha Medik. = Gasteria carinata (Mill.) Duval. A. turgida (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia turgida Haw. A. uvaria L. = Kniphofia uvaria (L.) Oken. A. venosa Lam. = Haworthia venosa (Lam.) Haw. A. venusta (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f. = Gasteria acinaci- folia (Jacq.) Haw. A. verrucosa Mill. = Gasteria carinata (Mill.) Duval var. veiTucosa (Mill.) Van Jaarsv. A. verrucula Medik. = Gasteria carinata (Mill.) Duval var. verrucosa (Mill.) Van Jaarsv. A. virescens (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f. = Haworthia mar- ginata (Lam.) Steam (= H. albicans (Haw.) Haw. var. virescens (Haw.) Baker). A. viscosa L. = Haworthia viscosa (L.) Haw. A. vittata Schult. & Schult.f. = Gasteria fasciata (Salm- Dyck) Haw., a name of uncertain application. A. zeyheri Salm-Dyck. = Gasteria bicolor Haw. A. zeylanica Jacq. = Sansevieria zeylanica Willd. 152 ALOACEAE: Aloe REFERENCES ACOCKS, J.P.H. 1988. Veld types of South Africa, edn 3. Memoirs of the Botanical Survey of South Africa No. 57. ADAMSON, R.S. 1950. Aloe. In R.S. Adamson & T.M. Salter, Flora of the Cape Peninsula 170, 171. Juta, Cape Town. AITON, W. 1789. Hortus kewensis, edn 1. Nicol, London. AITON. W.T. 1811. Hortus kewensis , edn 2. Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme & Brown, London. ALLIONI, C. 1773. Auctarium ad synopsin methodicam stirpium horti regii Taurinensis. ALLIONI, C. 1774-1776. Auctarium ad synopsin method- icam stirpium horti regii Taurinensis. Miscellanea Taurinensia 5: 53-96. ANDERSON, J.L. & POOLEY, E.S. 1977. Some plant spe- cies recorded from Nyala rumena in Ndumu Game Reserve. Lammergeyer 23: 40^45. ANDREWS, H.N. 1807. Aloe arborescens. The botanists repository 7: t. 468. BAKER, J.G. 1874. New garden plants. The Gardeners' Chronicle 1: 628. BAKER. J.G. 1875. New garden plants. The Gardeners' Chronicle 3: 814, 815. BAKER, J.G. 1877a. New garden plants. The Gardeners' Chronicle 8: 38. BAKER, J.G. 1877b. Aloe tricolor. Curtis's Botanical Maga- zine 103: t. 6324. BAKER. J.G. 1878a . Aloe cooperi. Curtis's Botanical Maga- zine 104: t. 6377. BAKER. J.G. 1878b. Report on the Liliaceae, Iridaceae, Hypoxidaceae, and Haemodoraceae of Welwitsch’s Angolan herbarium. Transactions of the Linnean So- ciety of London 1: 245-273. BAKER, J.G. 1880a. A synopsis of Aloineae and Yuc- coideae. Journal of the Linnean Society, Botany 18: 148-241. BAKER, J.G. 1 880b. Aloe greenii. Curtis’s Botanical Maga- zine 106: t. 6520. BAKER. J.G. 1881. Aloe macracantha. Curtis's Botanical Magazine 107: t. 6580. BAKER, J.G. 1883. Aloe pratensis. Curtis’s Botanical Magazine 109: t. 6705. BAKER. J.G. 1884. New plants from the Zambesi country. Journal of Botany, British and Foreign 22: 52, 53. BAKER, J.G. 1885. Aloe bainesii. Curtis's Botanical Magazine, 3rd series 41 : t. 6848. BAKER, J.G. 1888. New or noteworthy plants. The Gar- deners’ Chronicle 4: 756. BAKER, J.G. 1889a. New petaloid monocotyledons from Cape Colony. Journal of Botany 27: 42-45. BAKER, J.G. 1889b. New or noteworthy plants. The Gar- deners’ Chronicle 6: 523. BAKER, J.G. 1890. Aloe kniphofioides. Baker. Hooker’s icones plantation 20: t. 1939. BAKER, J.G. 1892a. Decades Kewensis. Kew Bulletin 1892: 82-87. BAKER, J.G. 1892b. New or noteworthy plants. The Gar- deners' Chronicle 11: 780. BAKER, J.G. 1894. New or noteworthy plants. The Gar- deners’ Chronicle 15: 588. BAKER, J.G. 1895. Aloe minima. Baker. Hooker's icones plantarum 25: t. 2423. BAKER, J.G. 1896a. Aloe. In W.T. Thiselton-Dyer, Flora capensis 6: 302-329. Reeve, London. BAKER, J.G. 1896b. Notosceptrum. In W.T. Thiselton- Dyer, Flora capensis 6: 285, 286. Reeve, London. BAKER. J.G. 1897. Addenda. In W.T. Thiselton-Dyer, Flora capensis 6: 529-536. Reeve, London. BAKER, J.G. 1898a. Aloe. In W.T. Thiselton-Dyer, Flora of tropical Africa 7: 454-469. Reeve, London. BAKER, J.G. 1898b. Aloe leptophylla. Curtis's Botanical Magazine 124: t. 7624. BAKER, J.G. 1901a. Liliaceae 1. In H. Schinz, Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Afrikartischen Flora 13. Bulletin de /’ Herbier Boissier, Ser. 2: 178-788. BAKER. J.G. 1901b. Diagnoses Africanae 1 3. Kew Bulletin 1901: 119-138. BAYER, M.B. 1982. The new Haworthia handbook. National Botanical Gardens of South Africa, Cape Town. BENTHAM, G. 1883. In G. Bentham & J.D. Hooker, Gene- ra plantarum, Vol. 3. Reeve, London. BERGER, A. 1904. New or noteworthy plants. Aloe baumii Engler & Gilg. The Gardeners' Chronicle series 3, 35: 226. BERGER, A. 1905a. Uber die systematische Gliederung der Gattung Aloe. Botanische Jahrbiicher 36: 42-68. BERGER. A. 1905b. Liliaceae-Alo'ineae africanae. Botanische Jahrbiicher 38: 84—87. BERGER. A. 1906a. A new aloe from Angola. Journal of Botany, British and Foreign 44: 57, 58. BERGER, A. 1906b. Neue Aloineen und andere Suk- kulenten. Notizblatt dies Botanischen Gartens und Museums zu Berlin 4: 246-250. BERGER, A. 1907. Aloe pallidiflora. Curtis’s Botanical Magazine 133: t. 8122. BERGER. A. 1908. Liliaceae-Asphodeloideae-Aloineae. Das Pflanzenreich 33: 1-347. BERGER, A. 1909 . Aloe rubrolutea. Curtis's Botanical Ma- gazine 135: t. 8263. BERGER, A. 1922. Mehrere neue Mesembrianthemum und eine Aloe. Botanische Jahrbiicher 57: 626-640. BOLUS. H. 1881. Novitates capenses: descriptions of new plants from the Cape of Good Hope. In P. MacOwan & H. Bolus in Journal of the Linnean Society, Botany 18: 390-397. BOLUS, L. 1933. Plants — new or noteworthy. South Afri- can Gardening and Country Life 23: 140. BORNMAN. H. & HARDY, D.S. 1972. Aloes of the South African veld. Voortrekkerpers, Johannesburg. BRANDHAM, PE. & CARTER. S. 1990. A revision of the Aloe tidmarshii/A. ciliaris complex in South Africa. Kew Bulletin 45: 637-645. BROWN, J.R. 1946. Aloe sladeniana, Pole Evans. Cactus & Succulent Journal. Los Angeles 18: 3, 4. BROWN, N.E. 1906. New and noteworthy plants. The Gardeners' Chronicle 39: 130. ALOACEAE: Aloe 153 BROWN, N.E. 1913. Aloe marlothii. Curtis's Botanical Ma- gazine 139: t. 8484. BROWN, N.E. 1923. The genera Aloe and Mesembry- anthemum as represented in Thunberg’s herbarium. Bothalia 1: 139-169. BURCHELL.W.J. 1822. Travels in the interior of southern Africa, Vol. 1. Longman, London. BLIRMAN, N.L. 1768. Flora indica: ... nec non prodromus florae capensis. Haak, Leiden. CAMMERLOHER, H. 1933. Aloe brunnthaleri Berger. Kakteenkunde 7 : 131, 132. CHRISTIAN, H.B. 1936a. Aloe bulbicaulis. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 16: t. 630. CHRISTIAN, H.B. 1936b. Aloe chimanimaniensis. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 16: t. 639. CHRISTIAN, H.B. 1938a. Aloe melsetterensis. The Flow- ering Plants of South Africa 18: t. 697. CHRISTIAN, H.B. 1938b. Aloe chabaudii var. verekeri. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 18: t. 699. CHRISTIAN, H.B. 1940a. Aloe crvptopoda Bak. Journal of South African Botany 6: 1 17-119. CHRISTIAN, H.B. 1940b. Some new Aloe species from central and east tropical Africa. Journal of South African Botany 6: 177-190. COMMELIJN, C. 1703. Praeludia botanica. Haringh. Leiden. COMMELIJN, C. 1706. Horti medici Amstelaeclamensis plantae rariores et exoticae. Haringh, Leiden. COMMELIJN, J. 1697. Horti medici Amstelaeclamensis 1. Blaeu. Amsterdam. COMMELIJN, J. 1701. Horti medici Amstelaeclamensis 2. Blaeu, Amsterdam. COMPTON, R.H. 1976. Flora of Swaziland. Journal of South African Botany supplementary volume 1 1. CRAIB. C.L. & CONDY, G.S. 1997. Aloe moclesta. The Flowering Plants of Africa 55: 2-7, t. 2121. CURTIS, W. 1799. Aloe plicatilis. Curtis's Botanical Ma- gazine 13: t. 457. CURTIS, W. 1800. Aloe peifoliata var. succotrina. Curtis's Botanical Magazine 14: t. 472. DANDY, J.E. 1970. Annotated list of the new names pub- lished in Allioni’s Auctarium ad synopsin method- icam stirpium horti regii Taurinensis. Taxon 19: 617-626. DE CANDOLLE, A.P. 1 799-1 828. Historia plantation suc- culentarum. Histoire des plantes grasses. Dugour & Durand, Paris. DE WILDEMAN, E. 1921. Plantae bequaertianae. Buyens, Gent. DILLENIUS, J.J. 1732. Hortus elthamensis. London. DINTER, K. 1914. Neue und wenig bekannte Pflanzen Deutsch-Siidwest-Afrikas. Published by the author. Okahandja. DINTER, K. 1917. Index der aus Deutsch-SUdwestafrika bis zum Jahre 1917 bekannt gewordenen Pflanzen- arten I. Fecldes repertorium specierum novation regni vegetabilis 15: 77-92. DINTER, K. 1923a. Beitrage zur Flora von Siidwestafrika 2. Feddes repertorium specierum novation regni vegetabilis 19: 177-186. DINTER. K. 1923b. Beitrage zur Flora von Siidwestafrika 1. Feddes repertorium specierum novation regni vegetabilis 19: 122-160. DINTER, K. 1928. Sukkulentenforschung in Siidwestafrika, Teil 2. Winter, Hermhut i. Sa. DINTER, K. 1931. Diagnosen neuer sudwestafrikanischer Pflanzen. Feddes repertorium specierum novarum regni vegetabilis 29: 253-272. DYER, R.A. 1931a. Aloe humilis. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 11: t. 439. DYER, R.A. 1931b. Aloe sessiliflora. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 11: t. 435. DYER, R.A. 1941 . Aloe vryheidensis. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 21 : t. 805. DYER, R.A. 1942. Aloe verdoorniae. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 22: t. 879. DYER, R.A. 1943. Aloe tidmarshi. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 23: t. 910. DYER, R.A. 1944. Aloe candelabrum. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 24: t. 945. DYER, R.A. 1950. Aloe kniphofioides. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 28: t. 1120. DYER. R.A. 1976. The genera of southern African flower- ing plants, Vol. 2. Government Printer, Pretoria. ENGLER, H.G.A. 1888. Plantae Marlothianae. Botanische Jahrbiicher 10: 1-50. GIESS, W. 1970. Eine neue Aloe aus der Namib. Mittei- Itingen der Botanischen Staatssammlung Miinchen 8: 123-126. GIESS, W. 1971. A preliminary vegetation map of South West Africa. Dinteria 4: 1-114. GIESS, W. 1973. A new species of Aloe from South Africa. Bothalia 11: 120-122. GLEN, H.F. 1987. Aloe hctrdyi. The Flowering Plants of Africa 49: t. 1942. GLEN, H.F. 1988. Aloe plicatilis. The Flowering Plants of Africa 50: t. 1972. GLEN, H.F & CRAIB, C. 1993. Aloe haemanthifolia. The Flowering Plants of Africa 52: t. 2063. GLEN. H.F. & HARDY, D.S. 1986. Aloe thorncroftii. The Flowering Plants of Africa 49: t. 1936. GLEN, H.F. & HARDY, D.S. 1987a. Nomenclatural notes on three southern African representatives of the genus Aloe. South African Journal of Botany 53: 489^192. GLEN, H.F. & HARDY, D.S. 1987b. Aloe cooperi subsp. pulchra. The Flowering Plants of Africa 49: t. 1944. GLEN, H.F. & HARDY D.S. 1987c. Aloe marlothii subsp. orientalis. The Flowering Plants of Africa 49: t. 1943. GLEN, H.F. & HARDY. D.S. 1990a. Aloe albida. The Flowering Plants of Africa 51: t. 2010. GLEN, H.F. & HARDY, D.S. 1990b. Aloe gerstneri. The Flowering Plants of Africa 51: t. 2008. GLEN. H.F. & HARDY, D.S. 1991. Notes on African Plants: Liliaceae (Asphodelaceae). The type specimen of Aloe soutpansbergensis Verdoorn. Bothalia 21: 151-152. GLEN, H.F. & HARDY. D.S. 1993. Aloe meyeri. The Flow- ering Plants of Africa 52: t. 2065. GLEN, H.F. & HARDY, D.S. 1995. Aloe section Anguialoe and the problem of Aloe spicata L.f. (Aloaceae). Haseltonia 3: 92-103. 154 ALOACEAE: Aloe GLEN, H.F. & HARDY, D.S. 1995. Aloe section Anguialoe and the problem of Aloe spicata L.f. (Aloaceae). Haseltonia 3: 92-103. GLEN, H.F., SMITH G.F. & HARDY. D.S. 1995. Notes on African Plants: Asphodelaceae/Aloaceae: Typifica- tion of Aloe species described by B.H. Groenewald. Bothalia 25: 97-99. GROENEWALD. B.H. 1935. 'n Nuwe Aloe- soort van Oos- Transvaal. Tydskrifvir Wetenskap en Kuns 14: 39^-2. GROENEWALD, B.H. 1936a. 'n Nuwe aalwyn van die Wolkberg, Transvaal. Tvdskrifvir Wetenskap en Kuns 14: 64-66. GROENEWALD. B.H. 1936b. Beskrywing van 'n nuwe lepto-aloe van die Drakensberge. Tydskrifvir Weten- skap en Kuns 14: 135-137. GROENEWALD. B.H. 1936c. ’n Nuwe aalwyn van Piet Retief. Tydskrifvir Wetenskap en Kuns 14: 60-63. GROENEWALD. B.H. 1936d. Verbeteringe. Tydskrif vir Wetenskap en Kuns 14: 140. GROENEWALD, B.H. 1936e. ’n Nuwe Aloe-soon van Pretoria distrik. Tydskrifvir Wetenskap en Kuns 14: 57-59. GROENEWALD, B.H. 1936f. Beskrywing van 'n nuwe makulaat-aloesoort van Oos-Transvaal. Tydskrifvir Wetenskap en Kuns 14: 137-139. GROENEWALD. B.H. 1937a. A/oe-beskrywinge in vorige nommers: latere verbeteringe. Tydskrifvir Wetenskap en Kuns 15: 132. GROENEWALD. B.H. 1937b. ’n Nuwe Aloe uit Lourengo Marques. Tydskrif vir Wetenskap en Kuns 16: 13-15. GROENEWALD, B.H. 1937c. ’n Nuwe aalwyn van Natal. Tydskrifvir Wetenskap en Kuns 15: 129-131. GROENEWALD. B.H. 1938a. Leptaloe blyderivierensis. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 17: t. 651. GROENEWALD. B.H. 1938b. Beskrywing van n nuwe Aloe uit Noord-Transvaal. Tydskrifvir Wetenskap en Kuns 16: 179-181. GROENEWALD. B.H. 1939. Aloe davyana var. subolifera. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 19: t.732. GUILLAUMIN, A. 1934. Plantes nouvelles ou critiques des serres du Museum. In F. Gagnepain, A. Guillaumin & J. Leandri in Bulletin du Museum national d’his- toire naturelle Ser. 2, 6: 119. GUNN, M. & CODD, L.E. 1981. Botanical exploration of southern Africa. Balkema, Cape Town. GUTHRIE. L. 1928. Novitates Africanae. In L. Bolus in Journal of Botany, British and Foreign 66: 9-15. HARDY, D.S. 1970. Aloe pearsonii. The Flowering Plants of Africa 40: t. 1594. HARDY, D.S. 1971. A new Aloe from South West Africa. Bothalia 10: 366-368. HARDY, D.S. 1974. Addenda. In G.W. Reynolds, Aloes of South Africa, edn 3. Balkema, Cape Town. HARDY, D.S. 1976. A new species of Aloe from the Humansdorp district. Bothalia 12: 62-64. HARDY, D.S. 1984. Aloe erinacea. The Flowering Plants of Africa 48: t. 1885. HARDY, D.S. & GLEN, H.F. 1987. Aloe fouriei. The Flowering Plants of Africa 49: t. 1941. HARDY, D.S. & REID, C. 1981. A new variety of Aloe from the Vryheid district. Bothalia 13: 451-452. HAWORTH. A.H. 1804. A new arrangement of the genus Aloe. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 7: 1-28. HAWORTH. A.H. 1812. Synopsis plantarum succulenta- rum. Taylor, London. HAWORTH, A.H. 1819. Supplementum plantarum succu- lentarum. Harding. London. HAWORTH, A.H. 1821. Revisiones plantarum succulen- tarum. Wood, London. HAWORTH. A.H. 1824. Decas secunda novarum plan- tarum succulentarum. The Philosophical Magazine 64: 298-302. HAWORTH. A.H. 1825. Decas quinta novarum plantarum succulentarum. The Philosophical Magazine 66: 279-283. HAWORTH, A.H. 1827. Description of new succulent plants. The Philosophical Magazine, new series 1: 120-124. HAWORTH. A.H. 1830. Miscellaneous information: Botany. South African Quarterly Journal 1 : 90, 91. HEMSLEY, J.H. 1904. Aloe baumii. Curtis's Botanical Magazine 130: t. 7948. HERRE. A.G.J. 1967. Notes on South African succulents. Cactus & Succulent Journal, Los Angeles 39: 203, 204. HIGGINS, V. 1944. Aloes. Journal of the Royal Horti- cultural Society 69: 272-274. HILLIARD. O.M. & BURTT, B.L. 1985. Notes on some plants of southern Africa chiefly from Natal 11. Notes from the Royal Botanic Gardens Edinburgh 42: 227-260. HOOKER. J.D. 1860. Aloe albocincta. Curtis’s Botanical Magazine 86: t. 5210. HUTCHINSON. J. & DALZIEL, J.M. 1936. Liliaceae. Flora of West tropical Africa 2: 338-352. JACOT GUILLARMOD. A.F.M.G. 1971. Flora of Lesotho. Cramer, Lehre. JACQUIN, N.J. VON. 1800-1809. Fragmenta botanica. Schmidt, Vienna. JANKOWITZ, W.J. 1973. A first record for Aloe buettneri in southern Africa. Madoqua Ser. 1,7: 51, 52. JANKOWITZ. W.J. 1975. Aloes of South-West Africa. De- partment of Nature Conservation & Tourism, Windhoek. JEPPE. B. 1969. South African aloes. Purnell, Cape Town. KEAY, R.W.J. 1963. The Nigerian species of Aloe. Kew Bulletin 17: 65-69. KER GAWLER. J.B. 1805. Aloe humilis var. incurva. Cur- tis’s Botanical Magazine 21: t. 828. KER GAWLER. J.B. 1810a. Aloe rhodacantha. Curtis's Botanical Magazine 31: t. 1278. KER GAWLER. J.B. 1810b. Aloe mitriformis. Curtis’s Botanical Magazine 31: t. 1270. KER GAWLER. J.B. 1810c. Aloe arborescens. Curtis's Botanical Magazine 32: t. 1306. KER GAWLER. J.B. 1811a. Aloe saponaria var. latifolia. Curtis 's Botanical Magazine 33: t. 1346. KER GAWLER, J.B. 1811b. Aloe mitriformis var. brevifo- lia. Curtis's Botanical Magazine 33: t. 1362. KER GAWLER, J.B. 1812a. Aloe saponaria. Curtis's Botanical Magazine 36: t. 1460. ALOACEAE: Aloe 155 KER GAWLER, J.B. 1812b. Aloe soccotrina [1 purpuras- cens. Curtis's Botanical Magazine 36: t. 1474. KUNTH, C.S. 1843. Enumeratio plantation, Vol. 4. Cotta, Stuttgart. KUNTZE, C.E.O. 1898. Revisio generum plantarum 3,2. Felix, Leipzig. LAMARCK, J.B.A.P.M. DE. 1783. Encyclopedic metho- dique, Botanique. Pancouke, Paris. LAVRANOS, J J. 1971 . Aloe buhrii : a new species from the Calvinia district. Cape Province. Journal of South African Botany 37: 37 — 40. LAVRANOS, J.J. 1973a. Aloe chlorantha: a new species from the southwestern karoo (South Africa). Journal of South African Botany 39: 85-90. LAVRANOS, J.J. 1973b. A new variety of Aloe from Nama- qualand. Journal of South African Botany 39: 41-43. LEACH, L.C. 1968. A new Aloe from Rhodesia. Journal of South African Botany 34: 363-370. LEACH. L.C. 1971. Two new species of Aloe (Liliaceae) from south tropical Africa. Journal of South African Botany 37: 249-266. LEMEE, A. 1939. Dictionnaire descriptif et synonymique des genres de plantes pltanerogames, Tome 7: 1-204. Imprimerie Commerciale et Administrative, Brest. LETTY, C.L. 1934a. Aloe boastii. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 14: t. 553. LETTY, C.L. 1934b. Aloe petropliila. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 14: t. 555. LETTY, C.L. 1934c. Aloe reynoldsii. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 14: t. 558. LETTY, C.L. 1966. Flowers on the new decimal coins. Bothalia 8 Supplement: 35 — 42. LINDLEY, J. 1826. Aloe brevifolia. Botanical Register 12: t. 996. LINK, H.F. 1821. Enumeratio plantarum horti regii beroli- nensis altera. Reimer, Berlin. LINK, H.F. & OTTO, F. 1825. leones plantarum selec- tarum. Authors, Berlin. LINNAEUS, C. 1737. Hortus clijfortianus ... The author, Amsterdam. LINNAEUS, C. 1748. Hortus upsaliensis ... Salvius, Stockholm. LINNAELIS, C. 1753. Species plantarum, edn 1. Salvius, Stockholm. LINNAEUS, C. fil. 1782 ('1781’). Supplementum plan- tarum. Impensis Orphanotrophei, Braunschweig. LODDIGES, C.L. 1828. Aloe lutmilis. Botanical Cabinet 15: t. 1481. LODDIGES, C.L. 1829. Aloe incurva. Botanical Cabinet 16: t. 1829. MARAIS, S.J 1980. Aloe mitriformis versus Aloe distans, ’n intensiewe veldstudie. Aloe 18: 53-65. MARLOTH, H.W.R. 1909. Some new South African suc- culents. Part II. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Africa 1 : 403^409. MARLOTH, H.W.R. 1915. Flora of South Africa, Vol. 4. Darter, Cape Town. MARLOTH, H.W.R. 1929. A handsome aloe from the Little Karoo. South African Gardening & Country Life 19: 210-211. MASSON, F. 1776. An account of three journeys from the Cape Town into the southern parts of Africa. Philo- sophical Transactions of the Royal Society 66: 268-317. MCKAY, H.M. 1943. Sketch map of Burchell’s trek. Jour- nal of South African Botany 9: 27-78. MEDIKUS, F.K. 1783. Botanische Beobaclitungen des Jahres 1783. Hof- und Akademischen Buchhand- lung, Mannheim. MEDIKUS, F.K. 1786. Theodora speciosa. Hof- und Aka- demischen Buchhandlung, Mannheim. MERXMULLER, H. & GIESS, W. 1974. Aloe pachygaster Dinter und eine damit verwechselte neue Art. Mitteilungen der Botanischen Staatssammlung Miin- chen 11: 437-^144. MILLER, P. 1768. The gardener’s dictionary, edn 8. Rivington, London. MILLER, P. 1771. The abridgement of The gardener’s dic- tionary, edn 6. Rivington, London. NAUDIN, C.V. 1875. Aloe hanburiana. Revue Horticole 1875: 165, 166. OBERMEYER, A. A. 1973. Notes on African plants: Aloe, Chamaealoe, Haworthia, Astroloba, Poellnitzia and Chortolirion. Bothalia 11: 119. PALMER, E. & PITMAN, N. 1972. Trees of southern Africa, Vol. 1. Balkema, Cape Town. PEARSON, H.H.W. 1911. Through Little Namaqualand with the vasculum and the camera. The Gardeners’ Chronicle Ser. 3, 50: 190, 191. PEARSON. H.H.W. 1914. Observations on the internal temperatures of Euphorbia virosa and Aloe dicho- toma. Annals of the Bolus Herbarium 1: 41-66. PERSOON, C.H. 1805. Synopsis plantarum, Vol. 1. Cramer, Paris. PHILLIPS, E.P 1951. Genera of South African flowering plants, edn 2. Memoirs of the Botanical Survey of South Africa No. 25. P1LLANS, N.S. 1928. Novitates Africanae. In L. Bolus in Journal of Botany, British and Foreign 66: 229-233. P1LLANS, N.S. 1933a. Plants — new or noteworthy. South African Gardening and Country Life 23: 213. PILLANS, N.S. 1933b. Plants — new or noteworthy. South African Gardening and Country Life 23: 140. PILLANS, N.S. 1933c. Plants — new or noteworthy. South African Gardening and Country Life 23: 167, 168. PILLANS, N.S. 1934a. Plants — new or noteworthy. South African Gardening and Country Life 24: 267, 268. PILLANS, N.S. 1934b. Plants — new or noteworthy. South African Gardening and Country Life 24: 24, 25, 28. PILLANS, N.S. 1935. Plants — new or noteworthy. South African Gardening and Country Life 25: 36, 37. PILLANS, N.S. 1939. Aloe ramosissima Pillans (Liliaceae- Aloineae), Dracoaloe. Journal of South African Botany 5: 66, 67. PLOWES, D.C.H. 1986. Aloe inconspicua, a new species from Natal. Aloe 23: 32, 33. PLUKENET. L. 1691. Phytographia. the author, London. POLE EVANS, I.B. 1914. New or noteworthy plants. The Gardeners’ Chronicle series 3, 56: 105, 106. 156 ALOACEAE: Aloe POLE EVANS, l.B. 1915. Descriptions of some new aloes from the Transvaal. Transactions of the Royal Socie- ty of South Africa 5: 25-37. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1916. A new aloe from Swaziland. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Africa 5: 603. 604. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1917. Descriptions of some new aloes from the Transvaal. Transactions of the Royal Socie- ty of South Africa 5: 703-712. POLE EVANS. l.B. 1920. Aloe sladeniana. Annals of the Bolus Herbarium 3: 13. POLE EVANS. l.B. 1921a .Aloe pretoriensis. The Flower- ing Plants of South Africa 1: t. 18. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1921b. Aloe pienaarii. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 1: t. 17. POLE EVANS. l.B. 1921c. Aloe globuligemma. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 1: t. 2. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1922a. Aloe striata. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 2: t. 55. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1922b. Aloe wickensii. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 2: t. 41. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1922c. Aloe excelsa. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 2: t. 62. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1923a. Aloe comosa. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 3: t. 107. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1923b. Aloe variegata. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 3: t. 86. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1923c. Aloe saponaria. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 3: t. 96. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1924a. Aloe chortolirioides. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 4: t. 160. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1924b. Aloe verecunda. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 4: t. 124. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1924c. Aloe peglerae. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 4: t. 149. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1924d. Aloe schlecliteri. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 4: t. 151. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1924e. Aloe petricola. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 4: t. 155. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1925a. Aloe chabaudii. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 5: t. 164. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1925b. Aloe arborescens var. frutescens. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 5: t. 187. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1925c. Aloe sessiliflora. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 5: t. 180. POLE EVANS, l.B. I925d. Aloe marlothii. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 5: t. 171. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1925e. Aloe ferox. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 5: t. 169. POLE EVANS, I B. 1925f. Aloe rupestris. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 5: l. 178. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1926a. Aloe krapohliana. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 6: t. 201. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1926b. Aloe nitens. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 6: t. 221. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1928a. Aloe longistyla. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 8: t. 315. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1928b. Aloe longibracteata. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 8: t. 299. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1928c. Aloe grandidentata. The Flow- ering Plants of South Africa 8: t. 286. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1928d. Aloe hereroensis var. orpeniae. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 8: t. 281. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1928e. Aloe laxiflora. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 8: t. 303. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1929a. Aloe davyana. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 9: t. 358. POLE EVANS, I.B. 1929b. Aloe africana. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 9: t. 333. POLE EVANS, I.B. 1930. Aloe aculeata. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 10: t. 371. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1931a. Aloe melanacantha. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 1 1 : t. 433. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1931b. Aloe pratensis. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 1 1 : t. 432. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1931c. Aloe lineata. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 1 1: t. 437. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1934a. Aloe woolliana. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 14: t. 557. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1934b. Aloe angelica. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 14: t. 554. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1935a. Aloe cooperi. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 15: t. 578. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1935b. Aloe polypliylla. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 15: t. 571. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1936a. Aloe nubigena. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 16: t. 628. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1936b. Aloe ecklonis. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 16: t. 609. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1936c. Aloe kraussii. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 16: t. 635. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1936d. Aloe boylei. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 16: t. 634. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1936e. Aloe broomii. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 16: t. 605. POLE EVANS, LB. 1936f. Aloe brevifolia. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 16: t. 604. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1936g. Aloe fosteri. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 16: t. 612. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1936h. Aloe transvaalensis. The Flow- ering Plants of South Africa 16: t. 636. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1936i. Aloe vanbalenii. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 16: t. 608. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1936j. Aloe mutabilis. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 16: t. 611. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1936k. Aloe pluridens. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 16: t. 610. POLE EVANS, l.B. 19361. Aloe speciosa. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 16: t. 606. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1938a . Aloe hlangapies. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 18: t. 710. POLE EVANS, LB. 1938b. Aloe karasbergensis. The Flow- ering Plants of South Africa 18: t. 720. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1938c. Aloe lutescens. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 18: t. 707. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1938d. Aloe dichotoma. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 18: t. 709. POLE EVANS, l.B. 1939a. Aloe affinis. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 19: t. 759. ALOACEAE: Aloe 157 POLE EVANS, I.B. 1939b. Aloe suprafoliata. The Flow- ering Plants of South Africa 19: t. 733. POLE EVANS, LB. 1939c. Aloe framesii. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 19: t. 731. REGEL, E.A. 1879. Aloe schmidtiana Rgl. Gartenflora 1879: 97, 98. RENDLE, A.B. 1896-1901. Catalogue of Welwitsch's Afri- can plants. Vol. 2. British Museum, London. RENDLE, A.B. 1911. Contribution to the flora of Gazaland. Monocotyledons. Journal of the Linnean Society, Botany 40: 207-235. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1934. The quest of Aloe polyphylla. Journal of the Botanical Society of South Africa 20: 11, 12. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1935. Aloe marlothii, some forms and hybrids. Journal of the Botanical Society of South Africa 21: 7-10. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1936a . A revision of Aloe transvaalen- sis O. Kuntze together with descriptions of three new aloes from the Transvaal, one from Natal and a new Leptaloe from Zululand. Journal of South African Botany 2: 113-126. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1936b. Notes on two new aloes and one new variety. Journal of South African Botany 2: 65-73. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1936c. Aloe integra. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 16: t. 607. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1936d. Aloe dinteri. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 16: t. 637. REYNOLDS. G.W. 1936e. Notes on a new aloe from Rhodesia and a new aloe from the Transvaal. Journal of South African Botany 2: 171-175. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1936f. Notes on some new aloes front the Transvaal, with descriptions of three new spe- cies, and one new variety. Journal of South African Botany 2: 25-34. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1936g. Aloe mutans. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 1 6: t. 602. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1936h. Aloe pongolensis. The Flow- ering Plants of South Africa 16: t. 603. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1936i. Aloe tenuior Haw. A revision of the species with descriptions of two new varieties. Journal of South African Botany 2: 105-1 11. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1936j. Aloe striatula var. caesia. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 16: t. 633. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1936k. Aloe recurvifolia. The Flower- ing Plants of South Africa 16: t. 601. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1937a. New aloes from Natal and Zulu- land, with notes on A. macracantha Bak. Journal of South African Botany 3: 37 — 49. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1937b. A new aloe from South-West Africa, together with new varieties from the Trans- vaal and Orange Free State. Journal of South African Botany 3: 143-150. REYNOLDS. G.W. 1937c. Two new aloes from Zululand and two from the Transvaal. Journal of South African Botany 3: 133-141. REYNOLDS. G.W. 1937d. A very distinctive new aloe from Mocambique. Journal of South African Botany 3: 151-154. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1937e. Notes on Aloeferox Mill, and A. supralaevis Haw., with a new name for a Natal aloe. Journal of South African Botany 3: 123-132. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1938a. A new aloe from Natal. Journal of South African Botany 4: 101-103. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1938b. A new aloe from South-West Africa. Journal of South African Botany 4: 105-107. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1938c. Aloe dewetii. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 18: t. 692. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1938d. Notes on Aloe claviflora Bur- chell. Journal of South African Botany 4: 25-30. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1938e. A new aloe from Little Nama- qualand. Journal of South African Botany 4: 21-24. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1940a. Aloe lettyae. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 20: t. 764. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1940b. Genus Aloe: a new section and a new series. Journal of South African Botany 6: 111-116. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1941. Notes on Aloe linearifolia Berger. Journal of South African Botany 7: 169-172. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1942. Aloe linearifolia. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 22: t. 849. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1945. Aloe thompsoniae. The Flower- ing Plants of Africa 25: t. 980. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1947a. Genus Leptaloe Stapf. Restora- tion to Aloe Linn. Journal of South African Botany 13: 99-105. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1947b. The identity of Aloe gracilis Haw. (non Bak.). Journal of South African Botany 13: 95-97. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1948a. The identity of Aloe kniphof- ioicles Bak. Journal of South African Botany 14: 9-12. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1948b. Aloe succotrina Lam., a history of the plant and its name. Journal of South African Botany 14: 1-8. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1950. The aloes of South Africa. Aloes of South Africa Book Fund, Johannesburg. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1952. Aloe sladeniana. The Flowering Plants of Africa 29: t. 1122. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1954. The aloes of Nyasaland. Nyasa- land Society & African Book Centre, Blantyre. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1956. A new aloe from the eastern Transvaal. Journal of South African Botany 22: 85, 86. REYNOLDS. G.W. 1960. Notes on the aloes of Angola, with descriptions of three new species. Journal of South African Botany 26: 81-92. REYNOLDS, G.W. 1966. The aloes of tropica! Africa and Madagascar. Aloes Book Fund, Mbabane. ROEMER. J.J. & SCHULTES, J.H. 1829. Systema vegeta- bilium, Vol. 7. Cotta, Stuttgart. SALISBURY, R.A. 1796. Prodromus stirpium in horto ad Chapel Allerton vigentium. London. SALISBURY, R.A. 1866. The genera of plants: a fragment containing part of Liriogamae. Van Voorst, London. SALM-RE1FFERSCHE1D-DYCK. PRINCE J.M.F.A.H.I. VON. 1817. Verzeichniss der verschiedenen Arten und Abarten des Geschlechts Aloe. Author, Dych bei Diisseldorf. 158 ALOACEAE: Aloe SALM-REIFFERSCHE1D-DYCK, PRINCE J.M.F.A.H.I. VON. 1822. Observationes botanicae in Horto Dycken- ji',.Vol. 3. Thiriart, Cologne. SALM-REIFFERSCHEID-DYCK, PRINCE J.M.F.A.H.I. VON. 1836-1863. Monographia generum Aloes et Mesembryanthemi. Henry & Cohen, Diisseldorf & Bonn. SCHINZ, H. 1896. Die Pflanzenwelt Deutsch-Siidwest- Afrikas. Bulletin de I’Herbier Boissier 4,3: 1-57. SCHONLAND, S. 1903. On some South African species of Aloe with special reference to those represented in the Herbarium of the Albany Museum. Records of the Albany Museum 1: 32-47. SCHONFAND. S. 1904. On some new and some little known species of South African plants. — II. Records of the Albany Museum 1: 114—124. SCHONFAND. S. 1905a. On some South African species of Aloe with special reference to those represented in the Herbarium of the Albany Museum. Records of the Albany Museum 1 : 282-295. SCHONLAND. S. 1905b. New and noteworthy plants. The Gardeners’ Chronicle 3, 38: 385, 386. SCHONLAND. S. 1905c. New or noteworthy plants. The Gardeners' Chronicle 3, 38: 102. SCHONLAND, S. 1907. On some new and some little known species of South African plants belonging to the genera Aloe , Gasteria, Crassula, Cotyledon and Kalanchoe. Records of the Albany Museum 2: 137-155. SCHONFAND, S. 191 1. A new species of Aloe from Nama- qualand. Records of the Albany Museum 2: 229, 230. SCHUFTES, J.A. & SCHUFTES, J.H. 1829. Aloe. Grandi- florae. Systema vegetabilium 7: 682-715. SCHUFTES, J.A. 1809. Observationes batanicae. Wagner, Innsbruck. SCOTT, CL. 1985. The genus Haworthia; a taxonomic revision. Aloe, Johannesburg. SIM, T.R. 1919. Flowering trees and shrubs. Specialty, Cape Town. SIMS, J. 1801. Aloe variegata. Curtis’s Botanical Magazine 15: t. 513. SIMS, J. 1818. Aloe ferox. Curtis’s Botanical Magazine 45: t. 1975. SIMS, J. 1821. Aloe microcantha. Curtis's Botanical Magazine 48: t. 2272. SIMS. J. 1824. Aloe africana var. angustior. Curtis’s Botan- ical Magazine 51: t. 2517. SMITH, G.F. 1983. Die taksonomiese status van Aloe bowiea Roem. & Schult.f B.Sc. project, University of Port Elizabeth. SMITH, G.F. 1990a. Liliaceae/Asphodelaceae: the correct author citations of Aloe bowiea and A. myriacantha (Alooideae), Bothalia 20: 80-82. SMITH. G.F. 1990b. Nomenclatural notes on the subsection Bowieae in Aloe (Asphodelaceae: Alooideae). South African Journal of Botany 56: 303-308. SMITH, G.F. 1990c. Neotypification of Aloe bowiea (As- phodelaceae: Alooideae). South African Journal of Botany 56: 415-418. SMITH, G.F. 1991. Additional notes on the taxonomic sta- tus and habitat of Aloe bowiea (Asphodelaceae: Alooideae). Aloe 28: 9-1 7. SMITH. G.F. 1993. Notes on the taxonomic and conserva- tion status of Aloe microcantha (Asphodelaceae: Alooideae). Haseltonia 1: 55-60. SMITH. G.F., GFEN. H.F.. VAN WYK, A.E. & CONDY, G. 1994. Aloe bowiea. Flowering Plants of Africa 53: 80-84. SMITH, G.F. & VAN WYK, A.E. 1990. Notes on the distri- bution and habitat of Aloe bowiea (Lilia- ceae/Asphodelaceae : Alooideae), an endangered and little known species from the eastern Cape. Bothalia 20: 123-125. SMITH, G.F. & VAN WYK, A.E. 1993. Notes on the pollen morphology and taxonomy of Aloe bowiea (Aspho- delaceae: Alooideae). Madoqua 18: 93-99. SMITH G.F., VAN WYK B.-E. & GFEN H.F. 1994. Aspho- delaceae/Aloaceae: Aloe barberae to replace A. bai- nesii. Bothalia 24: 34—35. SOLCH, A., ROESSFER, H. & MERXMULLER, H. 1970. Aloe. In H. Merxmiiller (e.d.), Prodromus einer Flora von Siidwestafrika 147: 10-20. SPRENGEF. K. 1825. Systema vegetabilium. Vol. 2, edn 16. Dieterich. Gottingen. STAPF. O. 1933. Leptaloe myriacantha. Curtis's Botanical Magazine 156: t. 9300. TAFUKDAR. S. 1983. The conservation of Aloe polyphyl- la endemic to Fesotho. Bothalia 14: 985-989. THISELTON-DYER, W.T. 1874. The tree aloes of South Africa. The Gardeners ' Chronicle , new series, 1 : 566-569. 571. THISEFTON-DYER. W.T. 1875a. The tree-aloes of South Africa. Nature 11: 89-91. THISEFTON-DYER. W.T. 1875b. Tree-aloes. Journal of Botany, London 13: 49, 50. THISELTON-DYER, W.T. 1896. Flora capensis. Reeve, London. THUNBERG, C.P. 1785. Dissertatio botanica de Aloe. Edman, Uppsala. THUNBERG, C.P. 1794. Prodromus plantation capensium. Edman, Uppsala. THUNBERG, C.P. 1800. Dissertationes academicae up- saliae habitae, Vol. 2. Dieterich, Gottingen. THUNBERG, C.P. 1823. Flora capensis, edn Schultes. Cotta, Stuttgart. TODARO, A. 1876. Hortus botanicus Panormitanus. Vis- conti, Palermo. VAN DER MERWE, F.Z. 1940. Aloe branddraaiensis. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 20: t. 761 . VAN DER MERWE. F.Z. 1941 . Aloe rubrolutea. The Flow- ering Plants of South Africa 21 : t. 802. VAN DER MERWE, F.Z. 1944. Aloe thraskii. The Flow- ering Plants of South Africa 23: t. 923. VAN DRUTEN, D.M.C. 1956. Aloe allooides (Bolus) Druten comb. nov. (Liliaceae). Bothalia 6: 544, 545. VAN JAARSVELD, E.J. 1981. Aloe meyeri Van Jaarsveld: a new aloe from the north-west Cape (R.S.A.). Journal of South African Botany 47: 567-571 . VAN JAARSVELD, E.J. 1982. Aloe dabenorisana Van Jaarsveld: a new aloe from the north-west Cape (RSA). Journal of South African Botany 48: 419-424. VAN JAARSVELD, E.J. CE.‘) 1985. Aloe komaggasensis: ALOACEAE: Aloe 159 a new species from the north-western Cape. South African Journal of Botany 5 1 : 287-289. VAN JAARSVELD, E.J. 1994. Gasterias of South Africa. Fernwood Press, Vlaeberg. VAN ROYEN, A. 1740. Florae leydensis prodromus. Lucht- mans, Leiden. VAN WYK, B.-E. & SMITH, G.F. 1996. Guide to the aloes of South Africa. Briza, Pretoria. VENTER, H.J.T. & BEUKES, G.J. 1982. A new species of Aloe (Liliaceae) from South Africa. Kew Bulletin 36: 675-678. VERDOORN, I.C. 1943 .Aloe reitzii. The Flowering Plants of South Africa 23: t. 911. VERDOORN, I.C. 1961a. Aloe monotropa. The Flowering Plants of Africa 34: t. 1 342. VERDOORN, I.C. 1961b. Aloe tenuior. The Flowering Plants of Africa 34: t. 1352. VERDOORN, I.C. 1962. Aloe soutpansbergensis. The Flow- ering Plants of Africa 35: t. 1391. VERDOORN, I.C. 1966. Aloe arenicola. The Flowering Plants of Africa 37: t. 1467. VERDOORN, I.C. 1972. Aloe gariepensis. The Flowering Plants of Africa 42: t. 1654. VERDOORN, I.C. 1977. Aloe namibensis. The Flowering Plants of Africa 44: t. 1730. VERDOORN, I.C. 1978a. Aloe asperifolia. The Flowering Plants of Africa 44: t. 1753. VERDOORN, I.C. 1978b. Aloe dewinteri. The Flowering Plants of Africa 44: t. 1752. VERDOORN. I.C. 1979. Aloe corallina. The Flowering Plants of Africa 45: t. 1788. VERDOORN, I.C. & HARDY, D.S. 1965. Aloe prinslooi. The Flowering Plants of Africa 37: t. 1453. VERDOORN, I.C. & HARDY, D.S. 1970. Aloe viridiflora. The Fowering Plants of Africa 40: t. 1598. VORSTER, P. 1983. Aloe meyeri Van Jaarsveld and A. richtersveldensis Venter & Beukes. Journal of South African Botany 49: 175. WARBURG, O. 1903. Kunene-Sambesi expedition. Berlin. WATT, J.M. & BREYER-BRANDWIJK, M.G. 1963. The medicinal and poisonous plants of southern and eastern Africa, edn 2. Oliver & Boyd, Edinburgh. WEBB, D A. 1980. Aloe. Flora europaea 5: 19-21. Cam- bridge University Press, Cambridge. WEST, O. 1974. A field guide to the aloes of Rhodesia. Longmans Rhodesia, Salisbury. WIJNANDS, D.O. 1983. The botany of the Commelins. Balkema, Rotterdam. WILLDENOW, C.L. 1799. Species plantarum, Vol. 2, edn 4. Nauk, Berlin. WILLDENOW, C.L. 1809. Enumeratio plantarum. Berlin. WILLDENOW, C.L. 1811. Bemerkungen liber die Gattung Aloe. Magazin der Gesellschaft Naturforschende Freunde Berlin 5: 163-283. WOOD, J.M. & EVANS, M.S. 1897. Aloe marshall i Wood & Evans, n. sp. Journal of Botany, British and Foreign 35: 353. WOOD, J.M. & EVANS, M.S. 1899. Aloe cooperi. Natal Plants 1 : t. 41. WOOD, J.M. & EVANS, M.S. 1900. Durban Botanic Society Report on Natal Botanic Gardens for the year 1900. WOOD, J.M. & EVANS, M.S. 1901. New Natal plants. Journal of Botany, London 39: 169-172. WOOD, J.M. & EVANS, M.S. 1902. Aloe natalensis. Natal Plants 3: t. 258. WOOD, J.M. 1902. Aloe kraussii. Natal Plants 3: t. 292. WOOD, J.M. 1906. Aloe minima. Natal Plants 4: t. 338. WOOD, J.M. 1912. Aloe marlothii. Natal Plants 6: t. 579, 580. WRIGHT, C.H. 1907. Aloe nitens. Curtis's Botanical Maga- zine 133: t. 8147. WRIGHT, C.H. 1916. Aloe arborescens var. natalensis. Curtis’s Botanical Magazine 142: t. 8663. ZAHLBRUCKNER, A. 1900. Plantae Pentherianae. Auf- zahlung der von Dr A. Penther und in seinem Auftrage vom P. Krook in Sudafrika gesammelten Pflanzen. Annalen des Kaiserlich-Koniglich Natur- historischen Hofmuseums Wien 15: 1-73. ' ' . ■ - ALOACEAE: Aloe 161 INDEX* ALOACEAE, 1 Aloe L., 1 section Aloe, 99 section Aloidendron A. Berger, 143 section Anguialoe Reynolds, 115 section Arborescentes Salm-Dyck, 109 section Aristatae (A. Berger) Glen & D.S. Hardy, 31 section Asperifoliae {A. Berger) Glen & D.S. Hardy, 76 section Chabaudia Glen & D.S. Hardy, 88 section Dracoaloe A. Berger, 139 section Echinatae Salm-Dyck, 32 section Graminialoe Reynolds, 4 section Haemanthifoliae (A.Berger) Glen & D.S. Hardy, 23 section Kumara (Medik.) Baker, 145 section Latebracteatae (A.Berger) Glen & D.S. Hardy, 85 section Leptoaloe A.Berger, 4 section Longistylae ( A.Berger ) Glen & D.S. Hardy, 25 section Macrifoliae (Haw.) Glen & D.S. Hardy, 92 section Maculatae Baker, 50 section Mitriformes Salm-Dyck, 99 section Ortholophae (Christian) Glen & D.S. Hardy. 121 section Pachydendron (Haw.) Salm-Dyck, 131 section Pachythamnos Glen & D.S. Hardy, 126 section Paniculatae Salm-Dyck ex Kunth, 68 section Pictae Salm-Dyck, 50 section Principales f A.Berger ) Glen & D.S. Hardy, 114 section Proliferae Salm-Dyck, 37 section Purpurascentes Salm-Dyck, 104 section Rhodacanthae Salm-Dyck, 40 section Serrulatae Salm-Dyck, 46 section Superpositae (Pole Evans) Glen & D.S. Hardy, 73 series Aethiopicae A.Berger, 88 series Arborescentes (Salm-Dyck) A.Berger, 109 series Aristatae A.Berger, 31 series Asperifoliae A.Berger, 76 series Comosae A.Berger, 40 series Echinatae Salm-Dyck, 32 series Haemanthifoliae A.Berger, 23 series Hereroenses Reynolds, 76 series Latebracteatae A.Berger, 85 series Longistylae A.Berger, 25 series Macrifoliae Haw., 92 series Mitriformes (Salm-Dyck) A.Berger, 99 series Paniculatae Salm-Dyck ex Kunth, 68 series Principales A.Berger, 114 series Proliferae Salm-Dyck, 37 series Purpurascentes (Salm-Dyck) A.Berger, 104 series Rhodacanthae (Salm-Dyck) Reynolds. 40 series Saponariae A.Berger, 50 series Serrulatae (Salm-Dyck) A.Berger, 46 series Striatae Reynolds, 68 series Striatulae A.Berger, 92 series Superpositae Pole Evans, 73 subgenus Gonialoe Baker, 46 subsection Ortholophae Christian, 121 * Synonyms are in italics. acinacifolia J.Jacq., 148 aculeata Pole Evans, 126 acuminata Haw., 33 aethiopica (Schweinf.) A.Berger, 88, 89 affinis A.Berger, 57 africana Mill., 132 var. angustior Haw., 132 var. latifolia Haw., 132 agrophila Reynolds, 19 albicans Haw., 148 albida (Stapf) Reynolds, 7 albispina Haw., 100 albocincta Haw., 69 alooides (Bolus) Druten, 119 altilinea (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f., 148 ammophila Reynolds, 64 amoena Pillans, 107 angelica Pole Evans, 135 angolensis Baker, 65 angulata Willd., 148 angustifolia (Aiton) Salm-Dyck., 148 angustifolia Haw., 132 arachnoides Thunb., 149 arborea Medik., 112 arborescens Mill., 109, 112 var.frutescens (Salm-Dyck) Link, 112 var. milleri A.Berger, 112 var. natalensis (J.M.Wood & M.S.Evans) A.Berger, 112 var. pachythyrsa A.Berger, 1 12 arenicola Reynolds, 101 argenticauda Merxm. & Giess, 80 aristata Haw., 31 var. leiophylla Baker, 31 var. pan’iflora Baker, 31 asperifolia A.Berger, 76, 77 asperiuscula (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f., 149 atherstonei Baker, 114 atrovirens DC., 149 attenuata Haw., 149 aurantiaca Baker, 97 ausana Dinter, 47 bainesii T.-Dyer, 143 var. barberae (T.-Dyer) Baker, 145 bamangwatensis Schonland, 63 barberae T.-Dyer, 143 barbertoniae Pole Evans, 56 barteri Baker, 1 1 baumii Engl. & Gilg, 63 bayfieldii Salm-Dyck, 149 bicarinata (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f., 149 bicolor (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f., 149 boastii Letty, 12 bolusii Baker, 132 boureana Schult. & Schult.f., 149 bowiea Roem. & Schult.f, 22 bowieana Salm-Dyck, 149 boy lei Baker, 19 subsp. major Hilliard & B.L.Burtt, 19 brachyphylla Salm-Dyck., 149 162 ALOACEAE: Aloe bradlyana Jacq., 149 branddraaiensis Groenew. ex Van der Merwe, 52 brevifolia (Aiton) Haw., 100 brevifolia Mill., 37 var. brevifolia, 39 var. depressa (Haw.) Baker, 39 var. postgenita (Schult. & Schult.f.) Baker, 39 var. serra (DC.) A.Berger, 39 broomii Schonland, 28 var. broomii, 28 var. tarkaensis Reynolds, 29 brownii Baker, 148 brunnthaleri A.Berger ex Cammerloher, 106 buettneri A.Berger, 11 buhrii Lavranos, 72 bulbicaulis Christian, 12 bullulata Jacq., 149 burgersfortensis Reynolds, 61 camperi Schweinf, 3 candelabrum A.Berger, 133 candicans (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f., 149 carinata Mill., 149 carowii Reynolds, 49 cascadensis Kuntze, 97 castanea Schonland, 120 chabaudii Schonland, 88, 91 var. verekeri Christian, 91 chimanimaniensis Christian, 52 chloracantha (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f., 149 chlorantha Lavranos, 29 chloroleuca Baker, 148 chortolirioides A.Berger, 12 var. boastii (Letty) Reynolds, 12 var. chortolirioides, 13 var. woolliana (Pole Evans) Glen & D.S. Hardy, 13 ciliaris Haw., 92, 93 var. ciliaris, 95 var. flanaganii Schonland, 93 var. redacta S. Carter, 95 var. tidmarshii Schonland, 96 cinnabarina Diels ex A.Berger, 148 claviflora Burch., 79 coarctata (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f.. 149 commelinii Willd., 101 commixta A.Berger, 97 commutata Tod., 148 comosa Marloth & A.Berger, 40, 45 comosibracteata Reynolds, 56 comptonii Reynolds, 101 concinna Schult. & Schult.f., 149 congesta Salm-Dyck, 149 consobrina Salm-Dyck, 148 conspurcata Salm-Dyck, 149 constricta Baker, 63 cooperi Baker, 21 subsp. cooperi, 21 subsp. pulchra Glen & D.S. Hardy, 22 corallina I.Verd., 81 cordifolia (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f., 149 corifolia Pi I Ians, 148 crassifolia (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f., 149 croucheri Hook.f., 149 cryptopoda Baker, 85, 87 cuspidata (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f.. 149 cylindracea Lam., 149 cymbaefolia Schrad.. 149 cymbiformis Haw.. 149 dabenorisana Van Jaarsv., 104 davyana Schonland, 56 var. subolifera Groenew., 56 decipiens (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f., 149 decora Schonland, 79 deflexidens Pillans, 148 deltoidea Hook.f., 149 denticulata (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f., 149 depressa Haw., 39 dewetii Reynolds, 61 dewinteri Giess, 83 dichotoma Masson, 139, 141 var. dichotoma, 141 var. montana (Schinz) A.Berger, 141 var. ramosissima (Pillans) Glen & D.S. Hardy, 142 dictyodes Schult. & Schult.f., 149 dinteri A.Berger, 49 distans Haw., 101 disticha (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f., 149 disticha L., 149 var. plicatilis L., 147 disticha Mill., 53 dolomitica Groenew., 117 dominella Reynolds, 13 drepanophylla Baker, 148 dyeri Schonland, 59 echinata Willd., 33 var. minor Salm-Dyck, 33 ecklonis Salm-Dyck, 4, 19 elegans Tod., 89 ellenbergii Guillaumin, 31 elongata Salm-Dyck, 149 eminens, 145 ensifolia (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f., 149 erinacea D.S. Hardy, 37 esculenta L.C.Leach, 65 excavata Willd., 149 excelsa A.Berger, 139 falcata Baker, 79 fasciata (Willd.) Salm-Dyck in Schult. & Schult.f., 149 ferox Mill., 131, 133 var. xanthostachys A.Berger, 123 var. galpinii (Baker) Reynolds, 133 var. incurva Baker, 133 flabelliformis Salisb., 147 flavispina Haw., 100 foliolosa Haw., 149 formosa Schult. & Schult.f., 149 fosteri Pillans, 60 fouriei D.S. Hardy & Glen, 17 framesii L. Bolus, 107 frutescens Salm-Dyck, 1 12 fruticosa Lam.. 112 galpinii Baker, 133 gariepensis Pillans. 107 ALOACEAE: Aloe 163 gariusana Dinter, 107 gasterioides Baker, 148 gerstneri Reynolds, 129 glabra (Haw.) Salm-Dyck, 149 glabrata Salm-Dyck, 149 glauca Mill., 40, 42 var. elatior Salm-Dyck, 42 var. humilior Salm-Dyck, 42 var. major Haw., 42 var. minor Haw., 42 var. muricata (Schult.) Baker, 42 var. spinosior Haw., 42 globuligemma Pole Evans, 122 graciliflora Groenew., 56 gracilis Baker, 97 gracilis Haw., 96 var. decumbens Reynolds, 96 grahamii Schonland, 148 granata Schult. & Schult. f., 149 grandidentata Salm-Dyck, 65 greatheadii Schonland, 55 var. davyana (Schonland) Glen & D.S. Hardy, 56 var. greatheadii, 55 greenii Baker, 58 guerrae, 122 guttata Salm-Dyck. 149 haemanthifolia A. Berger & Marlotli, 23 hanburiana Naud., 69 hardyi Glen, 1 1 1 hebes Schult. & Schult. f., 149 herbacea DC., 149 hereroensis Engl., 76, 84 var. hereroensis, 84 var. lutea A. Berger, 85 var. orpeniae (Schonland) A. Berger, 84 heteracantha Baker, 148 hexapetala Salm-Dyck, 148 hlangapies Groenew., 19 holtzei Radi, 149 humilis (L.) Mill., 32 var. acuminata (Haw.) Baker, 33 var. candollei Baker, 33 var. echinata (Willd.) Baker, 33 var. incurva Haw.. 33 subvar. minor (Salm-Dyck) A. Berger, 33 var. suberecta (Aiton) Baker, 33 var. subtuberculata (Haw.) Baker, 33 hyacinthoides L.. 150 hybrida Salm-Dyck, 150 imbricata Haw., 150 immaculata Pillans, 57 inconspicua Plowes, 1 1 incurva (Haw.) Haw., 33 indurata Schult. & Schult. f.. 150 integra Reynolds, 1 8 intermedia Haw., 150 juttae Dinter, 106 karasbergensis Pillans, 71 keithii Reynolds, 62 khamiesensis Pillans, 106 kniphofioides Baker, 9 komaggasensis Kritzinger & Van Jaarsv., 71 komatiensis Reynolds, 64 krapohliana Marloth, 34 var. dumoulinii Lavranos, 34 kraussii Baker, 19 var. minor Baker, 7 kraussii Schonland, 7 labiaflava Groenew., 56 laetepuncta (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f., 150 laetevirens (Haw.) Link, 150 laevigata Schult. & Schult.f., 150 latifolia (Haw.) Haw.. 53 lauchei Radi, 150 laxiftora N.E.Br., 96 laxissima Reynolds, 64 leptophylla N.E.Br. ex Baker, 53 var. stenophylla Baker, 53 lettyae Reynolds, 64 linearifolia A. Berger, 18 lineata (Aiton) Haw., 43 var. glaucescens Haw., 43 var. lineata, 43 var. muirii (Marloth) Reynolds, 45 var. viridis Haw., 43 lingua Ker Gawk, 150 lingua Thunb., 147 var. angustifolia Aiton, 150 linguaeformis L.f., 147 littoralis Baker, 138 longiaristata Schult. & Schult.f., 31 longibracteata Pole Evans, 56 longiflora Baker, 148 longifolia Haw., 150 longifolia Lam., 150 longistyla Baker, 25 lugardiana Baker, 63 lusitanica Groenew., 62 lutescens Groenew. ex Pole Evans, 88 macowanii Baker, 97 macracantha Baker, 53 maculata All., 50, 53 maculata Ker Gawk, 150 maculata Thunb., 150 var. pulchra Aiton, 150 maculosa Lam., 53 margaritifera Burm.f., 150 marginata Lam., 150 marlothii A. Berger, 123 subsp. marlothii, 123 subsp. orientalis Glen & D.S. Hardy, 125 var. bicolor Reynolds, 123 marshalli J.M.Wood & M.S. Evans, 10 mawii, 122 melanacantha A. Berger, 35 melsetterensis Christian, 52 meyeri Van Jaarsv., 103 micracantha Haw., 20 microstigma Salm-Dyck, 106 subsp. framesii (L.Bolus) Glen & D.S. Hardy, 107 subsp. microstigma. 106 minima Baker, 9 164 ALOACEAE: Aloe var. blyderivierensis (Groenew.) Reynolds, 9 minima J.M.Wood, 7 minor Schult. & Schult.f., 150 mirabilis Haw., 150 mitriformis Mill., 99, 100 var. albispina (Haw.) A. Berger, 100 var. angustior Lam., 100 var. brevifolia (Aiton) W.T.Aiton, 100 var. commelinii (Willd.) Baker, 101 var. elatior Haw., 101 var . flavispina (Haw.) Baker, 100 var. humilior Haw., 101 var. x anthacantha (Willd.) Baker, 101 modesta Reynolds , 10 mollis (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f., 150 monotropa I. Verd., 67 montana Schinz, 141 monteiroi Baker , 148 mudenensis Reynolds , 58 muirii Marloth, 45 multifaria (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f., 150 muricata Schult., 42 mutabilis Pillans, 112 mutans Reynolds, 56 myriacantha (Haw.) Roem. & Schult.. 4, 8 var. minor (Baker) A. Berger, 7 namibensis Giess, 81 natalensis J.M.Wood & M.S. Evans, 112 nigra (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f., 150 nigricans Haw., 150 var. fasciata Salm-Dyck, 150 nitens Baker, 135 nitens (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f., 150 nitida Salm-Dyck, 150 var. obtusa Salm-Dyck, 150 nobilis Haw., 148 nubigena Groenew., 15 obliqua DC.. 150 obliqua Haw., 150 obliqua Jacq., 150 obscura A. Berger ex Schonland, 148 obscura Mill., 148 obscura Willd., 150 obtusa (Salm-Dyck) Schult. & Schult.f., 150 obtusifolia Salm-Dyck, 150 orpeniae Schonland, 84 ortholopha, 122 pachygaster Dinter, 78 paedogona A. Berger, 12 pallida (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f., 150 pallidiflora A. Berger, 55 puniculata Jacq., 69 papillosa Salm-Dyck, 150 parva Schult. & Schult.f., 150 parvibracteata Schonland, 61 var. zuluensis (Reynolds) Reynolds, 62 parviflora Baker, 9 parvispina Schonland, 101 pearsonii Schonland, 99 peglerae Schonland, 27 pellucens Haw., 150 pentagona Haw., 150 perfoliata L., 1, 87, 99 a arborescens (Mill.) Aiton, 112 P africana (Mill.) Aiton, 132 q lineata Aiton. 43 t saponaria Aiton, 53 K L„ 42 p suberecta Aiton, 33 o humilis L., 33 var. P L., 132 var. brevifolia Aiton, 100 var. 6 L., 37 var. e L., 133 var. y L., 133 var. q L.. 112 var. k Willd., 100 var. A. L., 53 var. mitriformis (Mill.) Aiton, 100 var. v L., 100 var. purpurascens Aiton, 105 var. 0 (Mill.) Aiton, 133 var. 0 L., 53 var. succotrina (Lam.) Aiton, 105 var. ^ L., 105 var. £ L., 37 var. i Willd., 133 £ glauca (Mill.) Aiton, 42 perfoliata Thunb., 133 petricola Pole Evans, 126, 127 petrophila Pillans, 52 picta Thunb., 148 pictifolia D.S. Hardy, 34 pienaarii Pole Evans, 87 pillansii L.Guthrie, 142 planifolia (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f., 150 platyphylla Baker, 63 plicatilis (L.) Mill., 145, 147 var. major Salm-Dyck, 147 pluridens Haw., 114 var. beckeri Schonland, 114 polyphylla Schonland ex Pillans, 41 pongolensis Reynolds, 62 var. zuluensis Reynolds, 62 postgenita Schult. & Schult.f., 39 pratensis Baker, 40 pretoriensis Pole Evans, 76 prinslooi I.Verd. & D.S. Hardy, 68 procera, 122 prolifera Haw.. 37 var. major Salm-Dyck, 39 pruinosa Reynolds, 60 pseudangulata Salm-Dyck, 150 pseudo-ferox Salm-Dyck, 1 33 pseudonigricans Salm-Dyck, 150 pseudorigida Salm-Dyck. 150 pseudotortuosa Salm-Dyck, 1 50 pulchra (Aiton) Jacq., 150 pwnila L. var. margaritifera L., 150 pumilio Jacq., 150 punctata Haw., 47 purpurascens (Aiton) Haw., 105 ALOACEAE: Aloe 165 racemosa Lam., 150 radula J acq., 150 radula Ker Gawl., 150 ramosa Haw., 141 ramosissima Pillans, 142 recurva Haw., 1 50 recurvifolia Groenew., 120 reinwardtii Salm-Dyck, 150 reitzii Reynolds , 128 var. reitzii, 129 var. vernalis D.S. Hardy, 129 repens Schult. & Schult.f., 150 reticulata Haw., 150 retusa L., 151 reynoldsii Letty, 72 rhodacantha DC., 42 richtersveldensis Venter & Beukes, 103 rigida DC., 151 rigida Jacq., 151 rigida Salisb., 151 rubrolutea Schinz, 138 rugosa Salm-Dyck in Schult. & Schult.f., 151 runcinata A. Berger, 148 rupestris Baker, 135 saponaria (Aiton) Haw., 50, 53 var. brachyphylla Baker, 53 var. ftcksburgensis Reynolds, 53 var. latifolia Haw., 53 saundersiae ( Reynolds ) Reynolds, 7 scaberrima Salm-Dyck., 151 scabra (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f., 151 schinzii Baker, 138 schlechteri Schonland, 79 schmidtiana Regel. 21 secundiflora Engl., 121 semiglabrata (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f., 151 semimargaritifera Salm-Dyck, 151 serra DC., 39 serrulata (Aiton) Haw., 148 sessiliflora Pole Evans, 115. 119 setosa Schult. & Schult.f., 151 sigmoidea Baker, 148 simii Pole Evans, 62 simiata Thunb., 105 sladeniana Pole Evans, 49 soccotorina Schult. & Schult.f., 105 socotrina DC., 105 b purpurascens (Aiton) Ker Gawl., 105 sordida (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f., 151 sororia A. Berger, 148 soutpansbergensis I.Verd., 15 speciosa Baker, 114, 115 spectabilis Reynolds, 1 23 spicata L.f, 115, 119 spiralis Haw., 151 spiralis L., 151 spuria A. Berger, 148 stans A. Berger, 148 stenophylla Schult. & Schult.f., 151 striata Haw., 68, 69 subsp. karasbergensis (Pillans) Glen & D.S. Hardy, 71 subsp. komaggasensis (Kritzinger & Van Jaarsv.) Glen & D.S. Hardy, 71 subsp. striata, 69 var. oligospila Baker, 69 striatula Haw., 97 var. caesia Reynolds, 98 var. striatula, 98 subattenuata Salm-Dyck in Schult. & Schult.f., 151 subcarinala Haw., 151 suberecta (Aiton) Haw., 33 var. semiguttata Haw., 33 subfasciata Salm-Dyck in Schult. & Schult.f., 151 subferox Spreng., 133 subnigricans (Haw.) Spreng., 151 subrigida Schult. & Schult.f., 151 subtortuosa Schult. & Schult.f., 151 subtuberculata Haw., 33 subulata Salm-Dyck in Schult. & Schult.f., 151 subverrucosa Salm-Dyck, 1 5 1 succotrina All., 104, 105 var. saxigena A. Berger, 105 suffulta Reynolds, 89 sulcata Salm-Dyck, 151 suprafoliata Pole Evans, 73 supralaevis Haw., 133 var. erythrocarpa A. Berger, 134 var. hanburyi Baker, 123 swynnertonii Rendle, 52 tauri L.C.Leach, 119 tenuior Haw., 92 var. decidua Reynolds, 92 var. densiflora Reynolds, 93 var. glaucescens Zahlbr., 92 var. rubriflora Reynolds, 92 termetophila De Wild., 55 tessellata (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f., 151 thompsoniae Groenew., 14 thorncroftii Pole Evans, 75 thraskii Baker, 137 tidmarshii (Schonland) Muller, 96 torquata Salm-Dyck, 151 tortuosa Haw., 151 translucens W.T.Aiton, 151 transvaalensis Kuntze, 63 tricolor Baker, 148 tricolor Haw., 151 trigona (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f., 151 trigona Salm-Dyck, 151 tripetala Medik., 147 tristicha Medik., 151 tuberculata Haw., 33 turgida (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f., 151 umbellata DC., 53 umfoloziensis Reynolds, 53 uvaria L., 151 vanbalenii Pillans, 1 1 1 vandermerwei Reynolds, 64 variegata L., 46, 47 var. haworthii A. Berger, 47 venosa Lam.. 151 venusta (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f., 151 166 ALOACEAE: Aloe vera (L.) Burm.f, 3 vera Mill., 105 verdoomiae Reynolds, 56 verecunda Pole Evans, 16 verrucosa Mill., 151 verrucosospinosa All., 33 vermcula Medik., 151 virens Haw., 148 virescens (Haw.) Schult. & Schult.f., 151 viridiflora Reynolds, 83 viscosa L., 151 vittata Schult. & Schult.f., 151 vogtsii Reynolds, 52 vossii Reynolds, 17 vryheidensis Groenew., 117 wickensii Pole Evans, 87 var. lutea Reynolds, 87 woolliana Pole Evans, 13 xanthacantha Willd., 101 zebrina Baker. 63 zeylieri Salm-Dyck., 151 zeylanica Jacq., 151 Aloinella (A.Berger) A.Lemee, 1 haworthioides (Baker) A.Lemee, 1 Astroloba bicarinata (Haw.) Uitewaal, 149 Astroloba bullulata (Jacq.) Uitewaal, 149 Astroloba congesta (Salm-Dyck) Uitewaal, 149 Astroloba deltoidea (Hook.f.) Uitewaal, 149 Astroloba foliolosa (Haw.) Uitewaal, 149 Astroloba pentagona (Haw.) Uitewaal , 150 var. willdenowii (Baker) Uitewaal, 151 Astroloba spiralis (L.) Uitewaal, 149, 150, 151 Bowie a Haw., 1 africana Haw., 1, 22 myriacantha Haw., 8 Busipho Salisb., 1 Catevala Medik., 1 arborescens (Mill.) Medik., 112 humilis (L.) Medik., 33 Chamaealoe A.Berger, 1 africana (Haw.) A.Berger, 1, 22 Gasteria acinacifolia (J. Jacq.) Haw., 148, 149, 150, 151 Gasteria angulata (Willd.) Haw., 148 Gasteria angustifolia (Aiton) Haw., 148 Gasteria bicolor Haw., 149, 150, 151 Gasteria brachyphylla (Salm-Dyck) Van Jaarsv., 149 Gasteria brevifolia Haw., 149 Gasteria candicans Haw., 149 Gasteria carinata (Mill.) Duval, 148, 149, 150. 151 var. verrucosa (Mill.) Van Jaarsv., 149, 150, 151 Gasteria conspurcata (Salm-Dyck) Haw., 149 Gasteria croucheri (Hook.f.) Baker, 149 Gasteria decipiens Haw., 149 Gasteria disticha (L.) Haw., 148, 149, 150 Gasteria excavata (Willd.) Haw., 149 Gasteria fasciata (Salm-Dyck) Haw., 150. 151 Gasteria mollis Haw., 150 Gasteria nitida (Salm-Dyck) Haw., 149, 150, 151 Gasteria pulchra (Aiton) Haw., 150 Gasteria subnigricans Haw., 150, 151 var. glabrior Haw., 149 Gasteria trigona Haw., 149, 151 Haworthia Duval , 1 albicans (Haw.) Haw., 148 var. virescens (Haw.) Baker, 151 altilinea Haw., 148 angustifolia Haw., 151 arachnoidea (L.) Duval, 149, 151 aristata Haw., 149 asperiuscula Haw., 149 atrovirens (DC.) Haw., 149 attenuata (Haw.) Haw., 149, 150 chloracantha Haw., 149 coarctata Haw., 149 cordifolia Haw., 149 cuspidata Haw., 149 cymbiformis (Haw.) Duval. 149 var. cymbiformis, 149, 150 var. obtusa (Haw.) Haw., 149 denticulata Haw., 149 fasciata (Willd.) Haw.. 149 glabrata (Salm-Dyck) Baker, 149 herbacea (Mill.) Steam. 149, 150 hybrida (Salm-Dyck) Haw., 150 laetevirens Haw., 150 marginata (Lam.) Steam, 148, 150, 151 mirabilis (Haw.) Haw.. 150 multifaria Haw., 150 nigra (Haw.) Baker, 150, 151 pallida Haw., 150 papillosa (Salm-Dyck) Haw.. 150 pellucens (Haw.) Haw., 150 planifolia Haw., 150 pumila (L.) Duval, 149, 150, 151 radula (Jacq.) Haw., 149, 150, 151 recurva (Haw.) Haw., 150 reinwardtii (Salm-Dyck) Haw., 150 reticulata (Haw.) Haw., 149, 150 retusa (L.) Duval, 150, 151 rigida (Lam.) Haw., 151 rugosa (Salm-Dyck) Baker, 151 scabra Haw., 151 semiglabrata Haw., 151 setata Haw., 151 sordida Haw., 151 subattenuata (Salm-Dyck) Haw., 151 subfasciata (Salm-Dyck) Baker, 151 subulata (Salm-Dyck) Baker, 151 tessellata Haw. var. parva (Schult. & Schult.f.) Baker, 150 tortuosa (Haw.) Haw., 151 var. pseudorigida (Salm-Dyck) A.Berger, 150, 151 translucens (W.T.Aiton) Haw. subsp. translucens, 150. 151 turgida Haw., 150, 151 venosa (Lam.) Haw., 151 subsp. tessellata (Haw.) M.B. Bayer, 150, 151 subsp. venosa, 150 viscosa (L.) Haw.. 149.150. 151 var. concinna (Schult. & Schult.f.) Baker, 149 var. indurata (Haw.) Baker, 150 var . pseudotortuosa (Salm-Dyck) Baker, 150, 151 var. torquata (Salm-Dyck) Baker. 151 ALOACEAE: Aloe 167 uvaria (L.) Okert , 150, 151 Kumara Medik., 1, 147 disticha Medik., 1, 147 Leptaloe Stapf, 1 albida Stapf, 1 , 7 blyderivierensis Groenew., 9 minima (Baker) Stapf, 9 myriacantha (Haw.) Stapf, 8 parx’iflora (Baker) Stapf, 9 saundersiae Reynolds, 7 Notosceptrum alooides (Bolus) Benth., 120 Pachidendron Haw., 1,131 africanum (Mill.) Haw., 132 var. angustum Haw., 132 var. latum Haw., 132 angustifolium (Haw.) Haw., 132 ferox (Mill.) Haw., 133 pseudo-ferox (Salm-Dyck) Haw., 133 supralaeve (Haw.) Haw., 133 Ptyas Salisb., 1 Rhipidodendron Willd., 1 dichotomum (Masson) Willd.. 141 distichum (Medik.) Willd., 147 Rhipidodendrum plicatile (L.) Haw., 147 Sansevieria zeylanica Willd., 150, 151 Urginea alooides Bolus, 120 ‘i:‘ Aiij . ' . A-l APPENDIX PLAN OF FLORA OF SOUTHERN AFRICA Cryptogam volumes will in future not be numbered, but will be known by the name of the group they cover. The number assigned to the volume on Charophyta therefore becomes redundant. Occasional contributions to the Flora are published in Bothalia under the title FSA contributions. Exotic families are marked with an asterisk. Published volumes and parts are shown in bold. INTRODUCTORY VOLUMES The genera of southern African flowering plants Vol. 1: Dicotyledons (1975) Vol. 2: Monocotyledons (1976) Botanical exploration of southern Africa (1981) CRYPTOGAM VOLUMES Charophyta (as Vol. 9 in 1978) Bryophyta: Part 1: Musci: Fascicle 1: Sphagnaceae, Andreaeaceae, Fissidentaceae, Nanobryaceae, Archidiaceae, Ditrichaceae, Seligeriaceae, Dicranaceae, Calymperaceae, Encalyptaceae, Pottiaceae, Bryobartramiaceae, Grimmiaceae (1981) Fascicle 2: Gigaspermaceae, Ephemeraceae, Funariaceae, Splachnaceae, Bryaceae, Mnia- ceae, Eustichiaceae. Rhizogoniaceae, Aulacomniaceae, Bartramiaceae (1987) Fascicle 3: Erpodiaceae, Rhachitheciaceae, Ptychomitriaceae, Orthotrichaceae, Rhabdowei- siaceae, Racopilaceae, Fontinalaeeae, Wardiaceae, Hedwigiaceae, Cryphaeaceae, Leucodontaceae, Prionodontaceae, Trachypodaceae, Pterobryaceae, Meteoria- ceae, Leptodontaceae, Neckeraceae, Thamnobryaceae, Hookeriaceae (1998) Fascicle 4: Fabroniaceae. Leskeaceae. Thuidiaceae. Rigodiaceae, Amblystegiaceae, Brachy- theciaceae, Entodontaceae, Plagiotheciaceae, Catagoniaceae, Sematophyllaceae, Hypnaceae, Hylocomiaceae, Polytrichaceae Hepatophyta: Part 1: Marchantiopsida: Fascicle 1: Targioniaceae, Lunulariaceae, Aytoniaceae, Cleveaceae. Exormo- thecaceae, Marchantiaceae. Oxymitraceae, Ricciaceae (1999) Anthocerotophyta Pteridophyta (1986) FLOWERING PLANTS VOLUMES Vol. 1: Stangeriaceae, Zamiaeeae, Podocarpaeeae, Pinaceae*, Cupressaceae, Welwitschiaceae, Typhaceae, Zoster- aceae, Potamogetonaceae, Ruppiaceae, Zannichclliaceae, Najadaceae, Aponogetonaceae, Juncaginaceae, Alismataceae, Hydrocharitaeeae (1966) Vol. 2: Poaceae Vol. 3: Cyperaceae, Arecaceae, Araceae, Lemnaceae, Flagellariaceae Vol. 4: Part 1: Restionaceae Part 2: Xyridaceae, Eriocaulaceae, Commelinaceae. Pontederiaceae, Juncaceae (1985) Vol. 5: Part 1 : Fascicle 1: Aloaceae (First part): Aloe (2000) Colchicaceae, Eriospermaceae, Asphodelaceae (Chortolirion, 1995 in Bothalia 25: 31-33; Poellnitzia, 1995 in Bothalia 25: 35, 36) Part 2: Alliaceae, Liliaceae*, Hyacinthaceae, Agavaceae (1996 in Bothalia 26: 31-35) Part 3: Dracaenaceae, Asparagaceae, Luzuriagaceae, Smilacaceae (1992) A-2 Vol. 6: Haemodoraceae, Amaryllidaceae, Hypoxidaceae, Tecophilaeaceae, Velloziaceae, Dioscoreaceae Vol. 7: Lridaceae: Part 1: Nivenioideae, Iridoideae Part 2: Ixioideae: Fascicle 1: Ixieae (First part): Ixiinae, Tritoniinae (1999) Fascicle 2: Syringodea, Romulea (1983) Vol. 8: Musaceae, Strelitziaceae, Zingiberaceae (1998 in Bothalia 28: 35-39), Cannaceae*, Burmanniaceae. Orchidaceae ( Holothrix , 1996 in Bothalia 26: 125-140) Vol. 9: Casuarinaceae*. Piperaceae (2000 in Bothalia 30: 25-30), Salicaceae, Myricaceae. Fagaceae*. Ulmaceae (1999 in Bothalia 29: 239-247), Moraceae. Cannabaceae* (1999 in Bothalia 29: 249-252). Urticaceae, Proteaceae Vol. 10: Part 1: Loranthaceae, Viscaceae (1979), Santalaceae, Grubbiaceae. Opiliaceae, Olacaceae, Balanophoraceae, Aristo- lochiaceae, Rafflesiaceae, Hydnoraceae, Polygonaceae, Chenopodiaceae, Amaranthaceae, Nyctaginaceae Vol. 1 1 : Phytolaccaceae, Aizoaceae, Mesembryanthemaceae Vol. 12: Portulacaceae, Basellaceae, Caryophyllaceae, lllecebraceae, Cabombaceae, Nymphaeaceae, Ceratophyllaceae (1997 in Bothalia 27: 125-128), Ranunculaceae, Menispermaceae, Annonaceae, Trimeniaceae, Lauraceae, Hemandiaceae, Papaveraceae, Fumariaceae Vol. 13: Brassicaceae, Capparaceae. Resedaceae, Moringaceae, Droseraceae. Roridulaceae. Podostemaceae, Hvdro- stachyaceae (1970) Vol. 14: Crassulaceae (1985) Vol. 15: Vahliaceae. Montiniaceae, Escalloniaceae. Pittosporaceae. Cunoniaceae. Myrothamnaceae. Bruniaceae, Hama- melidaceae, Rosaceae, Connaraceae Vol. 16: Fabaceae: Part 1: Mimosoideae ( 1975) Part 2: Caesalpinioideae (1977) Part 3: Papilionoideae: Fascicle 1: Swartzieae-Robinieae Fascicle 2: Indigofereae Fascicle 3: Desmodieae, Phaseoleae Fascicle 4: Psoraleeae-Galegeae Fascicle 5: Loteae-Liparieae Fascicle 6: Crotalarieae ( Aspalathus ) (1988) Fascicle 7: Crotalarieae ( Bolusia-Lebeckia ) Fascicle 8: Crotalarieae ( Lotononis-Wiborgia ) Fascicle 9: Crotalarieae ( Pearsonia-Argyrolobium ), Genisteae ( Cytisus-Ulex ) Vol. 17: Geraniaceae, Oxalidaceae Vol. 18: Part 1: Linaceae, Erythroxylaceae, Zygophyllaceae, Balanitaceae Part 2: Rutaceae Part 3: Simaroubaceae, Burseraceae, Ptaeroxylaceae, Meliaceae (Aitoniaceae), Malpighiaceae (1986) Vol. 19: Parti: Polygalaceae, Dichapetalaceae Part 2: Euphorbiaceae, Callitrichaceae, Buxaceae (1996 in Bothalia 26: 37-40) Part 3: Anacardiaceae: Fascicle 1: Rhus (1993) Fascicle 2: remaining genera Aquifoliaceae (1994 in Bothalia 24: 163-166) Vol. 20: Celastraceae, Icacinaceae, Sapindaceae, Melianthaceae, Greyiaceae, Balsaminaceae, Rhamnaceae, Vitaceae Vol. 21: Part 1: Tiliaceae (1984) Malvaceae, Bombacaceae, Sterculiaceae Vol. 22: Ochnaceae, Clusiaceae, Elatinaceae, Frankeniaceae, Tamaricaceae, Canellaceae, Violaceae, Flacourtiaceae, Turneraceae, Passifloraceae, Achariaceae, Loasaceae, Begoniaceae, Cactaceae (1976) Vol. 23: Geissolomataceae, Penaeaceae, Oliniaceae, Thymelaeaceae, Lythraceae, Lecythidaceae Vol. 24: Rhizophoraceae, Combretaceae, Myrtaceae, Melastomataceae. Onagraceae (1997 in Bothalia 27: 149-165), Trapaceae (1998 in Bothalia 28: 11-14), Haloragaceae, Gunneraceae, Araliaceae, Apiaceae, Comaceae Vol. 25: Ericaceae Vol. 26: Myrsinaceae, Primulaceae, Plumbaginaceae, Sapotaceae, Ebenaceae, Oleaceae, Salvadoraceae, Loganiaceae, Gentianaceae, Apocynaceae (1963) A-3 Vol. 27: Part 1: Periplocaceae, Asclepiadaceae (Microloma-Xysmalobium) Part 2: Asclepiadaceae ( Schizoglossum-Woodia ) Part 3: Asclepiadaceae ( Asclepias-Anisotoma ) Part 4: Asclepiadaceae ( Brachystelma , Ceropegia , Riocreuxia ) (1980) Asclepiadaceae (remaining genera) Vol. 28: Parti: Convolvulaceae (2000) Part 2: Hydrophyllaceae, Boraginaceae Part 3: Stilbaceae, Verbenaceae ( Vi l ex, 1996 in Bothalia 26: 141-151) Part 4: Lamiaceae (1985) Part 5: Solanaceae. Retziaceae Vol. 29: Scrophulariaceae Vol. 30: Part 1: Bignoniaceae, Pedaliaceae. Martyniaceae, Orobanchaceae Part 2: Gesneriaceae, Lentibulariaceae Part 3: Acanthaceae: Fascicle 1: Justiciinae (1995) Acanthaceae (remaining genera), Myoporaceae Vol. 31: Parti: Fascicle 1: Plantaginaceae ( 1998 in Bothalia 28: 151-157), Rubiaceae (Rubioideae — First part) Fascicle 2: Rubiaceae (Rubioideae — Second part): Paederieae, Anthospermeae, Rubieae (1986) Fascicle 3: Ixoroideae, Chinchonoideae Part 2: Valerianaceae, Dipsacaceae, Cucurbitaceae Vol. 32: Campanulaceae. Sphenocleaceae (2000 in Bothalia 30: 31-33), Lobeliaceae, Goodeniaceae Vol. 33: Asteraceae: Part 1: Part 2: Part 3: Part 4: Part 5: Part 6: Part 7: Part 8: Part 9: Lactuceae, Mutisieae, 'Tarchonantheae' Vemonieae, Cardueae Arctotideae Anthemideae Astereae Calenduleae Inuleae: Fascicle 1: Inulinae Fascicle 2: Gnaphaliinae (First part) ( 1983) Heliantheae, Eupatorieae Senecioneae FSA CONTRIBUTIONS IN BOTHALIA FSA contributions 1: Aquifoliaceae. S. ANDREWS. 1994. Bothalia 24: 163-166. FSA contributions 2: Asphodelaceae/Aloaceae, 1029010 Chortolirion. G.F. SMITH. 1995. Bothalia 25: 31-33. FSA contributions 3: Asphodelaceae/Aloaceae, 1028010 Poellnitzia. G.F. SMITH. 1995. Bothalia 25: 35, 36. FSA contributions 4: Agavaceae. G.F. SMITH & M. MOSSMER. 1996. Bothalia 26: 31-35. FSA contributions 5: Buxaceae. H.F. GLEN. 1996. Bothalia 26: 37 — 40. FSA contributions 6: Orchidaceae: Holothrix. K.L. IMMELMAN. 1996. Bothalia 26: 125-140. FSA contributions 7: Verbenaceae: Vitex. C.L. BREDENKAMP & D.J. BOTHA. 1996. Bothalia 26: 141-151. FSA contributions 8: Ceratophyllaceae. C.M. WILMOT-DEAR. 1997. Bothalia 27: 125-128. FSA contributions 9: Onagraceae. P. GOLDBLATT & PH. RAVEN. 1997. Bothalia 27: 149-165. FSA contributions 10: Trapaceae. B. VERDCOURT. 1998. Bothalia 28: 1 1-14. FSA contributions 11: Zingiberaceae. R.M. SMITH. 1998. Bothalia 28: 35-39. FSA contributions 12: Plantaginaceae. H.F. GLEN. 1998. Bothalia 28: 151-157. FSA contributions 13: Ulmaceae. C.M. WILMOT-DEAR. 1999. Bothalia 29: 239-247. FSA contributions 14: Cannabaceae. C.M. WILMOT-DEAR. 1999. Bothalia 29: 249-252. FSA contributions 15: Piperaceae. K.L. IMMELMAN. 2000. Bothalia 30: 25-30. FSA contributions 16: Sphenocleaceae. W.G. WELMAN. 2000. Bothalia 30: 31-33. A-4 FLORA OF SOUTHERN AFRICA ALPHABETICAL LIST OF PUBLISHED TAXA * exotic families Acanthaceae: Justiciinae, Vol. 30, Part 3, Fasc.l (1995) Achariaceae, Vol. 22 (1976) Agavaceae ( Bothalia 26, 1996) Alismataceae, Vol. 1 (1966) Aloaceae (first part): Aloe , Vol. 5, Part 1, Fasc. 1 (2000) Aloe, Aloaceae (first part), Vol. 5, Part 1, Fasc. 1 (2000) Anacardiaceae: Rhus, Vol. 19, Part 3, Fasc. 1 (1993) Andreaeaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 1 (1981) Anthospermeae, Rubiaceae: Rubioideae (second part), Vol. 31, Part 1, Fasc. 2 (1986) Apocynaceae, Vol. 26 (1963) Aponogetonaceae, Vol. 1 (1966) Aquifoliaceae ( Bothalia 24, 1994) Archidiaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 1 (1981) Asclepiadaceae: Brachystelma-Riocreuxia, Vol. 27, Part 4 (1980) Aspalathus, Fabaceae: Papilionoideae, Vol. 16, Part 3, Fasc. 6 (1988) Asparagaceae, Vol. 5 (1992) Asphodelaceae: Chortolirion, Poellnitzia ( Bothalia 25, 1995) Asteraceae: Inuleae: Gnaphaliinae (first part), Vol. 33, Part 7, Fasc. 2 (1983) Aulacomniaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 2 (1987) Aytoniaceae, Hepatophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 1 (1999) Bartramiaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 2 (1987) Begoniaceae, Vol. 22 (1976) Brachystelma, Asclepiadaceae, Vol. 27, Part 4 (1980) Brassicaceae, Vol. 13 (1970) Bryaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 2 (1987) Bryobartramiaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 1 (1981) Bryophyta (three fascicles published 1981, 1987. 1998: see plan of FSA) Burseraceae, Vol. 18 (1986) Buxaceae (Bothalia 26, 1996) Cactaceae, Vol. 22 (1976) Caesalpinioideae, Fabaceae, Vol. 16, Part 2 (1977) Calymperaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 1 (1981) Canellaceae, Vol. 22 (1976) Cannabaceae ( Bothalia 29, 1999) Capparaceae, Vol. 13 (1970) Ceratophyllaceae (Bothalia 27, 1997) Ceropegia, Asclepiadaceae, Vol. 27, Part 4 (1980) Charophyta, Cryptogams ‘Vol. 9' (1978) Chortolirion, Asphodelaceae (Bothalia 25, 1995) Cleveaceae, Hepatophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 1 (1999) Clusiaceae, Vol. 22 (1976) Commelinaceae, Vol. 4 (1985) Convolvulaceae, Vol. 28, Part 1 (2000) Crassulaceae, Vol. 14 (1985) Crotalarieae, Aspalathus, Fabaceae: Papilionoideae, Vol. 16, Part 3, Fasc. 6 (1988) Cryphaeaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 3 (1998) Cupressaceae, Vol. 1 (1966) Dicranaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 1 (1981) Ditrichaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 1 (1981) Dracaenaceae, Vol. 5 (1992) Droseraceae, Vol. 13 (1970) Ebenaceae, Vol. 26 (1963) Elatinaceae, Vol. 22 (1976) Encalyptaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 1 (1981) Ephemeraceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 2 (1987) Eriocaulaceae, Vol. 4 (1985) Erpodiaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 3 (1998) Eustichiaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 2 (1987) Exormothecaceae, Hepatophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 1 (1999) Fabaceae: Caesalpinioideae, Vol. 16, Part 2 (1977) Fabaceae: Mimosoideae, Vol. 16, Part 1 (1975) Fabaceae: Papilionoideae, Crotalarieae, Aspalathus, Vol. 16, Part 3, Fasc. 6 (1988) Fissidentaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 1 (1981) Flacourtiaceae, Vol. 22 (1976) Fontinalaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 3 (1998) Frankeniaceae, Vol. 22 (1976) Funariaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 2 (1987) Gentianaceae, Vol. 26 (1963) Gigaspermaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 2 (1987) Gnaphaliinae (first part), Asteraceae: Inuleae, Vol. 33, Part 7, Fasc. 2 (1983) Grimmiaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 1 (1981) Hedwigiaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 3 (1998) Hepatophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 1 (1999) Holothrix, Orchidaceae (Bothalia 26, 1996) Hookeriaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 3 (1998) Hydrocharitaceae, Vol. 1 (1966) Hydrostachyaceae, Vol. 13 (1970) Inuleae, Asteraceae: Gnaphaliinae (first part), Vol. 33, Part 7, Fasc. 2 (1983) Iridaceae: Ixieae (first part): Ixiinae, Tritoniinae, Vol. 7, Part 2, Fasc. 1 (1999) Iridaceae: Syringodea, Romulea , Vol. 7, Part 2, Fasc. 2 (1983) Ixieae (first part), Iridaceae: Ixiinae, Trinoniinae, Vol. 7, Part 2, Fasc. 1 (1999) Ixiinae, Iridaceae: Ixieae (first part), Vol. 7, Part 2. Fasc. 1 (1999) A-5 Juncaceae, Vol. 4 (1985) Juncaginaceae, Vol. 1 (1966) Justiciinae, Acanthaceae, Vol. 30, Part 3, Fasc. 1 (1995) Lamiaceae, Vol. 28 (1985) Leptodontaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 3 (1998) Leucodontaceae, Bryophyta, Part I, Fasc. 3 (1998) Loasaceae, Vol. 22 (1976) Loganiaceae, Vol. 26 (1963) Loranthaceae, Vol. 10 (1979) Lunulariaceae, Hepatophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 1 (1999) Luzuriagaceae, Vol. 5 (1992) Malpighiaceae, Vol. 18 (1986) Marchanliaceae, Hepatophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 1 (1999) Marchantiales, Hepatophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 1 (1999) Marchantiidae, Hepatophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 1 (1999) Marchantiopsida, Hepatophyta, Part 1 (1999) Meliaceae, Vol. 18 (1986) Meteoriaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 3 (1998) Mimosoideae, Fabaceae, Vol. 16, Part 1 (1975) Mniaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1. Fasc. 2 (1987) Moringaceae, Vol. 13 (1970) Myrsinaceae, Vol. 26 (1963) Nanobryaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 1 (1981) Najadaceae, Vol. 1 (1966) Neckeraceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 3 (1998) Ochnaceae, Vol. 22 (1976) Oleaceae, Vol. 26 (1963) Onagraceae ( Bolhalia 27, 1997) Orchidaceae: Holothrix ( Bothalia 26, 1996) Orthotrichaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 3 (1998) Oxymitraceae, Hepatophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 1 (1999) Paederieae, Rubiaceae: Rubioideae (second part), Vol. 31, Part 1, Fasc. 2 (1986) Passifloraceae, Vol. 22 (1976) Pinaceae*, Vol. 1 (1966) Piperaceae (Bothalia 30, 2000) Plantaginaceae ( Bothalia 28, 1998) Plumbaginaceae, Vol. 26 (1963) Podocarpaceae, Vol. 1 (1966) Podostemaceae, Vol. 13 (1970) Poellnitzia, Asphodelaceae (Bothalia 25. 1995) Pontederiaceae, Vol. 4 (1985) Potamogetonaceae, Vol. 1 (1966) Pottiaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 1 (1981) Primulaceae, Vol. 26 (1963) Prionodontaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 3 (1998) Ptaeroxylaceae, Vol. 18 (1986) Pteridophyta (1986) (for list of families, see p. v of Pteri- dophyta volume) Pterobryaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 3 (1998) Ptychomitriaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 3 (1998) Racopilaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 3 (1998) Resedaceae, Vol. 13 (1970) Rhabdoweisiaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 3 (1998) Rhachitheciaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 3 (1998) Rhizogoniaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 2 (1987) Rhus, Anacardiaceae, Vol. 19, Part 3, Fasc. 1 (1993) Ricciaceae, Hepatophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 1 (19997 Riocreuxia, Asclepiadaceae, Vol. 27, Part 4 ( 1980) Romulea, Iridaceae, Vol. 7, Part 2, Fasc. 2 (1983) Roridulaceae, Vol. 13 (1970) Rubiaceae: Rubioideae (second part): Paederieae, Antho- spermeae, Rubieae, Vol. 31, Part 1, Fasc. 2 (1986) Rubieae, Rubiaceae: Rubioideae (second part), Vol. 31, Part 1, Fasc. 2 (1986) Rubioideae (second part), Rubiaceae, Vol. 31, Part 1, Fasc. 2 (1986) Ruppiaceae, Vol. 1 (1966) Salvadoraceae, Vol. 26 (1963) Sapotaceae, Vol. 26 (1963) Seligeriaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 1 (1981) Simaroubaceae, Vol. 18 (1986) Smilacaceae, Vol. 5 (1992) Sphagnaceae, Bryophyta, Part I, Fasc. 1 (1981) Sphenocleaceae (Bothalia 30, 2000) Splachnaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 2 (1987) Stangeriaceae, Vol. 1 (1966) Svringodea, Iridaceae, Vol. 7, Part 2, Fasc. 2 (1983) Tamaricaceae, Vol. 22 (1976) Targioniaceae, Hepatophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 1 (1999) Thamnobryaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 3 (1998) Tiliaceae, Vol. 21 (1984) Trachypodaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 3 (1998) Trapaceae (Bothalia 28, 1998) Tritoniinae, Iridaceae: Ixieae (first part), Vol. 7, Part 2, Fasc. 1(1999) Turneraceae, Vol. 22 (1976) Typhaceae, Vol. 1 (1966) Ulmaceae (Bothalia 29, 1999) Verbenaceae: Vitex (Bothalia 26, 1996) Violaceae, Vol. 22 (1976) Viscaceae, Vol. 10 (1979) Vitex, Verbenaceae (Bothalia 26, 1996) Wardiaceae, Bryophyta, Part 1, Fasc. 3 (1998) Welwitschiaceae, Vol. 1 (1966) Xyridaceae, Vol. 4 (1985) Zamiaceae, Vol. 1 (1966) Zannichelliaceae, Vol. 1 (1966) Zosteraceae, Vol. 1 (1966)